DataHarmony

Dynamic Visualization Adjuster

The Dynamic Visualization Adjuster automatically modifies the presentation of data based on user preferences and past interactions. By learning how users engage with data visualizations, it tailors graphs, charts, and reports to better match individual viewing habits, enabling faster comprehension and more effective decision-making.

Requirements

User Preference Learning

"As a data analyst, I want the visualization preferences to be automatically adjusted based on my past interactions so that I can quickly comprehend and analyze data in a way that suits my personal viewing habits."

Description

The User Preference Learning requirement focuses on the system's ability to track and analyze user interactions with various data visualizations over time. This feature will implement machine learning algorithms to identify patterns in user preferences and automatically adjust the display settings, types of visualizations, and data arrangements to better match individual users’ frequently used formats. The benefit of this requirement lies in enhancing user experience by increasing the relevance and speed of data comprehension, leading to more efficient decision-making. It will integrate seamlessly with the existing DataHarmony architecture, leveraging user interaction data to adapt visualizations dynamically, and ultimately result in a more personalized and intuitive interface for each user.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses a data visualization dashboard for the first time and the system automatically configures the layout and visualization types based on a baseline analysis of common visualization preferences in the industry.

Given a new user, when they access the dashboard for the first time, then the system should present a personalized visualization layout and types that are mapped to the industry’s common preferences with at least 80% accuracy.

User modifies a chart type in a visualization, and the system tracks this interaction to adjust future visualizations accordingly.

Given a user changes the chart type from bar to line in their dashboard, when they refresh the dashboard, then the system should present similar datasets as line charts at least 90% of the time in future sessions.

User's interaction history is analyzed over a week, and the system suggests modifications in the dashboard layout based on frequent types of visualizations used.

Given a user interacts with their dashboard over a week, when the user accesses the dashboard the following week, then the system should have adjusted the layout to reflect the top 3 most frequently used visualization types based on interaction history.

User switches between different datasets, and the system adjusts the visualizations according to previously established user preferences for each dataset.

Given a user selects different datasets, when they switch datasets, then the system should automatically adapt the visualizations to reflect the user’s pre-defined preferences for those datasets with at least 85% consistency.

User interacts with the same type of visualization multiple times, allowing the system to learn and adapt the visualization to enhance clarity and comprehension.

Given a user interacts with a specific visualization type repeatedly, when the system updates the display, then the adjusted visualization should enhance clarity, reflected by at least a 20% decrease in average time spent interpreting the data in follow-up sessions.

User opts to receive personalized notifications for insights derived from their preferred visualization types, consistent with their interaction patterns.

Given a user opts into notifications, when the system generates insights related to their preferred visualization types, then the user should receive accurate and timely notifications at least 90% of the time with relevant insights based on their interaction history.

User provides explicit feedback on the relevance of the visualizations presented, allowing the system to adjust its learning model accordingly.

Given a user gives feedback on the relevance of a visualization, when collecting feedback over a month, then the system should demonstrate improved accuracy in predicting user preferences, achieving at least a 15% increase in user satisfaction ratings in subsequent interactions.

Adaptive Visualization Engine

"As a business intelligence manager, I want the visualizations to adapt automatically to the data and my preferences so that I can gain insights faster without manually changing the settings each time."

Description

The Adaptive Visualization Engine requirement involves creating a robust backend system that modifies how data is represented in real-time based on user feedback and interaction metrics. This feature will utilize AI algorithms to select the most effective type of visualization (e.g., bar charts, line graphs, heat maps) based on the context of analysis, user role, and data type being displayed. By dynamically adjusting visualizations, it ensures that users see information in formats that facilitate better understanding and maintain engagement, enhancing productivity and insight generation. This function will tightly integrate with DataHarmony's analytics module to offer responsiveness to user needs throughout their workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects data for analysis within DataHarmony and begins to interact with different visualization types, such as bar charts and line graphs, to explore insights.

Given a user is interacting with the data visualizations, when they change their data selection, then the visualization type should adapt in real-time to display the most effective representation based on user role and data type.

Users frequently switch between different datasets during a meeting to present findings to team members.

Given a user is presenting data during a meeting, when a new dataset is selected, then the Adaptive Visualization Engine must automatically adjust the visualization style to the previously preferred type of that dataset without any manual input.

A user provides feedback on their preferred visualization styles after an analysis session to enhance their future interactions with DataHarmony.

Given a user completes an analysis and provides feedback on their visualization preferences, when the feedback is processed, then the system should update the user's profile to reflect these preferences for future interactions.

A user accesses DataHarmony on different devices, such as a desktop and a tablet, to analyze the same dataset.

Given a user accesses the same dataset on different devices, when they switch from one device to another, then the Adaptive Visualization Engine must maintain consistency in visualization styles based on the user’s past interactions and preferences for each device.

Users in different roles (e.g., analyst, manager) have distinct preferences for how data should be visualized during the analysis process.

Given users with different roles are analyzing data, when they log into the system, then the Adaptive Visualization Engine must automatically adjust visualization types to match the standard preferences set for each user role.

Customizable Visualization Settings

"As a data scientist, I want to customize my visualization settings so that I can present data in a style that allows for deeper analysis and better communication of insights."

Description

The Customizable Visualization Settings requirement provides users with the capability to manually tweak visualization settings according to their specific needs or preferences. This feature will allow users to select from a range of visual representation options, color schemes, and layout configurations. By allowing high degrees of customization, it empowers users to create visualizations that resonate with their analytical approach, which can significantly improve their overall user experience. The implementation includes developing an intuitive user interface that seamlessly becomes part of the DataHarmony platform, thereby enhancing the overall functionality while catering to advanced users who seek more control.

Acceptance Criteria

User modifies the visualization settings and saves them to their profile for future sessions.

Given a user is logged into DataHarmony, when they adjust the visualization settings (color schemes, chart types, etc.) and save these preferences, then the next time they access the data visualizations, their customized settings should be applied automatically.

User accesses the customizable visualization settings through the user interface.

Given a user is on the DataHarmony dashboard, when they navigate to the settings menu and select 'Visualization Settings', then an intuitive interface allowing for adjustments of visual representation options should be displayed.

User views the updates in visualization after making changes to settings.

Given a user has modified their visualization settings, when they apply these changes, then the visualizations should refresh to reflect the new settings within 2 seconds.

User encounters a help tooltip while adjusting visualization settings.

Given a user is on the 'Visualization Settings' page, when they hover over any configurable option, then a tooltip with descriptive guidance should appear to assist their selection process.

User reverts to default visualization settings after making changes.

Given a user has modified their visualization settings, when they click on the 'Reset to Default' button, then the visualization settings should revert back to the initial default configurations.

User utilizes multiple visual representation options to analyze data.

Given a user is analyzing data and has access to multiple representation options, when they select different chart types, then the data should re-render according to the selected visualization without loss of data integrity or fidelity.

User experiences no technical issues while customizing visualization settings.

Given a user is customizing visualization settings, when they make changes and apply them, then there should be no errors or lag issues reported during the customization process.

Real-time Feedback Mechanism

"As a product manager, I want to provide real-time feedback on the data visualizations so that I can help the system improve and cater better to my team's needs over time."

Description

The Real-time Feedback Mechanism requirement is designed to establish a feedback loop where users can quickly indicate the effectiveness of the visualizations they are presented with. This will be integrated into the dashboard, allowing users to provide quick ratings or comments on visualizations that help the system learn and improve future presentations. By capturing user feedback in real-time, the system can continually refine the presentation of data visualizations, ensuring maximum relevance and effectiveness. This system will use data analytics tools to make sense of user feedback, which will continuously feed into the Adaptive Visualization Engine for ongoing improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on data visualizations via a simple thumbs-up or thumbs-down mechanism directly on the dashboard after each report presentation.

Given that a user interacts with a data visualization report, when they select a feedback option (thumbs-up or thumbs-down), then the system should capture this feedback in real-time and store it for analysis.

User can leave comments on specific visualizations to provide more context for their feedback.

Given that a user wishes to provide detailed feedback on a visualization, when they choose to leave a comment, then the system should allow them to input text and successfully save this comment alongside the associated visualization.

The system analyzes the received feedback and adjusts future visualizations accordingly.

Given that user feedback has been collected over a certain period, when the system processes this feedback through the Adaptive Visualization Engine, then it should successfully adjust the presentation of future visualizations based on this analysis.

Users receive a summary report on how their feedback has influenced system updates within the dashboard.

Given that feedback has been provided by users, when they access the summary report section of the dashboard, then the system should display insights showing how their feedback has led to specific changes in data visualizations.

In the dashboard, users can easily view the feedback history for each visualization they have interacted with.

Given that a user wants to review their feedback history, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then the system should display a comprehensive list of their previous feedback submissions alongside the corresponding visualizations.

The feedback mechanism is accessible and intuitive to users of all technical skill levels.

Given a user with varying levels of technical expertise, when they interact with the feedback mechanism, then they should be able to easily provide feedback without requiring additional guidance or support.

Visualization Performance Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want a dashboard that shows visualization performance metrics so that I can better understand user preferences and optimize our data presentation strategy."

Description

The Visualization Performance Dashboard requirement involves creating an analytics dashboard that displays performance metrics related to how users interact with visualizations, such as engagement levels, the most popular formats, and time spent on each type of visualization. This feature will provide valuable insights to administrators and product managers, allowing them to understand user preferences at a granular level, identify trends, and make data-driven decisions. By having access to comprehensive metrics, the team can continue adapting DataHarmony to better serve its users and improve overall user satisfaction. This will be integrated with existing reporting tools to provide a seamless user experience in managing visualizations.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Visualization Performance Dashboard for the first time to assess the engagement levels of different visualization formats.

Given the user is logged into the DataHarmony platform, when they navigate to the Visualization Performance Dashboard, then the dashboard displays engagement metrics for all visualization types including charts, graphs, and reports, alongside corresponding time spent data.

An administrator wants to filter the visualization performance metrics based on a specific date range to assess user behavior during a select timeframe.

Given the user has accessed the Visualization Performance Dashboard, when they select a date range from the filter options, then the dashboard updates to show metrics specific to the selected date range.

A product manager uses the metrics from the Visualization Performance Dashboard to identify the most popular visualization formats over the past month.

Given the user is viewing the Visualization Performance Dashboard, when the 'Most Popular Formats' section is displayed, then it lists the top three visualization formats based on user engagement in descending order.

A user interacts with the dashboard and is interested in exporting the performance metrics to analyze them further.

Given the user is on the Visualization Performance Dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button, then the system generates a downloadable report in CSV format containing all displayed metrics and sends a confirmation message to the user.

An administrator wants to analyze how user engagement changes over different days of the week using the dashboard metrics.

Given the user has selected the 'Engagement Trends' visualization on the dashboard, when they view the data, then it displays engagement levels broken down by each day of the week in a clear and interpretable graph.

A user needs to see the average time spent on visualizations categorized by type to inform future decisions on design.

Given the user is on the Visualization Performance Dashboard, when they view the 'Average Time Spent by Visualization Type' section, then it displays the average time spent for each visualization type in a bar chart format.

Intelligent Preset Options

"As a data analyst, I want to quickly access my most-used visualization settings as presets so that I can save time on recurring reporting tasks."

Description

The Intelligent Preset Options requirement enables users to save and quickly switch between commonly used visualization settings or configurations. This feature will leverage machine learning to recommend preset options based on historical data and user preferences, streamlining the process of visualizing data for recurring analytical tasks. Users will benefit from quicker access to effective visual formats tailored to their frequent needs, thereby enhancing overall productivity. This function will integrate with existing DataHarmony components to ensure that saving, recalling, and applying presets feels intuitive and seamless within the application.

Acceptance Criteria

User switches between visualization presets to analyze monthly sales data during a review meeting.

Given the user is on the data visualization interface, when the user selects a saved preset from the dropdown menu, then the visualization should update automatically to reflect the selected preset without any visible delay.

Data analysts frequently use the same visualization settings for quarterly reports.

Given that the user has saved a preset previously, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the saved preset should be visible and accessible within the presets section, ensuring quick application for recurring tasks.

A user utilizes the visualization adjuster for generating insights to share with stakeholders.

Given the user has interacted with various data visualizations, when the user requests recommendations for presets, then the system should display at least three machine learning-based recommendations aligned with past behavior and preferences.

An admin needs to ensure preset options can be effectively managed by users.

Given that the user has administrator access, when the user navigates to the preset management section, then they should be able to create, edit, and delete presets, and any changes should be reflected instantly across the application.

Users want to ensure that their chosen visualization settings are consistently applied across different datasets.

Given that a user selects a preset and applies it to a different dataset, when they navigate back to the visualization interface, then the applied visualization settings should persist and be visible in the current dataset context.

A user is exploring visualization adjustments over time and needs historical data access.

Given that the user has applied various presets over time, when they access the history log of applied presets, then they should see a comprehensive list with timestamps and options to reapply any preset from the log.

Users want to quickly revert to default visualization settings after experimenting with a custom setup.

Given that the user has modified the visualization settings, when the user clicks the 'Revert to Default' button, then all settings should reset to the original default state with no loss of data integrity.

Contextual Insights Generator

This feature analyzes user queries and interactions to deliver context-specific insights and recommendations. By understanding the specific data context of each user’s inquiries, it provides meaningful analytics tailored to current tasks or projects, ensuring that users receive relevant information to drive immediate action.

Requirements

Natural Language Processing Integration

"As a data analyst, I want the platform to understand my queries in natural language so that I can receive relevant insights quickly without having to restructure my questions."

Description

This requirement involves implementing Natural Language Processing (NLP) capabilities within the Contextual Insights Generator to accurately analyze and interpret user queries. This integration will enhance the system's ability to understand context, identify key themes, and deliver insights that are not only relevant but also actionable. By doing so, it ensures users receive precise recommendations based on their specific data inquiries. The implementation of NLP will significantly boost user satisfaction, reduce the time spent on data searching, and elevate the overall quality of insights provided by the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits a query using the NLP capabilities of the Contextual Insights Generator to seek insights on sales performance metrics for the last quarter.

Given a user submits a query about sales performance for Q4, when the NLP process is triggered, then the system should return relevant insights, including a summary of key metrics and trends from the specified time period within 5 seconds.

A user asks the system for recommendations on optimizing inventory levels based on sales data.

Given a user inputs a question regarding inventory optimization, when the NLP correctly interprets the context, then the system should provide at least three actionable recommendations based on the most recent data analysis.

An analyst wants to generate a report using natural language commands to include specific datasets and metrics.

Given an analyst provides a natural language command to generate a report, when the NLP integration processes the request, then the system should successfully create a report that encompasses the requested datasets and metrics without errors.

Users are testing the Contextual Insights Generator with various data queries to assess the accuracy of the insights provided.

Given users input different data queries, when the NLP accurately matches queries to relevant datasets, then at least 85% of users should confirm that the insights provided are relevant and actionable.

User looks for historical sales data insights through a conversational interface within the platform.

Given a user interacts with the conversational interface, when they inquire about historical sales data, then the NLP should interpret their request and deliver a concise historical summary within 3 seconds.

A user requests data analysis results without using technical jargon to verify the system translates common language into actionable insights.

Given a user uses layman's terms to request data analysis, when the NLP processes the input, then the system should respond with clear, non-technical insights that are still relevant to the user's request.

Adaptive Learning Mechanism

"As a project manager, I want the system to learn from my past queries and interactions so that I receive personalized recommendations that better suit my current project needs."

Description

This requirement is for developing an adaptive learning mechanism that utilizes machine learning algorithms to personalize insights based on user behavior and previous interactions. By analyzing user patterns and preferences, the system can adjust its recommendations dynamically, ensuring that the insights remain relevant to ongoing projects and tasks. This feature will enhance user engagement and improve the effectiveness of decision-making processes by providing tailored information that anticipates user needs, thus optimizing the data utilization and streamlining workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the DataHarmony platform to analyze sales performance data from the last quarter.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony, when they ask for insights on sales performance for the last quarter, then the system should provide tailored recommendations based on previous sales data and highlight key trends.

A user runs a query to understand customer engagement metrics during a current marketing campaign.

Given the user initiates a query on customer engagement metrics, when the system processes the query, then it should return insights that reflect the latest user behavior data and campaign interactions, along with actionable recommendations.

The system learns from user feedback on delivered insights to improve future recommendations.

Given a user provides feedback on the insights received, when the system evaluates this feedback, then it should adjust its algorithms to enhance the personalization of future insights based on that feedback.

A new user engages with DataHarmony for the first time and requests guidance on available features.

Given a new user interacts with the platform, when they request guidance, then the system should provide an adaptive onboarding experience that presents relevant features based on their specified needs and data context.

An existing user revisits the platform after a period of inactivity and wants to catch up on missed insights.

Given the user has not logged in for over a month, when they log back in, then the system should deliver a summary of important updates and insights generated during their absence, tailored to their previous interactions.

Real-Time Data Analysis

"As a business intelligence officer, I want to see real-time data updates so that I can make informed decisions based on the latest information available."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling real-time data analysis capabilities within the Contextual Insights Generator. It facilitates the immediate processing and analysis of incoming data streams, allowing users to access up-to-date insights as they work. Implementing this feature is crucial for maintaining agility and responsiveness in decision-making, as users will have visibility into the latest data trends and anomalies, empowering them to act swiftly on emerging information. This capability will significantly enhance the value of the platform by ensuring that critical insights are available in a timely manner.

Acceptance Criteria

User analyzes sales data trends during a quarterly financial review meeting using the Contextual Insights Generator to make informed decisions.

Given the user queries the sales data for the last quarter, when the data is processed by the Contextual Insights Generator, then the user should receive visualizations of sales trends within 2 seconds of the query.

Data analysts working on customer behavior analytics need to view real-time changes in user engagement metrics based on their targeted campaign efforts.

Given the data analyst configures user engagement metrics for live tracking, when there are updates in user engagement data, then the updated metrics must reflect in the dashboard within 5 seconds.

A marketing manager wants to quickly identify trends in marketing campaign performance while reviewing a live dashboard during an operational strategy session.

Given the marketing manager is using the dashboard, when they refresh the dashboard, then the insights for marketing campaign performance should reflect the most current data without requiring a full page reload.

During a product launch event, the team needs to monitor real-time feedback from social media regarding the product reception.

Given the product launch event is live, when users submit feedback via social media, then the insights should display changes in sentiment analysis within 10 seconds on the Contextual Insights Generator.

A project manager reviews project progress in a weekly status meeting, requiring the latest updates from multiple data sources to gauge team performance.

Given the project manager starts the status meeting, when the latest data is queried, then the project performance updates should be aggregated and displayed instantly from all relevant data sources.

A finance officer performs risk assessment based on market fluctuations and requires immediate visibility of the latest financial indicators.

Given the finance officer accesses the financial indicators dashboard, when market conditions change, then the dashboard should automatically update to reflect the new indicators within 3 seconds.

A data scientist is running multiple experiments and needs an immediate overview of data anomalies to adjust the data models accordingly.

Given the data scientist has multiple experiments running, when anomalies are detected in the incoming data, then alerts about the anomalies should be generated and visible in the dashboard within 2 seconds.

User-Friendly Dashboard

"As a business user, I want an intuitive dashboard that displays insights visually so that I can quickly understand data trends without technical expertise."

Description

This requirement is centered around designing a user-friendly dashboard that aggregates insights generated by the Contextual Insights Generator. The dashboard will provide users with a visual interface that simplifies the presentation of data through charts, graphs, and alerts, making it easier for users to digest complex data sets. This feature will enhance usability, allowing users to focus on interpreting data rather than getting bogged down in raw numbers, and will empower them to quickly derive meaningful conclusions from the insights provided.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the DataHarmony dashboard to review insights generated by the Contextual Insights Generator after a team meeting.

Given the user is logged in and has accessed the dashboard, When they view the insights section, Then the dashboard displays at least three relevant insights generated from the user's recent queries with clear labels and timestamps.

A user wants to customize the dashboard layout to prioritize certain data visualizations over others based on their project needs.

Given the user accesses the dashboard settings, When they rearrange the widgets and save the layout, Then the dashboard reflects the updated layout the next time the user accesses it without losing any data.

The data insights on the dashboard need to be updated in real-time based on new queries made by the user during their session.

Given the user has made new queries through the Contextual Insights Generator, When they return to the dashboard, Then the insights displayed are automatically updated to reflect the most recent data analysis results within 5 seconds.

Users are alerted on the dashboard when critical data thresholds are met or exceeded as indicated by the Contextual Insights Generator.

Given the user is monitoring metrics that have defined thresholds, When those thresholds are exceeded, Then the dashboard displays a prominent alert notification with appropriate color coding (e.g., red for critical, yellow for warning).

A user shares specific insights from the dashboard with team members via email directly from the dashboard interface.

Given the user selects the insights to share, When they click the share button and enter recipient email addresses, Then the selected insights are sent via email, including a summary and a link back to the dashboard, confirming successful delivery.

The dashboard should support various data visualization formats for users to choose from based on their preferences.

Given the user accesses a specific data set on the dashboard, When they select a visualization format dropdown, Then they are presented with options including bar charts, line graphs, and pie charts, and upon selection, the data reflects in the chosen format without errors.

Users should be able to filter insights on the dashboard based on specified time frames for more relevant analysis.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, When they apply a time filter (e.g., last week, last month), Then the insights displayed are recalibrated to include only the data relevant to the selected time frame and load within 3 seconds.

Collaboration Tools Integration

"As a team member, I want to share insights with my colleagues directly on the platform so that we can collaborate and enhance our project outcomes together."

Description

This requirement incorporates collaboration tools within the Contextual Insights Generator to enable team members to share insights and recommendations seamlessly. This integration will allow users to comment, annotate, and discuss insights directly within the platform, fostering a collaborative environment. By enhancing communication and information sharing, this feature will help improve decision-making processes across teams, ensuring that collective intelligence is utilized effectively to drive better business outcomes. Incorporating collaboration tools will significantly elevate the user experience and promote a data-driven culture within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members want to share contextual insights generated by the platform with colleagues during a project meeting to enhance collaborative decision-making.

Given that a user has generated insights within the Contextual Insights Generator, When the user selects the 'Share' option, Then other team members should receive notifications with access to the shared insights and comments.

A project manager needs to discuss specific insights related to a critical project deadline with team members through comments integrated into the insights generator.

Given that a user is viewing a generated insight, When the user adds a comment and submits it, Then the comment should be displayed in the comment section of the insight for all authorized users to view.

A data analyst wants to highlight and annotate specific areas of a generated report to provide clarity for team discussions.

Given a user has opened a generated report, When the user selects a highlight tool and marks sections of interest, Then the highlighted sections should be saved and visible to all users with access to that report.

A user is looking to retrieve all shared insights related to the ongoing marketing campaign for review.

Given that insights have been shared among team members, When the user accesses the 'Shared Insights' dashboard, Then the user should see a consolidated list of all shared insights with filter options based on date and topic.

User needs to ensure that shared insights can only be accessed by specific team members to maintain confidentiality and relevance.

Given that insights are being shared, When the user specifies the team members in the share settings, Then only the designated team members should have access to those insights upon sharing.

Predictive Data Trends

Using historical engagement data, Predictive Data Trends forecasts potential future data patterns and trends based on user behavior. This feature empowers users by offering insights into what data to focus on next, allowing teams to proactively adjust strategies rather than reactively addressing problems.

Requirements

Data Pattern Recognition

"As a data analyst, I want the system to predict future data trends based on historical engagement data so that I can proactively adjust our strategies and maximize our data-driven insights."

Description

The Predictive Data Trends feature must incorporate advanced machine learning algorithms to analyze historical engagement data. It should identify patterns and trends accurately, enabling the system to forecast potential future data behaviors. This feature will allow users to visualize these trends through interactive dashboards, ultimately enhancing strategic planning and decision-making processes. The integration with existing data sources and the ability to refresh data in real-time are essential to maintain accuracy and relevance of predictions. Furthermore, it should support customizable alerts for notifying users when certain trends are recognized, benefiting teams by allowing them to focus their efforts more effectively on promising data opportunities.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive Data Trends feature to analyze historical engagement data for their department before a strategic planning meeting.

Given that the user has historical engagement data available, when they use the Predictive Data Trends feature, then the machine learning algorithms must accurately identify at least 3 key trends and display them on an interactive dashboard within 5 seconds.

An administrator wants to set up customizable alerts for specific data trends recognized by the Predictive Data Trends feature.

Given that the administrator has selected certain criteria for data trends, when they save the alert preferences, then the system should notify the user through email within 2 minutes of the trend detection.

A business analyst checks the predictive model's performance after integrating with existing data sources.

Given that the Predictive Data Trends feature is integrated with relevant data sources, when the business analyst runs the analysis, then the system should provide a prediction accuracy of at least 85% compared to actual outcomes over the past month.

Users are accessing the Predictive Data Trends dashboard during a live operational review.

Given that users are logged into the dashboard, when real-time data is refreshed, then the dashboard must update and reflect the most current data trends within 10 seconds without requiring a page refresh.

A project manager reviews the visualizations of identified trends to present to stakeholders.

Given that the project manager has access to the interactive dashboard, when they select a data trend, then the visual representation must allow for filtering options and maintain clarity at all zoom levels for effective communication to stakeholders.

User Behavior Segmentation

"As a marketing manager, I want to understand which user segments are most likely to engage with certain data trends so that I can refine our marketing strategies for better alignment with user preferences."

Description

This requirement focuses on segmenting users based on their interaction patterns with the data sets. By categorizing users into segments, the Predictive Data Trends feature will provide insights tailored to specific behaviors and preferences. This function should include developing algorithms that track user interaction in real-time, enabling the system to generate segmented reports that highlight which segments are likely to engage with specific data trends. This capability will empower teams to design targeted strategies that cater to the unique needs of different user groups, ultimately enhancing engagement and effectiveness of data-driven initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Segmentation Based on Interaction Patterns

Given that a user interacts with datasets, when their interaction patterns are analyzed, then they should be accurately categorized into defined segments based on their behavior and preferences.

Real-Time User Tracking for Segmentation

Given that the system is enabled to track user interactions in real-time, when a user performs actions on the platform, then their data should be captured accurately and reflected in the segmentation algorithm.

Generation of Segmented Reports

Given that users have been segmented based on their behavior, when a report is generated, then it should display the correct segments and the respective potential data trends for each segment.

Impact of Segmented Strategies on Engagement

Given that targeted strategies have been designed for different segments, when these strategies are implemented, then there should be a measurable improvement in engagement metrics for the segments involved.

Performance of Segmentation Algorithms

Given that the algorithms for user segmentation are developed, when they are executed on a sample dataset, then the accuracy rate of the segments produced should meet or exceed 85%.

User Behavior Insights Generation

Given that users are segmented, when insights on data trends are generated, then the insights should be relevant and actionable for each user segment, addressing their specific needs.

User Feedback on Segmentation Accuracy

Given that the segmentation feature is live, when users provide feedback on the relevance of their assigned segments, then at least 75% of users should agree that their segment accurately reflects their behavior.

Real-Time Data Visualization

"As a business intelligence user, I want to visualize data trends in real-time so that I can quickly identify and respond to emerging patterns."

Description

To facilitate immediate insights, the Predictive Data Trends feature must include a real-time data visualization dashboard. This dashboard should allow users to visualize patterns and trends as they evolve, with interactive graphs and charts that update dynamically based on incoming data. Users should be able to drill down into specific time frames, segments, and dimensions for a more detailed analysis. The capability to customize the dashboard with various widgets and layouts will significantly enhance user experience. Integration with existing visualization tools will be essential to ensure seamless access to data across the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive Data Trends dashboard to view real-time updates on data patterns while a marketing campaign is running, looking for immediate insights to adjust their strategies accordingly.

Given the user is on the Predictive Data Trends dashboard, When new data arrives, Then the graphs and charts should refresh within 5 seconds to reflect the latest information.

An analyst customizes their dashboard by adding a specific widget for user engagement trending over the last month and saves the layout for future use.

Given the user selects the widget for user engagement trends, When the user customizes and saves the layout, Then the customized dashboard should be retrievable on the next login with the correct widget settings.

A data scientist drills down into a specific time frame on the dashboard to analyze user behavior patterns during a product launch period.

Given the user selects a specific time frame, When the drill-down is performed, Then the dashboard should update to show detailed metrics for that selected period without requiring a page refresh.

The data visualization dashboard is integrated with an existing reporting tool, allowing users to export real-time visualizations.

Given the user clicks the export button on the dashboard, When the export is initiated, Then the system should generate a report in PDF format that includes all visible charts and graphs within 10 seconds.

A user applies filters to visualize specific segments within the data like demographic or geographic filters to understand targeted performance.

Given the user applies demographic filters to the dashboard, When the filters are activated, Then the dashboard should immediately update to reflect only the data matching those filters, maintaining the same graph formats.

Automated Insight Generation

"As a decision-maker, I want the system to automatically generate actionable insights based on predicted data trends so that I can make informed strategic decisions quickly and effectively."

Description

Automated Insight Generation is a requirement that will leverage machine learning to automatically generate insights and recommendations based on the trends detected by the Predictive Data Trends feature. This function should analyze user behavior and engagement data to suggest actionable strategies that can enhance data utilization. The insights generated must be easy to understand and presented in a user-friendly manner, catering to all user levels, from analysts to executives. Users should also be able to provide feedback on the insights, which will further refine the algorithm's accuracy and relevancy over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive Data Trends feature and requests insights based on their historical engagement data.

Given the user has historical engagement data, when they request insights, then the system should generate actionable insights that are based on analyzed trends from the data.

A user receives actionable insights generated by the Automated Insight Generation feature and reviews the recommendations provided.

Given the user receives insights, when they review the recommendations, then all insights must be clearly presented with relevant data visualization, suitable for both analysts and executives.

The user provides feedback on the insights generated by the Automated Insight Generation feature after implementing a suggested strategy.

Given the user has implemented a strategy based on the insights, when they submit feedback on the effectiveness of these insights, then the system should capture this feedback and utilize it to improve future insights generation.

An analyst uses the insights generated from the Automated Insight Generation to inform strategic decisions during a team meeting.

Given the insights are presented during the meeting, when the team discusses the insights, then at least 80% of team members should acknowledge the insights as relevant and actionable for their department.

After a period of receiving insights, the system generates metrics on the accuracy of the insights in predicting user behavior.

Given that a time period has elapsed, when the system analyzes the outcomes against predicted trends, then it should report at least a 75% accuracy in the insights provided compared to actual user behavior.

Users access a dashboard that categorizes insights based on different user engagement metrics.

Given the user logs into the dashboard, when they navigate to the insights section, then they should see insights categorized clearly by engagement metrics such as 'high', 'medium', and 'low' engagement levels.

The system runs a scheduled update to the Automated Insight Generation algorithm to improve its predictive capabilities based on user feedback.

Given that the scheduled update occurs, when completed, then the algorithm should reflect changes in its predictions based on the latest user feedback incorporated into its learning process.

Customizable Alerts for Trend Changes

"As a data manager, I want to receive alerts for significant changes in data trends so that our team can react promptly to new opportunities or threats arising from the data."

Description

The Predictive Data Trends feature should allow users to set customizable alerts based on specific criteria related to trending data. When a data trend deviates from its established course or meets defined thresholds, automatic notifications will inform the users via email or in-app messages. This set of alerts will enable teams to respond swiftly to significant changes in data patterns, facilitating better risk and opportunity management. A user-friendly interface for creating and managing alerts is crucial, as well as integration with user preferences to avoid notification fatigue.

Acceptance Criteria

Setting Up Custom Alerts for Notification Preferences

Given that the user is on the Predictive Data Trends settings page, when they select the option to create a new alert, then they should be able to define specific criteria and thresholds for the alert, and save their preferences without errors.

Receiving Notifications for Trend Deviations

Given that a user has set custom alerts for specific data trends, when a trend deviates from the established threshold, then the user should receive an automatic notification via email and in-app message within 5 minutes of the deviation.

Managing Existing Alerts

Given that the user is on the alerts management page, when they view their list of active alerts, then they should be able to edit, deactivate, or delete alerts with clear confirmation prompts without any issues.

Avoiding Notification Fatigue

Given that a user has set multiple alerts, when a trend triggers multiple alerts within a short period, then the user should receive a summary notification to reduce the number of individual messages.

User-Friendly Interface for Alert Creation

Given that the user is creating a custom alert, when they fill in the required fields, then the interface should provide clear instructions and error messages to guide the user through the process, ensuring all inputs are correctly formatted before submission.

Testing Alert Delivery System

Given that a user has set up an alert, when a trend meets the defined criteria, then the system should successfully log each triggered alert and the user should be able to view a history of notifications received over the past 30 days.

Personalized Dashboard Builder

The Personalized Dashboard Builder lets users create custom dashboards that align with their unique data preferences and priorities. Users can select the metrics most relevant to them, ensuring their workspace reflects the insights they need to drive their specific goals, enhancing overall productivity and focus.

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to create a personalized dashboard by dragging and arranging widgets so that I can easily customize my workspace according to my specific data needs and preferences."

Description

The Drag-and-Drop Functionality enables users to easily select and arrange widgets on their personalized dashboard. This intuitive interface allows users to customize their dashboard layout by simply dragging elements to their desired positions. This feature enhances user experience by providing flexibility and control over how data is displayed, making it easier to prioritize and access the most relevant insights quickly and efficiently. The implementation of this requirement will significantly improve the overall usability of the dashboard builder, promoting seamless interaction and personalization.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes their dashboard by dragging and dropping various widgets into their desired positions for optimal workflow.

Given the user is on the personalized dashboard builder, when they drag a widget from the widget library to the dashboard area, then the widget should appear in the new position without any loss of data or functionality.

User attempts to reset the dashboard layout to the original state after making changes.

Given the user has rearranged widgets on their dashboard, when they click the 'Reset to Default' button, then all widgets should return to their original positions as per the default layout.

User interacts with the dashboard by dragging a widget and dropping it into a section that is not valid or allowed, such as outside the designated dashboard area.

Given the user is on the personalized dashboard builder, when they attempt to drag a widget outside of the allowable dashboard space, then the widget should not move and a visual cue should indicate the action is not allowed.

User wants to quickly rearrange multiple widgets on their dashboard for better visibility and access.

Given the user is on the personalized dashboard builder, when they select multiple widgets and drag them, then all selected widgets should move simultaneously to the new location as a group without any overlap or issues.

User needs visual feedback while dragging a widget to improve the experience of arranging their dashboard.

Given the user is dragging a widget on the dashboard, when the widget is hovered over a valid position, then a visual indication (such as a highlighted area) should be displayed to confirm the drop zone.

User wants to save their custom dashboard layout for future sessions.

Given the user has arranged their widgets according to preference, when they click the 'Save Layout' button, then the custom layout should be saved, and the next time they access the dashboard, it should load with the saved configuration intact.

User wishes to remove a widget from their personalized dashboard.

Given the user is on the personalized dashboard builder, when they drag a widget to the 'Remove' area or click a 'delete' icon, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard successfully and confirm via a notification.

Custom Data Metrics Selection

"As a business analyst, I want to select custom data metrics relevant to my projects so that I can streamline my dashboard to reflect the most pertinent information for my analysis."

Description

The Custom Data Metrics Selection feature allows users to choose specific data metrics they want to display on their personalized dashboard. Users can browse through available metrics, filtering options based on their departments or roles, ensuring that only relevant data is shown. This capability empowers users to focus on the insights that matter most, enhancing productivity and driving better data-driven decision-making. Moreover, this feature aids in minimizing information overload and aligning the dashboard with specific goals and objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects metrics relevant to their role and department for their personalized dashboard.

Given a user is logged in, when they access the dashboard builder, then they should see a list of metrics filtered by their role and department.

User saves their customized dashboard with selected metrics.

Given a user has selected their preferred metrics, when they click on the save button, then their dashboard configuration should be stored and retrievable.

User modifies their dashboard by adding or removing metrics at any time.

Given a user is viewing their personalized dashboard, when they select add or remove options for metrics, then the dashboard should update in real time to reflect these changes.

User retrieves their personalized dashboard with the previously saved metrics upon next login.

Given the user has saved their dashboard configuration, when they log in again, then their personalized dashboard should load with all previously selected metrics displayed correctly.

User filters metrics based on a specific time period (e.g., last week, last month).

Given a user is in the dashboard builder, when they apply a time filter, then only metrics relevant to the chosen time period should be visible on the dashboard.

User sees an option to reset the dashboard layout back to default settings.

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they select the reset option, then the dashboard layout should revert to its default state with all original metrics displayed.

Dashboard Sharing Options

"As a project manager, I want to share my customized dashboard with my team so that we can collaborate on data insights and make informed decisions together."

Description

The Dashboard Sharing Options feature enables users to share their personalized dashboards with team members or stakeholders seamlessly. This functionality includes permissions for viewing or editing shared dashboards, promoting collaboration and feedback among team members. By allowing users to share their customized visualizations and insights, this feature fosters a collaborative environment where teams can work together more effectively towards common objectives while ensuring sensitive data is protected through controlled sharing settings.

Acceptance Criteria

User sharing a personalized dashboard with a colleague directly from the dashboard interface.

Given a user has created a personalized dashboard, When the user selects the 'Share' option, Then the dashboard should be easily shareable with specific colleagues via email or user ID.

Access permissions applied when sharing dashboards among team members.

Given a user shares a dashboard, When the settings for sharing are configured, Then the recipient must have access permissions defined for either viewing or editing the dashboard as set by the user.

Notification system for users when their dashboards are shared with others.

Given a user has shared a dashboard, When the dashboard is successfully shared, Then the user should receive a notification confirming the sharing action along with details of the recipients.

Collaborative editing of a shared dashboard between multiple users.

Given a user has shared a dashboard with edit access, When another user accesses the shared dashboard, Then they should be able to make changes in real-time, and all modifications should save instantly without conflicts.

Revoking access to a previously shared dashboard.

Given a user had shared a dashboard, When the user decides to revoke access, Then the shared dashboard should no longer be accessible to the previously selected recipients immediately.

Audit trail feature for tracking dashboard sharing activities.

Given a user has shared or modified dashboard permissions, When the user checks the activity log, Then the log should detail all sharing actions, including who shared it and any modifications made over time.

User experience for discovering shared dashboards within the platform.

Given multiple dashboards have been shared with a user, When the user navigates to the shared section, Then the user should see a clear list of all shared dashboards along with the names of the collaborators who shared them.

Real-Time Data Refresh

"As a finance officer, I want my dashboard to refresh in real-time so that I can monitor financial metrics as they change and make informed decisions promptly."

Description

The Real-Time Data Refresh feature ensures that the personalized dashboards display the most current data available by automatically updating the information at configurable intervals. This allows users to work with up-to-date insights without needing to manually refresh their dashboards, facilitating better decision-making and response times in dynamic business environments. Implementing this feature will significantly enhance the dashboard's utility and reliability, empowering users to react quickly to changing data trends.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures the Personal Dashboard to refresh data every 5 minutes.

Given a user has selected the option to refresh the dashboard every 5 minutes, When the dashboard is loaded, Then the data displayed in the dashboard should reflect updates made to the underlying data source every 5 minutes without manual intervention.

User sets the personalized dashboard to refresh data every hour.

Given a user has configured the refresh interval to every 60 minutes, When the dashboard reaches the 60-minute mark, Then the dashboard data should automatically refresh to display the latest data from the underlying sources without requiring a manual refresh.

User observes real-time data refresh during a meeting.

Given a user is actively viewing their personalized dashboard in a live meeting, When new data is available from the data source, Then the dashboard should update in real-time without the user needing to refresh the page or dashboard.

User wants to confirm data accuracy post-refresh.

Given a user has manually checked the underlying data source and compared it with the dashboard data, When the dashboard has refreshed successfully, Then the data in the dashboard should match the latest data available in the source with a tolerance of error less than 1% for numerical values.

User adjusts the dashboard refresh interval on-the-fly.

Given a user is on the dashboard configuration page, When they change the refresh interval from 10 minutes to 30 minutes, Then the dashboard should apply the new refresh interval immediately, and the next data refresh should occur at the new set interval without displaying any error.

User tests the dashboard during peak data change volumes.

Given the dashboard is set to refresh every 15 minutes, When there are significant updates occurring in the data source during this time, Then the dashboard should remain stable, accurately reflecting the data at each refresh period without glitches or performance issues.

Dashboard Template Options

"As a new user, I want to start building my dashboard using a template so that I can save time and ensure my layout follows best practices in data visualization."

Description

The Dashboard Template Options feature provides users with pre-built templates that can be customized according to their data needs. Users can select from various templates tailored for specific use cases, such as sales, marketing, or finance, which can save time and provide a strong starting point for their personalized dashboards. This enhances user productivity by reducing the time needed for dashboard setup, while still allowing for full customizability to fit the user's requirements. Templates will be designed to showcase best practices in data visualization for maximum impact.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a pre-built dashboard template from the Dashboard Template Options to create a new personalized dashboard for their sales team.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony, when they navigate to the Dashboard Template Options, then they should see a list of diverse pre-built templates categorized by use case (e.g., sales, marketing, finance).

User customizes a selected dashboard template by adding, removing, or rearranging widgets to better fit their specific data needs.

Given the user has selected a sales dashboard template, when they add a widget for quarterly sales figures and remove the default widget for customer insights, then the user should be able to save and view the updated dashboard reflecting these changes.

User saves a customized dashboard that was based on a pre-built template, ensuring the settings are retained for future access.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they click on the 'Save' button, then the system should show a confirmation message and the customized dashboard should be accessible in the user's dashboard library.

User accesses documentation on how to use the Dashboard Template Options feature during the creation of a new dashboard.

Given the user is on the Dashboard Template Options page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to a comprehensive guide detailing how to select and customize templates.

User shares their customized dashboard, created from a pre-built template, with a colleague.

Given the user has an updated dashboard, when they select the 'Share' option and enter a colleague’s email, then the colleague should receive a link to access the shared dashboard with the same customization settings.

User experiences the loading time while accessing the Dashboard Template Options for the first time after signing in.

Given the user has just logged into DataHarmony, when they open the Dashboard Template Options for the first time, then the templates should load within 3 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience.

Feedback Loop Enhancer

The Feedback Loop Enhancer leverages user feedback and interaction patterns to continuously improve the Adaptive Insights Engine's performance. It gathers user experiences and preferences over time, refining the analytics engine’s algorithms to ensure that it consistently delivers the most relevant and valuable insights.

Requirements

User Feedback Collection

"As a product user, I want to provide feedback about my experience with the platform so that the development team can improve features based on my and other users' needs."

Description

The User Feedback Collection requirement facilitates the continuous gathering of user feedback through various channels such as surveys, in-app feedback forms, and user interviews. This requirement ensures that user experiences and suggestions are systematically captured and stored within the DataHarmony platform. By integrating a user-friendly feedback interface, this requirement enables users to easily share their insights and experiences without significant disruption to their workflow. The collected feedback will be analyzed to identify trends, measure satisfaction, and prioritize future enhancements. This functionality is essential for ensuring that the feedback loop between users and the development team is closed, ultimately leading to enhancements that align with user needs and preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback through an in-app feedback form after experiencing an issue with data visualization.

Given the user has accessed the feedback form, when they submit their feedback, then it should be stored in the feedback database and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User completes a survey regarding their satisfaction with the DataHarmony platform after using it for a month.

Given the user accesses the survey link, when they complete and submit the survey, then the responses should be recorded correctly in the analytics dashboard.

User's feedback is categorized and analyzed to identify trends for upcoming software enhancements.

Given the feedback collected, when an analysis is performed, then it should output a report highlighting the top three trends in user feedback over the last quarter.

User requests an interview about their experience using DataHarmony, and the session is scheduled successfully.

Given the user submits a request for an interview, when the development team reviews and confirms the request, then the user should receive a calendar invitation with the scheduled date and time.

Admin reviews user feedback collected over the last month for prioritizing future enhancements.

Given the admin accesses the feedback summary report, when the admin reviews the report, then it should display feedback categorized by priority with a clear indication of user satisfaction levels.

Feedback from users is displayed in a user-friendly dashboard for real-time viewing.

Given the feedback has been collected, when the admin accesses the feedback dashboard, then it should show all feedback entries along with their status (new, under review, implemented).

The feedback mechanism closes the loop by notifying users of implemented suggestions.

Given that feedback is implemented, when the development team marks the suggestion as completed, then the user who submitted the feedback should receive a notification about the implementation of their suggestion.

Adaptive Insights Refinement

"As a business analyst, I want the analytics engine to adapt over time based on user interactions so that I receive increasingly relevant insights for my reporting needs."

Description

The Adaptive Insights Refinement requirement focuses on the continuous improvement of the analytics algorithms through the incorporation of gathered feedback and user interaction data. This requirement ensures that the Adaptive Insights Engine will evolve over time to reflect user behavior and preferences accurately. Leveraging machine learning techniques, this requirement allows the engine to adjust its analytics and reporting capabilities based on historical data and user-desired outcomes. By implementing this requirement, DataHarmony can maintain a competitive edge by providing users with increasingly relevant insights that align with their specific business needs, leading to informed decision-making and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback regarding the relevance of insights generated by the Adaptive Insights Engine after using the platform for a week.

Given a user has provided feedback, when the feedback is submitted successfully, then the Adaptive Insights Engine should log the feedback timestamp, user ID, and feedback content in the database and update its algorithm based on feedback trends after three cycles of data collection.

As a business intelligence analyst, I review analytics reports generated by the Adaptive Insights Engine to ensure they are relevant and aligned with previous user preferences.

Given an analyst is accessing the report, when the report is generated, then it should reflect a 90% relevance score based on historical user interactions and preferences analyzed in the last month.

The Adaptive Insights Engine automatically adjusts its analytical models based on cumulative feedback received over the past quarter.

Given the feedback data has been collected for one quarter, when the analytical model is retrained, then the models should incorporate at least three major themes identified from user feedback trends to optimize report accuracy and relevance.

A user initiates a session after updates have been applied to the Adaptive Insights Engine following user feedback.

Given the updates have been applied, when the user accesses the insights dashboard, then the performance should improve by at least 20% in load time and display personalized insights based on their previous interactions and feedback.

The system generates a monthly feedback analysis report for stakeholders to review adaptation performance.

Given the feedback analysis period is complete, when the report is generated, then it should include at least five metrics showing the responsiveness of the Adaptive Insights Engine to user feedback along with actionable insights for improvement.

A user modifies their preferences for report types and insights displays within the Adaptive Insights Engine settings.

Given a user changes their preferences, when the preferences are saved, then the system should update the analytics engine's parameters and immediately reflect changes in the user's dashboard by the next refresh.

Performance Metrics Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want to view performance metrics on how user feedback affects the analytics engine so that I can understand the improvement areas and make informed decisions."

Description

The Performance Metrics Dashboard requirement involves the creation of an intuitive dashboard that visualizes key performance indicators (KPIs) related to user feedback and the effectiveness of the Adaptive Insights Engine. This requirement focuses on providing users and stakeholders with meaningful data displayed in real-time, showcasing trends and the impact of user feedback on the analytics engine's performance. The dashboard will integrate various visualization tools to represent data attractively and comprehensively, enabling quick insights into how user feedback is influencing product improvements. By offering this transparency, DataHarmony empowers stakeholders with actionable insights that can direct further development and enhancement efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Performance Metrics Dashboard to assess the impact of user feedback on the Adaptive Insights Engine's performance.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony, when they navigate to the Performance Metrics Dashboard, then the dashboard should display real-time KPIs related to user feedback and the Adaptive Insights Engine performance.

Stakeholders analyze trends in user feedback displayed in the Performance Metrics Dashboard over a set period.

Given the user selects a date range on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they apply the filter, then the displayed KPIs should reflect the data for the selected period accurately.

A user interacts with the Performance Metrics Dashboard to generate a report on user engagement metrics.

Given the user clicks on the 'Generate Report' button, when the report is generated, then the user should receive a downloadable document containing graphical representations of key performance indicators and trends in user feedback.

A user wants to understand how changes in the feedback loop affect the insights generated by the Adaptive Insights Engine.

Given the user accesses the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they view insights related to specific feedback loops, then the dashboard should show correlation graphs between user feedback and insights generated over time.

Users need to ensure the accuracy of data displayed on the dashboard for real-time decision-making.

Given the user accesses the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they compare the displayed KPIs with raw data from the database, then the metrics should match within a 5% margin of error.

Users explore different visualization tools available in the Performance Metrics Dashboard for clarity and understanding.

Given the user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they switch between different visualization types (e.g., charts, graphs, tables), then the data representation should update accordingly without any delay or errors.

Users collaborate on insights derived from the Performance Metrics Dashboard in a team setting.

Given the user has access to the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they share the dashboard view with team members, then the shared link should allow others to view the same KPIs and visualizations as the original user.

Real-Time Behavioral Insights

Offering real-time analytical adjustments, this feature tracks user behavior in the moment, instantly adapting analytics displays based on current activity and focus areas. This ensures that users are always working with the most pertinent data without unnecessary distractions.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Refresh

"As a data analyst, I want the dashboard to refresh dynamically based on my interactions so that I can focus on the most relevant data without manually adjusting the settings."

Description

The Dynamic Data Refresh requirement mandates that the Real-Time Behavioral Insights feature continuously updates the data displayed according to users' interactions. This includes automatically refreshing dashboards and visualizations in response to the current focus areas and ongoing activities, ensuring that users always have access to the most relevant insights. This functionality is crucial for maintaining user engagement and providing actionable data at the right moment, thereby maximizing the effectiveness of decision-making processes. The integration of this feature is vital to maintaining a seamless user experience and ensuring that analytics are not based on outdated information, fostering informed and timely business decisions throughout the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard Updates during User Interaction

Given that a user is interacting with the dashboard, when the user changes focus areas, then the dashboard should refresh the displayed data within 2 seconds to show the most relevant insights.

Real-Time Data Synchronization across Multiple Users

Given multiple users are viewing the same dashboard, when one user updates a data visualization, then all other users should see the updated data within 5 seconds.

Adaptive Analytics Based on User Behavior

Given that a user frequently interacts with specific datasets, when the user navigates away from these datasets, then the system should automatically highlight alternative relevant datasets based on historical user behavior.

Mobile Optimization for Data Refresh

Given that a user is accessing the dashboard on a mobile device, when the user scrolls or interacts with the interface, then the data should refresh seamlessly without lag or disruption in user experience.

User Notification for Data Refresh Events

Given that a data refresh occurs due to user interaction, when the data is updated, then the system should provide a non-intrusive notification to the user indicating the data has been refreshed and is current.

Consistency of Historical Data with Real-Time Insights

Given that a user is viewing both historical data and real-time insights, when the data refresh occurs, then the historical data should be consistent and match the context of real-time insights presented.

User Behavior Tracking

"As a product manager, I want to track how users interact with the platform so that I can optimize features and improve overall user satisfaction."

Description

The User Behavior Tracking requirement focuses on capturing and analyzing user interactions within the DataHarmony platform. This includes monitoring which datasets are accessed, how users navigate through the interface, and the actions they perform. By integrating sophisticated tracking mechanisms, DataHarmony will provide insights into user behavior patterns that can be leveraged to enhance the user experience, optimize data presentation, and inform future feature developments. The data collected will also facilitate targeted recommendations for users and allow for personalized dashboards, ensuring high user satisfaction and engagement levels throughout the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the DataHarmony platform and navigates to various datasets over a session, interacting with different features such as filters, charts, and reports.

Given a user is logged into the DataHarmony platform, when they navigate to different datasets, then the system should track and log each dataset accessed, the time spent on each, and the actions performed (like filtering or exporting data).

A user has a specific data profile based on their past interactions and preferences, and they access the platform during a workflow.

Given a user profile is set up with behavioral data from previous sessions, when the user logs in, then the dashboard should adapt in real-time to show data most relevant to their current activity.

An admin wants to review user engagement data to optimize the platform's features based on actual usage patterns.

Given the user behavior tracking is implemented, when the admin requests a report of user interactions, then the system should generate a report detailing which datasets are accessed most, common navigation paths, and average session durations.

A user receives a notification about a newly integrated dataset that aligns with their previous interests and usage history.

Given that the user behavior tracking system has collected data on users' interests, when a new dataset is added that matches a user's profile, then the system should send a personalized recommendation to the user (via email or in-app notification).

A user wants to receive immediate, relevant updates based on their ongoing activity within the platform.

Given behavioral tracking is active during a user's session, when they perform certain actions, then the system should provide contextual insights or tips relevant to their current tasks without overwhelming them.

A user actively engages with a specific dataset and their interactions are being recorded throughout that engagement.

Given that user actions are being tracked in real-time, when a user interacts with a dataset (like applying filters or generating graphs), then these interactions should be captured and available for analysis post-session.

A product manager reviews user behavior analytics to inform future development and enhance user experience.

Given the data collected from user behavior tracking, when the product manager analyzes this data, then actionable insights must be derived from the data that impact subsequent development sprints (i.e., which features to prioritize based on user engagement).

Custom Alert System

"As a business analyst, I want to set custom alerts for key metrics so that I am notified immediately when critical changes occur in user behavior."

Description

The Custom Alert System requirement allows users to create personalized alerts based on specific behavioral metrics identified through the Real-Time Behavioral Insights feature. Users can set conditions under which they want to be notified, such as significant shifts in data trends, changes in user activity patterns, or anomalies in dataset usage. This feature enhances proactive engagement by ensuring users are alerted to important changes, facilitating timely responses and strategic decision-making. The implementation of a customizable alert system integrates deeply with existing analytics and ensures that key stakeholders remain informed and reactive to critical business trends.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a custom alert for a sudden drop in dataset usage during peak hours.

Given the user has accessed the Custom Alert System, When they create an alert for dataset usage with a threshold below 20% during peak hours, Then the system should notify the user via email and in-app notification when the condition is met.

User modifies an existing custom alert to adjust threshold values for behavioral metrics.

Given the user views their list of custom alerts, When they select an existing alert and change the threshold values, Then the system should successfully save the updated alert and reflect the changes immediately in the user's alert list.

User receives notifications for multiple active alerts simultaneously.

Given multiple custom alerts are active for a user, When the conditions for these alerts are triggered, Then the user should receive real-time notifications for all alerts via their preferred communication channels without delay.

User deletes a custom alert that is no longer needed.

Given the user is on the custom alerts management page, When they select an alert and click the delete option, Then the alert should be removed from the system and the user should receive a confirmation message.

User receives an alert for an anomaly detected in user activity patterns.

Given the Real-Time Behavioral Insights feature is monitoring user activity, When a significant anomaly is detected exceeding predefined parameters, Then the user should receive a notification detailing the nature of the anomaly and suggested actions.

User configures alerts for external data sources integrated into the platform.

Given the user has access to external data sources, When they set up a custom alert based on metrics from these external sources, Then the alert should function identically to those created from internal datasets and notify the user of relevant changes or anomalies.

Interactive Visualization Tools

"As a business user, I want to manipulate visualizations directly on the dashboard so that I can analyze data more intuitively and identify trends quickly."

Description

The Interactive Visualization Tools requirement encompasses advanced visualization options that allow users to engage with their data in real-time actively. This includes features such as zooming, drilling down into specific datasets, and dynamically changing chart types based on their immediate needs. By providing these tools, users can manipulate and explore data in ways that highlight significant trends and insights, making the analytics process more intuitive and impactful. The integration of these tools enhances the value of data harmonization by enabling users to visually interpret complex data sets, driving deeper analysis and understanding of patterns.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to visualize sales trends over the past quarter using interactive charts.

Given the user has access to sales data, when they select the 'Sales Trends' chart type, then they should be able to zoom in on specific months and drill down into detailed daily sales figures.

A data analyst needs to compare multiple datasets side-by-side to identify correlations in real-time.

Given the analyst has selected 'Comparison View', when they load two datasets, then the visualizations should allow for dynamic chart type switching and ensure both datasets are visually synchronized.

An executive is presenting data insights during a meeting and needs to adapt visuals on the fly based on audience questions.

Given the executive is using the visualization tools during a presentation, when a specific question is asked, then they should be able to change the chart type and focus on a subset of data instantly without delay.

A user wants to explore customer engagement metrics and highlight the most significant trends.

Given the user is working with customer engagement data, when they apply a filter to focus on a certain demographic, then the visualization should automatically update to emphasize relevant data points and trends.

A business intelligence team is conducting a workshop to educate users on data manipulation capabilities within the platform.

Given users are participating in the workshop, when they are guided through using the interactive tools, then each user should be able to successfully manipulate charts and extract insights without requiring additional assistance.

A data engineer needs to validate that the interactive visualization tools are responsive across different devices.

Given the engineer tests the interface on mobile and desktop devices, when they explore various visualization options, then all features should function correctly and responsively on both form factors.

Historical Trends Analysis

"As a senior analyst, I want to compare current user engagement metrics with historical data so that I can evaluate the effectiveness of initiatives over time and adjust strategies accordingly."

Description

The Historical Trends Analysis requirement is aimed at providing users with the capability to compare current behavioral data with historical datasets. This capability allows analysts to spot emerging patterns, evaluate the effectiveness of strategies, and assess changes over time in user behavior and data interactions. Implementing this requirement will necessitate robust data storage and retrieval functionality, as well as sophisticated analytical tools that provide insights across timeframes. This comparative analysis is crucial to understanding the context of current behaviors and making data-driven decisions that leverage past performance, thus enriching the analytical potential of the DataHarmony platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User compares current user behavior metrics with historical data to identify trends over the last quarter.

Given that the user has selected a specific behavior metric, when they view the historical trends analysis section, then they should see a graph comparing the current metric with historical data from the last quarter.

User applies multiple filters to refine historical data analysis based on specific parameters.

Given that the user has selected multiple filters for the historical trends analysis, when they submit the filters, then the data display should update to reflect only the data that meets the filter criteria, reinforcing the relevance of analyzed trends.

User exports the historical trends analysis report to share with colleagues for review.

Given that the user has completed an analysis of historical trends, when they select the export option, then the report should be generated as a PDF file containing all relevant graphs and insights from the analysis.

User analyzes behavior changes over time in response to marketing strategies implemented in the last six months.

Given that the user selects a specific marketing strategy from the last six months, when they initiate the analysis, then they should receive a detailed report showing behavior changes in response to that strategy over time.

User utilizes AI-powered insights to predict future behavioral trends based on historical data.

Given that the user is in the historical trends analysis section, when they request AI-generated predictions, then the system should provide a forecast report with visualizations indicating expected future behaviors based on historical patterns.

User identifies peak usage times by comparing current and historical user data.

Given that the user views the peak usage analysis feature, when they analyze current usage against historical data, then they should clearly see visual indicators showing peak times across the selected periods.

AI Trend Monitor

The AI Trend Monitor analyzes industry trends and benchmarks relevant to the user’s specific role. By integrating external datasets with individual behavior, it highlights emerging patterns or changes in data, allowing users to stay ahead in their strategic planning.

Requirements

Data Source Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate external datasets into the platform so that I can analyze a more comprehensive view of industry trends and make informed decisions based on diverse data sources."

Description

The Data Source Integration requirement enables seamless incorporation of various external datasets into the DataHarmony platform. It allows users to connect and aggregate data from APIs, databases, and other data repositories, providing a richer context for analysis. The integration is crucial as it empowers users to combine internal data with industry trends and benchmarks, ensuring comprehensive insights that drive strategic decisions. This functionality enhances the robustness of the AI Trend Monitor, making it a more valuable tool for users by applying the most relevant data available.

Acceptance Criteria

User is configuring the data source integration settings in DataHarmony to connect external APIs for real-time data updates.

Given the user has access to the Data Source Integration settings, When the user inputs valid API credentials and selects relevant data fields, Then the system successfully connects to the external API and displays the integrated data in the user's dashboard.

The user needs to aggregate data from multiple databases to enhance their analysis with real-time market trends.

Given the user has added multiple database connections, When the user selects the 'Aggregate Data' option, Then the system retrieves data from all selected databases and presents it in a unified format for analysis.

A user wants to validate if the Data Source Integration is correctly syncing data from a selected external dataset.

Given a successfully connected external dataset, When the user triggers a manual data sync, Then the system fetches the latest data from the external source and updates the relevant sections of the DataHarmony platform.

An analyst wants to monitor if the data being integrated continually matches set benchmarks or thresholds for data accuracy and relevance.

Given the AI Trend Monitor is active, When the user specifies benchmarks or thresholds, Then the system alerts the user if integration accuracy falls below the defined standards during analysis.

The user must troubleshoot a failed data connection to an external system within the DataHarmony platform.

Given the connection attempt fails, When the user accesses the logs provided by the system, Then the system should display clear error messages and recommended actions for resolving the connection issue.

A user prepares to launch a report that includes data from integrated sources and needs to ensure all necessary data is correctly populated.

Given the report is prepared for launch, When the user reviews the report's data source integration section, Then the system confirms that all required data fields are filled and ready for analysis.

A team member is sharing the data integration setup with another user for collaborative purposes.

Given the data source integration setup is complete, When the user shares the setup with other team members, Then the invited users have access to view and edit the data sources as per permissions set by the original user.

Pattern Recognition Engine

"As a business strategist, I want the system to recognize emerging patterns and trends in my industry so that I can adapt my strategies proactively and ensure my organization remains competitive."

Description

The Pattern Recognition Engine requirement outlines the capability for the AI Trend Monitor to identify significant patterns in the data. This includes recognizing trends based on historical data analysis and behavioral patterns of individual users. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, the engine will highlight anomalies and emerging trends that are relevant to users' roles. This functionality is vital for businesses aiming to stay competitive and proactive in their strategic planning since it translates complex data into actionable insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the AI Trend Monitor to view identified patterns in their industry data.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony and has activated the AI Trend Monitor, when they select their specific role, then the system must display a list of significant patterns recognized from historical data relevant to that role.

User receives an alert for an anomaly identified by the Pattern Recognition Engine.

Given that the Pattern Recognition Engine has analyzed the user’s historical data, when an anomaly is detected that deviates from the norm, then the system must send a notification to the user explaining the anomaly's potential impact on their operations.

User generates a report on emerging trends derived from their specific data set.

Given the user has selected their desired data parameters in the AI Trend Monitor, when they click on 'Generate Report', then the system must produce a report highlighting emerging trends along with actionable insights and visualizations.

User wants to compare current trends with historical data.

Given the user is viewing trends on the AI Trend Monitor, when they select an option to compare current trends with historical data, then the system must display comparative visualizations showing differences and insights between the selected timeframes.

User seeks to adjust settings for receiving updates on pattern recognition.

Given the user is in the settings menu of the AI Trend Monitor, when they select to receive updates on pattern recognition, then the system must allow them to customize the frequency and type of updates and save these preferences successfully.

User requests help to interpret the identified patterns in their data.

Given the user is on the AI Trend Monitor page, when they click on the 'Help' option, then the system must provide contextual help that explains how to interpret the identified patterns and trends.

User Role Customization

"As a marketing executive, I want to customize the AI Trend Monitor to focus on trends specifically relevant to my marketing efforts so that I can make data-driven decisions that are aligned with my objectives."

Description

The User Role Customization requirement allows users to tailor the AI Trend Monitor's output based on their specific roles and responsibilities. Users can set preferences for what types of trends and insights they wish to prioritize, ensuring that the information provided is both relevant and actionable. This customization not only enhances user experience but also ensures that every department receives focused and pertinent data, fostering more effective decision-making across the organization. The ability to customize makes the tool more efficient and better suited to varied business needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects specific trends relevant to their role using the customization settings in the AI Trend Monitor.

Given a user has access to AI Trend Monitor, When they navigate to the customization settings and select trends, Then only the selected trends should be displayed in their dashboard.

User saves their trend preferences and reopens the AI Trend Monitor application.

Given a user has saved their trend preferences, When they reopen the application, Then their previously saved preferences should be automatically loaded without any errors.

User attempts to customize trend settings with invalid selections in the AI Trend Monitor.

Given a user is in the customization settings, When they select an invalid option and click save, Then an appropriate error message should be displayed, and the data should not be saved.

User reviews the AI Trend Monitor output after customizing their role-specific insights.

Given a user has customized their role preferences, When they view the AI Trend Monitor output, Then it should contain insights and trends exclusively relevant to their specified role.

Multiple users with different roles customize their trend insights in the AI Trend Monitor concurrently.

Given multiple users are customizing their trend preferences at the same time, When each user accesses their respective output, Then each user should see only their customized trends without affecting each other’s settings.

User accesses help documentation for customizing role-specific trends.

Given a user needs assistance with customization, When they access the help section of the application, Then they should find clear and concise guidance on how to customize trend preferences relevant to their role.

User requests to reset their trend preferences in the AI Trend Monitor.

Given a user wishes to reset their trend preferences, When they click the reset option, Then all customized settings should revert to the default preferences without any errors.

Real-time Alerts and Notifications

"As a product manager, I want to receive real-time alerts when significant industry trend changes occur so that I can immediately evaluate how these changes impact our strategic direction and product development."

Description

The Real-time Alerts and Notifications requirement aims to enhance the user experience by providing timely and relevant notifications about significant changes detected by the AI Trend Monitor. Users will receive alerts for critical data shifts, emerging industry trends, or notable benchmarks. This functionality allows users to respond quickly to changing conditions, keeping them informed and facilitating agile decision-making processes. Timeliness is key in strategic planning, and this feature bridges that gap by ensuring users are aware of important shifts as they happen.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time alert when the AI Trend Monitor detects a significant change in industry benchmarks relevant to their role.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony and has the AI Trend Monitor enabled, when significant changes are detected in industry benchmarks, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the change within 5 minutes.

User receives a notification for emerging industry trends highlighted by the AI Trend Monitor when they log in to the platform.

Given the user logs into DataHarmony, when they access the dashboard, then they should see notifications for any new emerging trends identified by the AI Trend Monitor since their last session.

Users can customize their alert preferences for specific data shifts they wish to monitor.

Given the user accesses alert settings in DataHarmony, when they select specific datasets and thresholds for notifications, then the system should allow them to save these preferences without errors.

Users receive notifications for anomalies detected in their data that could indicate important shifts in trends.

Given the user has the AI Trend Monitor active, when anomalies are detected in their datasets, then the user should receive alerts within 10 minutes detailing the nature of the anomaly.

User receives a summary report of alerts and notifications received during the previous week.

Given the user requests a report of the alerts and notifications received, when the request is made, then the user should receive a summary report detailing each alert with timestamps and details within 24 hours.

Users can easily dismiss or archive notifications once they have reviewed them.

Given the user receives a notification alert from the AI Trend Monitor, when the user dismisses or archives the notification, then the notification should no longer appear in the active alerts list in the platform.

Comprehensive Reporting Tools

"As a business intelligence manager, I want to create comprehensive reports based on the data trends identified by the AI Trend Monitor so that I can present actionable insights to the executive team during strategy meetings."

Description

The Comprehensive Reporting Tools requirement focuses on equipping users with advanced reporting capabilities that allow them to create tailored reports based on the insights generated by the AI Trend Monitor. Users can specify parameters, visualizations, and data points, which not only aids in internal decision-making but also facilitates external presentations. This functionality is essential for empowering users to effectively communicate their findings and strategic insights to stakeholders and team members, thereby maximizing the impact of their data-driven decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are able to generate reports that include insights from the AI Trend Monitor, specifying parameters such as date ranges, data sources, and key metrics relevant to their strategic needs.

Given the user has access to the AI Trend Monitor, when they select the desired parameters and metrics, then a report should be generated that accurately reflects the selected criteria.

Users can customize visualizations in their reports to fit their presentation style and audience needs, ensuring that data is effectively communicated.

Given the user is in the report creation interface, when they modify the visualization types (e.g., charts, graphs, tables), then the changes should be reflected immediately on the report preview.

Users need to save and share their reports with stakeholders, ensuring that the reporting tools support collaboration functionalities.

Given the user completes a report, when they choose to save and share it, then the report should be saved in their account and successfully shared with the designated stakeholders via email or direct link.

Users require the ability to download their reports in various formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) for offline use and presentations.

Given the user has finalized a report, when they select the download option, then the report should be available for download in all specified formats without loss of data integrity.

Users want to ensure that their reports reflect the most current data and insights from the AI Trend Monitor by automating report updates.

Given the user has automated report updates enabled, when new data is integrated into the AI Trend Monitor, then the respective reports should refresh automatically and notify the user of the updates.

Users aim to filter data within their reports by different dimensions (e.g., geographic location, departments) to derive more targeted insights.

Given the user is viewing a report, when they apply filters on specific dimensions, then the displayed report should update to reflect only the data relevant to those filters seamlessly.

Users need to create reports that incorporate benchmarking against industry standards as highlighted by the AI Trend Monitor.

Given the user selects benchmarking options in the report generation process, when they generate the report, then it should include a comparative analysis of user data against defined industry benchmarks as provided by the AI Trend Monitor.

Automated Compliance Navigator

Automated Compliance Navigator streamlines the process of tracking regulations and standards applicable to your organization. By mapping existing policies against current legal requirements, this feature not only ensures compliance but also highlights gaps in governance. Users benefit from reduced manual oversight and increased confidence in data integrity and adherence to industry standards.

Requirements

Regulatory Update Alerts

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time alerts for regulatory updates so that I can ensure our policies are always in compliance with the latest requirements."

Description

The Regulatory Update Alerts requirement automates the notification process for changes in compliance regulations relevant to the organization. It ensures that users receive real-time alerts when new regulations are issued or existing regulations are updated, allowing businesses to stay current and comply proactively. This feature benefits organizations by minimizing the risk of unintentional non-compliance and facilitating timely updates to internal governance policies. The alerts will be integrated seamlessly with existing data dashboards, providing users with contextual information regarding each update, and thus enhancing their decision-making capabilities in relation to compliance management.

Acceptance Criteria

As a compliance officer, I need to receive alerts for any new regulations or updates to existing regulations relevant to my organization so that I can ensure our policies are up-to-date and compliant.

Given that new regulations are issued or existing regulations are updated, when the Regulatory Update Alerts feature is activated, then I should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the update being published.

As a compliance manager, I want to view a summary of regulatory updates within the DataHarmony dashboard so that I can quickly assess their impact on our existing policies.

Given that a regulatory update has occurred, when I access the DataHarmony dashboard, then I should see a banner highlighting the latest regulatory updates along with a link to view details.

As a user of the Automated Compliance Navigator, I want to customize my notification settings so that I can choose which types of regulatory changes I want to be alerted about.

Given that I am in the notification settings, when I select specific types of regulations to receive alerts for and save my preferences, then those settings should be applied, and I should receive alerts only for selected regulations.

As a data governance lead, I need to ensure that alerts contain contextual information for each update to aid in decision-making.

Given that a regulatory update alert is generated, when I open the alert email or view it in the dashboard, then it should include details such as the regulation's title, effective date, and a summary of the changes.

As an IT administrator, I wish to integrate the Regulatory Update Alerts with our internal notification system to streamline alert dissemination.

Given that an integration with the internal notification system is configured, when a regulatory update alert is sent, then it should automatically trigger a message to the internal notification channels such as Slack or Microsoft Teams.

As a business analyst, I want to track the history of regulatory updates to understand the frequency and implications of changes over time.

Given that multiple regulatory updates have been issued, when I access the regulatory updates history section in DataHarmony, then I should see a chronological list of all past updates with the option to filter by date or regulation type.

Gap Analysis Tool

"As a policy administrator, I want to use a gap analysis tool so that I can identify the areas where our compliance policies need improvement and take corrective actions proactively."

Description

The Gap Analysis Tool provides a comprehensive assessment of existing company policies against current legal requirements. This requirement includes functionality that identifies inconsistencies and lacks in governance practices. It helps users to easily visualize which areas are covered and which are not, empowering stakeholders to make informed decisions on policy adjustments. The tool will include a reporting capability that generates insights on gaps along with recommendations for necessary changes, thus streamlining the compliance process and enhancing overall data integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews existing company policies in the Gap Analysis Tool to evaluate compliance with current legal requirements.

Given a set of existing company policies, when the user initiates the Gap Analysis, then the tool should display a comparison of the policies against the relevant legal requirements, highlighting any inconsistencies.

User receives a report from the Gap Analysis Tool detailing gaps in policies and providing recommendations for adjustments.

Given the analysis has been completed, when the user requests a report, then the system generates a document that outlines the identified gaps along with actionable recommendations to address these gaps.

Compliance officers need to verify that the Gap Analysis Tool accurately captures the latest legal requirements.

Given the latest legal requirements have been updated in the system, when the compliance officer performs a new analysis, then the results must reflect these updates accurately without discrepancies.

User wants to visualize compliance status through the Gap Analysis Tool's dashboard.

Given the analysis has been conducted, when the user accesses the dashboard, then it should visually display the compliance status with clear indicators for covered and uncovered areas.

Multiple stakeholders need to access the Gap Analysis results for collaboration and decision-making.

Given the Gap Analysis results are available, when multiple users access the tool simultaneously, then the system should allow collaborative viewing without performance degradation.

User conducts a follow-up analysis after implementing recommendations from the previous Gap Analysis report.

Given the user has implemented changes based on earlier recommendations, when they perform a follow-up gap analysis, then the tool should reflect the improvements in the compliance status.

User seeks assistance with interpreting the findings from the Gap Analysis Tool.

Given the user is reviewing the analysis results, when they request help, then the system should provide contextual help or guidance on how to interpret the findings effectively.

Compliance Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want to access a compliance dashboard so that I can quickly assess our compliance status across different regulations and make informed decisions based on real-time data."

Description

The Compliance Dashboard is designed to provide a centralized view of compliance statuses across various regulations and standards the organization must adhere to. This requirement includes visual analytics and KPI tracking to help users monitor compliance health in real time. The dashboard will consolidate all compliance data into an intuitive interface, allowing users to drill down into specific areas as needed. It enhances transparency and accountability within the organization by facilitating easy access to compliance information, thus minimizing the time spent on manual reporting and oversight.

Acceptance Criteria

Compliance health overview for regulatory audits.

Given the Compliance Dashboard, when a user accesses the dashboard, then they should see an overview of compliance status for all applicable regulations in a visual format, including KPIs for each regulation.

Drill-down functionality for specific regulations.

Given the Compliance Dashboard displays an overview, when a user clicks on a specific regulation, then the dashboard should present detailed compliance metrics, enabling users to drill down into specific compliance aspects.

Real-time alerts for compliance breaches.

Given the Compliance Dashboard, when a compliance status changes to 'non-compliant', then the system should trigger an immediate alert to relevant stakeholders via email or in-app notification.

Historical data analysis for compliance trends.

Given the Compliance Dashboard, when a user selects a time range, then the dashboard should display historical compliance data trends and allow for comparative analysis against previous periods.

User role-based access to compliance data.

Given the Compliance Dashboard, when a user logs in, then they should only see compliance information relevant to their role, with appropriate permissions set for different user levels.

Export functionality for compliance reports.

Given the Compliance Dashboard, when a user selects the export option, then they should be able to download a compliance report in PDF and CSV formats, including visual data representations.

Audit Trail Feature

"As an internal auditor, I want an audit trail feature so that I can verify changes in compliance policies and ensure that our organization meets the required standards."

Description

The Audit Trail Feature captures all changes made to compliance policies, including who made each change, when it was made, and what was altered. This requirement enhances accountability and provides a clear record for internal and external audits. Users benefit from this feature as it not only helps maintain robust compliance but also serves as a historical record that can be referred to during compliance reviews or investigations. The feature must seamlessly integrate with existing database systems to ensure comprehensive tracking of policy modifications.

Acceptance Criteria

The user modifies a compliance policy within the DataHarmony platform, and the Audit Trail Feature captures the details of the change for future reference.

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they modify a compliance policy, then the Audit Trail Feature must log the user's ID, timestamp of the change, and a summary of the modifications made.

The compliance officer retrieves a historical record of changes made to a specific compliance policy in response to an audit request.

Given a compliance officer searching within the Audit Trail Feature, when they request the history of a specific policy, then the system must return a complete and accurate list of all changes made, including user IDs and timestamps.

The system undergoes an update, and the Audit Trail Feature remains fully operational and integrated with existing database systems to ensure no loss of functionality.

Given that the system has been updated, when the Audit Trail Feature is tested, then it must demonstrate seamless integration with existing databases and accurately capture changes without any errors or data loss.

A user attempts to delete a compliance policy and the Audit Trail Feature tracks this deletion attempt accurately.

Given that a user attempts to delete a compliance policy, when the action is taken, then the Audit Trail Feature should record the user's ID, timestamp, and indicate that a deletion attempt was made, even if the action is ultimately blocked by the system.

The Audit Trail Feature is tested by running multiple updates on compliance policies simultaneously to ensure it can handle concurrent changes without error.

Given that multiple users are updating compliance policies at the same time, when these changes are made, then the Audit Trail Feature must log all modifications correctly without losing any data or creating conflicts in records.

An external auditor reviews the Audit Trail to assess compliance with industry regulations.

Given that an external auditor accesses the Audit Trail Feature, when they review the records, then the system must provide a user-friendly interface to filter, sort, and find relevant entries efficiently, meeting audit standards.

Data Quality Dashboard

The Data Quality Dashboard provides a centralized view of data health across the organization. This feature visualizes data integrity metrics such as accuracy, completeness, consistency, and timeliness. Users can quickly identify and rectify data quality concerns, ensuring reliable analyses and decision-making, thereby enhancing the credibility of their reports.

Requirements

Data Integrity Metrics

"As a data analyst, I want to see real-time metrics on data quality so that I can quickly identify and resolve data issues that could impact my analysis."

Description

The Data Integrity Metrics requirement involves the collection and visualization of key data quality indicators such as accuracy, completeness, consistency, and timeliness. By establishing standardized metrics and thresholds, this requirement enables users to monitor the overall health of their data in real-time. The implementation of this requirement is crucial for identifying potential data issues before they affect analysis and decision-making processes. By ensuring high data integrity, organizations can enhance the credibility of their reports and analytics, leading to more informed strategic decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User is accessing the Data Quality Dashboard to evaluate data integrity across multiple departments within the organization.

Given the user is logged into the Data Quality Dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Data Integrity Metrics' section, then they should see visualizations for accuracy, completeness, consistency, and timeliness of the data categorized by department.

A business analyst needs to monitor real-time data integrity metrics for an upcoming report presentation.

Given the Data Integrity Metrics have been established, when the analyst views the dashboard, then they should be able to filter data quality indicators by date range and department, receiving real-time updates of the metrics.

The data quality manager is preparing to address data integrity issues identified in the dashboard.

Given the dashboard displays data integrity metrics, when the manager views the consistency and accuracy metrics, then they should be able to identify any thresholds that have been exceeded and access details on the respective datasets.

A user wants to ensure that the data displayed is reliable before making strategic decisions.

Given that data integrity metrics are available, when the user selects the 'Timeliness' metric, then they should see the last updated timestamp for each dataset along with a clear indication of whether it meets the established timeliness threshold.

The IT team wants to evaluate the impact of data quality improvements over time.

Given the daily accumulation of data integrity metrics, when the team accesses the historical trends section of the dashboard, then they should be able to visualize and compare historical data integrity metrics for accuracy, completeness, consistency, and timeliness over a specified time frame.

A user aiming to enhance data credibility needs to share insights on data quality with stakeholders.

Given that the Data Quality Dashboard provides customizable reports, when the user creates a report summarizing the latest data integrity metrics and exports it, then the report should include visual graphs and the ability to share it via email directly from the dashboard.

The data governance team wants to ensure continuous monitoring of data integrity metrics.

Given the setup of alerts within the Data Quality Dashboard, when a metric exceeds the defined threshold for accuracy or completeness, then an immediate notification should be sent via email to the data governance team.

Automated Alerts for Data Issues

"As a data manager, I want to receive automated alerts when data quality issues arise so that I can take immediate action to resolve them before they affect reports."

Description

The Automated Alerts for Data Issues requirement involves setting up triggers that notify users when data quality metrics fall below established thresholds. This capability will benefit users by ensuring that they are immediately made aware of data integrity concerns, allowing for swift corrective actions. By integrating this alert system with existing workflows, teams can proactively manage data quality, thereby preventing potential downstream issues in reporting and analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Alerts Trigger for Low Data Accuracy

Given that a user has set a threshold for data accuracy at 90%, when the accuracy drops to 85%, then an alert is generated and a notification is sent to the user.

Automated Alerts Trigger for Incomplete Data Entries

Given that a user has defined completeness as 95% of data entries filled, when the completeness rate falls to 90%, then an alert is generated and sent to the data management team.

Real-Time Alerts for Data Quality Metrics

Given that data quality thresholds are set for timeliness at 24 hours, when a data entry is older than 24 hours without update, then an alert is triggered, notifying relevant users immediately.

Integration of Alerts with User Workflows

Given that a user receives an alert for data quality issues, when the alert is received, then the alert includes a direct link to the Data Quality Dashboard for quick access to data metrics.

User-Specific Notification Preferences for Alerts

Given that users can customize preferences for alerts, when a user opts to receive SMS notifications rather than email, then alerts should be sent via SMS as per the user's choice.

Historical Record of Alerts for Audit Trail

Given that alerts are generated for data quality issues, when an alert is triggered, then it should be logged in the system for future reference, providing date, time, and details of the issue.

Evaluation of Alert Effectiveness Over Time

Given that alerts are sent for data quality breaches, when a review is conducted after 30 days, then a report should show the percentage of alert-triggered issues that were successfully resolved.

Customizable Dashboard Views

"As a business intelligence lead, I want to customize my dashboard view to focus on the most critical data quality metrics so that I can streamline my decision-making process."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Views requirement enables users to configure their data quality dashboard according to their specific needs and preferences. With this functionality, stakeholders can select the metrics they want to focus on, arrange visualizations in a manner that suits their workflows, and create personalized reports. This flexibility allows teams to prioritize the most relevant data quality elements for their responsibilities, enhancing user experience and efficiency in data management tasks.

Acceptance Criteria

Users customize their dashboard to monitor the accuracy of different data sources across various departments in real-time.

Given a user accesses the Data Quality Dashboard, when they select specific metrics to display, then the dashboard should reflect those selected metrics accurately and in real-time.

A data analyst wants to rearrange the visualizations on their dashboard to prioritize metrics pertaining to data completeness for a quarterly review.

Given a user is on the Data Quality Dashboard, when they drag and drop visualizations to different locations, then the dashboard should retain this new arrangement after refreshing the page.

Stakeholders need to generate a report focusing on data consistency metrics at the end of a reporting period to assess team performance.

Given a user selects data consistency as a focus metric and initiates a report generation, when they receive the report, then the report should display only the relevant visualizations and include correct data from the selected reporting period.

An operations manager requires insights into the timeliness of data updates to ensure timely decision-making.

Given a user logs into the Data Quality Dashboard, when they filter metrics for timeliness, then the dashboard should only show visualizations relating to data timeliness metrics and allow sorting options.

A team member needs to share their customized dashboard setup with another colleague for collaborative work on data quality issues.

Given a user customizes their dashboard view, when they share this dashboard view with another user, then that colleague should see the same configuration and data metrics as intended by the original user.

A data governance lead wants to quickly identify any critical drops in data integrity metrics to take immediate corrective action.

Given a user is viewing the Data Quality Dashboard, when there is a significant drop in any selected data quality metrics, then the dashboard should highlight those metrics with alerts and visual indicators.

An IT administrator needs to modify the available metrics in the customized dashboard settings to align with new organizational standards.

Given an administrator accesses the customization settings, when they add or remove metrics from the dashboard options, then those changes should successfully reflect in the user interface for all users.

Historical Data Quality Trends

"As a data strategist, I want to view historical trends in data quality metrics so that I can assess our data quality improvements over time and plan future initiatives accordingly."

Description

The Historical Data Quality Trends requirement provides functionality to track and visualize the historical performance of data quality metrics over time. Users will be able to analyze trends, identify recurring issues, and assess the impact of corrective measures on data integrity. This feature is vital for long-term strategic planning and continuous improvement of data quality practices, enabling organizations to build a stronger foundation for reliable analytics.

Acceptance Criteria

User analyzes historical data quality trends for quarterly performance review.

Given the user selects the date range for the last quarter, when they view the data quality trends, then they should see a line graph depicting accuracy, completeness, consistency, and timeliness metrics for the specified period.

User identifies a recurring issue in data quality metrics over the past year.

Given the user accesses the historical data quality trends, when they analyze the metrics, then they should be able to see at least three instances where data quality dips below predefined thresholds across the chosen timeframe.

User assesses the impact of a corrective measure implemented in the last quarter.

Given the user has implemented corrective measures in data processing, when they compare the data quality metrics from the current quarter to the previous one, then they should observe a measurable improvement in at least two of the metrics (accuracy, completeness, consistency, or timeliness).

User customizes the dashboard to display selected metrics for annual trends.

Given the user is on the Data Quality Dashboard, when they customize the displayed metrics, then they should be able to select and save a combination of at least three different metrics for annual trend analysis, with the changes reflected immediately on the dashboard.

User exports historical data quality trends for external reporting.

Given the user views the historical data quality trends, when they select the export option, then they should receive a CSV file containing all visible metrics along with their values for the selected timeframe.

User Access and Permissions Management

"As a compliance officer, I want to manage user access and permissions within the dashboard so that I can ensure that only authorized users can view and modify data quality metrics."

Description

The User Access and Permissions Management requirement involves creating a robust system for managing user roles and permissions within the Data Quality Dashboard. This will ensure that sensitive data quality information is only accessible to authorized personnel, maintaining compliance with data governance policies. The proper management of user access is crucial for both security and accountability, allowing organizations to uphold data integrity and trustworthiness in their reporting.

Acceptance Criteria

User Access Control for Data Quality Dashboard

Given a user with administrator role, when they attempt to add a new user to the Data Quality Dashboard, then they should be able to see and utilize the 'Add User' functionality.

Permissions Validation for Data Quality Metrics Visibility

Given a user with read-only access, when they attempt to access sensitive data quality metrics, then they should receive a 'permission denied' message.

Role-Based Access Control Implementation

Given a user with the data analyst role, when they try to edit data quality metrics, then they should only have permission to view and download reports but not to make changes.

Audit Trail for User Activities

Given any user accessing the Data Quality Dashboard, when they perform any actions, then the system should log the actions with timestamps for audit purposes.

Bulk User Management Capability

Given an administrator user, when they import a bulk user list for the Data Quality Dashboard, then the system should process all users successfully without errors.

Integration with Data Governance Policies

Given the organizational data governance policies, when setting user roles and permissions, then the configurations must comply with the defined policies.

Audit Trail Tracker

Audit Trail Tracker offers a comprehensive history of data access and modifications within the system. This feature enables organizations to maintain transparency and accountability in data management practices. Users can easily access past data interactions, which aids in compliance reporting and strengthens data governance by monitoring who accessed data and when.

Requirements

Comprehensive Access Logs

"As a data administrator, I want to view comprehensive access logs so that I can monitor data access patterns and ensure compliance with data governance policies."

Description

The Comprehensive Access Logs requirement involves implementing a detailed logging mechanism that tracks all instances of data access within the DataHarmony platform. This includes capturing metadata such as user IDs, timestamps, data sets accessed, and the nature of the actions performed (e.g., read, update, delete). The logs will be key in ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements and will allow organizations to generate reports on data access trends. By providing administrators with clear visibility into who accessed what data and when, organizations can enforce data governance policies effectively and enhance overall transparency in their data management practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Log Entries Creation for Each Data Access

Given a user accesses data, When the access occurs, Then a log entry should be created that includes user ID, timestamp, data set accessed, and the nature of the action (read, update, delete).

Log Accessibility for Administrators

Given an administrator requests access logs, When they access the log management interface, Then they should be able to view, filter, and search log entries by user ID, timestamp, and action type.

Compliance Reporting Capability

Given a compliance auditor needs to review data access logs, When they generate a report, Then the report should include all necessary details (user ID, timestamp, action type) to meet regulatory requirements.

Audit Trail Security and Integrity

Given access logs are recorded, When data is logged, Then the integrity of the logs must be ensured, preventing unauthorized modifications or deletions.

Performance Impact of Logging Mechanism

Given the logging mechanism is implemented, When data access occurs under heavy load, Then the system performance should not degrade significantly (e.g., response time remains under 2 seconds).

Storage and Retention of Access Logs

Given access logs are generated, When logs are created, Then there should be a defined storage duration (e.g., logs retained for a minimum of 12 months) following best practices for data retention policies.

Modification History

"As a data analyst, I want to view the modification history of datasets so that I can understand the changes made and the rationale behind them."

Description

The Modification History requirement involves tracking and recording all changes made to datasets within DataHarmony. This feature will capture details such as the user who made the modification, the nature of the change, the previous value, and the new value. Providing visibility into modification history is critical for maintaining the integrity of data and supporting audit initiatives. This feature will not only enhance data accountability but also allow users to revert to previous versions if necessary, thereby safeguarding data accuracy and consistency over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Modification History to review changes made to a specific dataset

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they access the Modification History for a dataset, then they should see a list of all modifications including the user who made the modifications, the date and time of the changes, the previous value, and the new value, with accurate details reflecting all recorded changes.

User attempts to revert a dataset to a previous version using the Modification History

Given a user with revert permissions, when they select a previous version from the Modification History, then the system should restore the dataset to that previous state and log the revert action in the Modification History as a new entry.

System logs unauthorized access attempts to the Modification History

Given the system is monitoring for unauthorized access, when an unauthorized user tries to access the Modification History, then the system must deny access and log the attempt with relevant details (user, timestamp, and action attempted) in the security log.

Users generate a compliance report using the Modification History data

Given a user with report generation permissions, when they create a compliance report that includes Modification History, then the report should accurately reflect all modifications, presenting data in a clear format that is easy to analyze and meets regulatory standards.

User filters the Modification History by a specific date range and user

Given a user wants to analyze modifications, when they apply a filter for a specific date range and user in the Modification History, then only the modifications that fit the criteria should be displayed, ensuring accurate reporting.

System performance is evaluated under high load when accessing the Modification History

Given a high load scenario with multiple users accessing the Modification History simultaneously, when users attempt to view the Modification History, then the system must respond within 3 seconds for at least 95% of requests to ensure a smooth user experience.

Users receive notifications for significant modifications tracked in the Modification History

Given a user is monitoring significant changes, when a modification meets predefined criteria (e.g., changes to high-impact datasets), then the user should receive a notification in real-time detailing the changes made, including the user, time, and nature of the modification.

User Activity Reports

"As a compliance officer, I want to generate user activity reports so that I can analyze user engagement with data and ensure adherence to our governance policies."

Description

The User Activity Reports requirement involves creating customizable reports that summarize user interactions with data. These reports should allow administrators to filter by user, date ranges, and types of activities (view, edit, delete). The aim is to provide insights into how data is being accessed and utilized within the organization. The reports will support compliance audits and help organizations identify misuse or unusual behavior in data access. This feature will enhance the ability to analyze user engagement with the data, which is vital for informed data governance and management strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the User Activity Reports feature to generate a report for a specific user to review their data interaction history over the past month.

Given an administrator is logged in, when they select a user and set the date range to the last month, then the report should generate displaying all interactions categorized by activity type (view, edit, delete).

An administrator needs to filter user activity reports by different activity types to identify specific behaviors related to data access.

Given an administrator is viewing user activity reports, when they apply filters for specific activity types (view, edit, delete), then the report should update in real-time to reflect only the selected activities without showing others.

The organization requires compliance reporting to demonstrate transparency in data management practices through the User Activity Reports.

Given an administrator has generated a user activity report, when they export the report in CSV format, then the exported file should contain all data fields (user ID, activity type, timestamp) accurately reflecting the displayed report.

A compliance audit team needs to validate user actions during a specific timeframe to investigate any unauthorized access.

Given the audit team has provided the required date range and user identifiers, when the administrator generates the report, then the report should include only the relevant activities that match the filters applied.

An administrator wants to analyze trends in data access over time to inform data governance strategies.

Given an administrator is viewing the user activity report, when they select a predefined time period (weekly, monthly, quarterly), then the system should visually present trends (graphs/charts) based on the activity data recorded within that period.

A security officer needs to quickly identify any unusual user behavior patterns from the user activity reports.

Given an administrator is analyzing the reports, when they toggle on the anomaly detection feature, then the system should highlight any activities that exceed defined thresholds for access frequency to indicate potential misuse.

Real-Time Alerts

"As a security officer, I want to receive real-time alerts for suspicious data activities so that I can take immediate action to protect sensitive information."

Description

The Real-Time Alerts requirement entails establishing an alerting mechanism that notifies administrators of significant data access events, such as unauthorized access attempts or substantial data modifications. This will empower organizations to respond swiftly to potential security breaches or data mishandling, thereby minimizing risks associated with data governance failures. Real-time alerts will enhance situational awareness and foster proactive data management, ensuring that organizations can safeguard their sensitive information effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Alert Activation on Unauthorized Access Attempt

Given an administrator when an unauthorized access attempt occurs, then the system must generate an immediate alert notification to the administrator's dashboard and via email detailing the attempted access time, user ID, and the data accessed.

Alert Activation on Significant Data Modification

Given an administrator when a significant modification to sensitive data is made, then the system must generate a real-time alert containing information about the modification type, user ID, timestamp, and specific data elements changed.

Dashboard Display of Recent Alerts

Given an administrator when the administrator accesses the alerts dashboard, then they must see a chronological list of the last 10 alerts triggered, with essential details for each alert including the type of event, user involved, and timestamp.

Escalation of Critical Alerts

Given an authorized personnel when a critical alert is triggered (such as multiple unauthorized access attempts), then the system must escalate the alert by notifying the security team via SMS in addition to standard email alerts.

Historical Records of Alerts Generated

Given an administrator when accessing the audit trail section, then the logs must include a complete history of alerts generated, with timestamps, types of alerts, and the actions taken in response to each alert.

User Preferences for Alert Notifications

Given a user when accessing the alert settings, then they must be able to customize their preferences for receiving notifications via email, SMS, or in-app notifications, with changes being saved accurately upon submission.

Alert Acknowledgment by Administrators

Given an administrator when an alert is received, then they must have the ability to acknowledge the alert in the system, which should log the acknowledgment time and user ID against the alert record for accountability.

Compliance Dashboard

"As a data governance manager, I want an interactive compliance dashboard so that I can easily monitor our compliance status and ensure we are meeting regulatory requirements."

Description

The Compliance Dashboard requirement focuses on creating an interactive dashboard that aggregates key compliance metrics regarding data access and modification activity. This dashboard will visualize patterns in data usage, compliance adherence, and audit readiness. By utilizing advanced analytics and visualization techniques, the dashboard will enable stakeholders to quickly assess the organization's compliance status and identify potential areas of concern. This feature will facilitate easier reporting for audits and improve overall transparency in data governance practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Compliance Dashboard to view the latest compliance metrics related to data access and modification.

Given the user has the necessary permissions, when they access the Compliance Dashboard, then the dashboard should display the latest compliance metrics, including data access times, modification timestamps, and user interactions in a visually intuitive format.

A compliance officer generates a report from the Compliance Dashboard for an upcoming audit.

Given the compliance officer is on the Compliance Dashboard, when they export the report, then the exported file should contain all relevant compliance metrics, include data visualizations, and be in a universally accepted format like PDF or CSV.

Stakeholders review the visualized compliance data to identify trends in data access and modification activities.

Given the stakeholders are viewing the Compliance Dashboard, when they analyze the visualizations presented, then they should be able to identify trends, areas of concern, and patterns in data usage within 5 minutes of interaction.

An administrator configures the Compliance Dashboard to alert stakeholders about anomalies in data access.

Given the administrator has set up alert conditions on the Compliance Dashboard, when an anomaly in data access is detected, then the system should send an alert to the specified stakeholders via email within 10 minutes of detection.

Compliance metrics are reviewed for accuracy and completeness before an audit.

Given the Compliance Dashboard displays compliance metrics, when a reviewer validates the metrics against the raw data logs, then 100% of the compliance metrics should match with the raw data logs for the specified review period.

Users attempt to access the Compliance Dashboard without permission.

Given the user does not have the required permissions, when they attempt to access the Compliance Dashboard, then the system should display an access denied message and prevent entry to the dashboard.

The Compliance Dashboard provides real-time updates on data access activities.

Given the Compliance Dashboard is active, when data access occurs, then the dashboard should update the relevant metrics and visualizations in real-time, reflecting the activity within 30 seconds.

User Role Management

"As a system administrator, I want to manage user roles and permissions so that I can control access to sensitive data and ensure compliance with data governance policies."

Description

The User Role Management requirement involves implementing a robust user role and permission management system within DataHarmony. This feature will allow administrators to define user roles and assign specific permissions for accessing or modifying data. By ensuring that only authorized individuals have access to sensitive data, organizations can strengthen their data security posture. This capability is essential for fostering accountability and compliance, as it enables fine-tuned access controls aligned with regulatory requirements and organizational policies.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for Data Access Management

Given an administrator has logged into the DataHarmony platform, When they navigate to the User Role Management section and assign a new role to a user, Then the new role should be applied successfully, and the user should have the expected permissions defined by that role.

Role-Based Data Access Compliance

Given a user with specific permissions, When they attempt to access data outside their assigned role, Then access should be denied, and an appropriate error message should be displayed.

Modification of User Roles in Real-Time

Given an administrator is in the User Role Management section, When they modify an existing user's role, Then the changes should reflect in real-time, and the user should be notified about their updated access permissions immediately.

Audit Trail Recording for Role Changes

Given an administrator changes a user's role, When the change is made, Then an entry should be logged in the Audit Trail Tracker with details of the change, including who made the change and when it occurred.

Permission Verification for Data Access Requests

Given a user requests access to a specific dataset, When the request is evaluated against their assigned role, Then the system should validate permissions and either approve or deny the request based on established role permissions.

User Role Creation with Default Permissions

Given an administrator is creating a new user role in the User Role Management system, When they define the role and set default permissions, Then the system should save the role with all specified permissions correctly applied for future user assignments.

Bulk User Role Management

Given an administrator needs to manage multiple users' roles at once, When they use the bulk user role management feature to assign roles, Then the system should successfully update all selected users' roles and reflect the changes accurately in the User Role Management section.

Risk Assessment Toolkit

Risk Assessment Toolkit enables organizations to evaluate potential data governance risks through customizable assessments and scenarios. By identifying vulnerabilities in data management practices, this feature empowers users to take proactive measures. With insightful risk mitigation strategies, organizations can safeguard data assets effectively, demonstrating due diligence to stakeholders.

Requirements

Customizable Risk Assessment Scenarios

"As a data governance officer, I want to customize risk assessment scenarios so that I can evaluate risks that are unique to my organization's data management practices more effectively."

Description

The customizable risk assessment scenarios requirement enables users to create tailored assessment frameworks to evaluate specific data governance risks relevant to their organization. This provides flexibility in addressing varied compliance scenarios, allowing organizations to pinpoint unique vulnerabilities in their data management practices effectively. It integrates seamlessly into the Risk Assessment Toolkit, enhancing its adaptability and precision in risk evaluation. The expected outcome is a more accurate identification of potential risks, leading to improved aggregated insights and proactive data governance measures.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a customizable risk assessment scenario for evaluating data governance risks related to data sharing practices.

Given that the user is logged into the Risk Assessment Toolkit, when they navigate to the 'Create New Assessment' section and select 'Customizable Scenario', then they should be able to define parameters including risk category, compliance requirements, and organizational context.

User modifies an existing customizable risk assessment scenario to align with new compliance regulations.

Given that the user has access to existing risk assessment scenarios, when they select an assessment to edit and update compliance metrics, then the system should save the changes without errors and reflect them in the assessment overview.

User runs a customized risk assessment scenario to identify vulnerabilities in data management practices.

Given that the user has defined a customizable risk assessment scenario, when they execute the assessment, then the system should generate a report that highlights identified risks along with suggested mitigation strategies based on the scenario parameters.

User shares a customizable risk assessment scenario with stakeholders for review and feedback.

Given that the user has completed a customizable risk assessment scenario, when they select the option to 'Share Assessment', then the system should allow them to send a shareable link or export the scenario in a PDF format for stakeholders to review.

User logs in to the Risk Assessment Toolkit and accesses a library of pre-defined customizable risk assessment scenarios.

Given that the user is logged in, when they navigate to the 'Library' section, then they should find a categorized list of pre-defined customizable scenarios, complete with descriptions and key features.

User deletes a customizable risk assessment scenario they no longer need.

Given that the user has selected a customizable risk assessment scenario, when they choose the 'Delete' option and confirm, then the scenario should be permanently removed from their list of assessments, and a success message should be displayed.

User assesses the effectiveness of the customizable risk assessment scenarios through user feedback.

Given that the user has sent out multiple scenarios for stakeholder input, when they collect the feedback, then they should see a summary of ratings and comments for each scenario that indicates areas for improvement.

Automated Risk Reporting

"As a business intelligence analyst, I want automated risk reporting so that I can quickly share findings with stakeholders without having to compile reports manually."

Description

This requirement focuses on generating automated risk reports that summarize findings from risk assessments conducted using the Risk Assessment Toolkit. It streamlines the reporting process by compiling results, insights, and recommended mitigation strategies into a formatted report that can be easily shared with stakeholders. This integration improves transparency and fosters better decision-making, while also saving time for users who would otherwise manually compile these reports. The anticipated outcome is a quicker dissemination of risk information across the organization, facilitating timely responses.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Report Generation for Risk Assessments

Given a completed risk assessment, when the user selects the option to generate a risk report, then the system should compile findings, insights, and recommended strategies into a formatted report within 2 minutes.

Report Sharing Functionality

Given an automatically generated risk report, when the user chooses to share it with stakeholders, then the system should allow sharing via email and download options, with at least 95% success rate in delivering reports without errors.

Customizable Report Formats

Given the risk reporting feature, when the user selects different report formats (e.g., PDF, Word, Excel), then the system should successfully generate reports in all selected formats without loss of data or formatting inconsistencies.

Real-time Data Integration for Reports

Given the integration with the Risk Assessment Toolkit, when new data is assessed, then the automated risk report should reflect these updates in real-time without manual intervention.

User Notification Upon Report Generation

Given that a risk report has been successfully generated, when the process is complete, then the system should notify the user via email and in-app notification, confirming the report's completion.

Feedback Mechanism for Report Improvement

Given the delivered risk reports, when stakeholders review them, then at least 80% of users should indicate satisfaction with the content and clarity in a follow-up survey sent one week after report sharing.

Risk Mitigation Strategy Library

"As a data governance manager, I want access to a risk mitigation strategy library so that I can quickly implement effective strategies for data governance risks identified during assessments."

Description

The risk mitigation strategy library requirement involves creating a comprehensive repository of recommended mitigation strategies based on identified data governance risks. This library would serve as a resource for users, offering them predefined approaches to addressing specific vulnerabilities and risks identified during assessments. Incorporating this library into the toolkit will not only enhance user experience by providing immediate access to strategies but also streamline the risk management process, ensuring organizations can adopt effective measures promptly. The expected result is improved readiness and response to data governance risks.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Risk Mitigation Strategy Library through the Risk Assessment Toolkit dashboard.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony, when they navigate to the Risk Assessment Toolkit and select 'Risk Mitigation Strategy Library', then the user should see a complete list of recommended mitigation strategies categorized by risk type.

User searches for a specific mitigation strategy related to data security risks.

Given the user is on the Risk Mitigation Strategy Library page, when they enter 'data security' in the search bar, then the system should display only mitigation strategies that pertain to data security risks.

User selects a mitigation strategy to view detailed information.

Given the user is viewing the list of mitigation strategies in the library, when they click on a specific strategy, then they should be able to view detailed information, including the strategy's description, implementation steps, and recommended resources.

User requests to add new mitigation strategies to the library after identifying gaps.

Given the user identifies a risk that needs a mitigation strategy, when they submit a request through the 'Suggest a Strategy' feature, then the system should acknowledge the request and send a confirmation of receipt to the user.

User downloads a report of selected mitigation strategies.

Given the user has selected multiple mitigation strategies from the library, when they click on the 'Download Report' button, then the system should generate a downloadable PDF containing all selected strategies and their details.

User evaluates the effectiveness of a selected mitigation strategy after implementation.

Given the user has implemented a mitigation strategy, when they access the evaluation tool, then they should be able to rate the strategy's effectiveness on a scale from 1 to 5 and provide feedback.

Compliance Training Module

Compliance Training Module is an interactive learning platform embedded within Data Harmony that educates staff on data governance policies and best practices. Tailored training sessions enhance user awareness of compliance requirements, ensuring that every team member understands their role in maintaining data integrity. This feature fosters a culture of compliance and strengthens overall governance.

Requirements

Interactive Course Modules

"As a compliance officer, I want interactive course modules for our data governance training so that employees can engage with and understand compliance requirements effectively."

Description

The Compliance Training Module must include a set of interactive course modules that cover various data governance policies and best practices. Each module should allow users to engage with the content through quizzes, scenarios, and real-world applications. This interactive approach enhances retention rates and allows users to apply the information in practical situations, leading to better compliance understanding and adherence. Integration with the existing DataHarmony interface should ensure seamless access and user experience, fostering a proactive learning environment among employees.

Acceptance Criteria

Users onboard to the Compliance Training Module and select a specific interactive course module to complete.

Given a user has access to the Compliance Training Module, when they select an interactive course module, then the module should load without errors within 3 seconds and allow users to engage with quizzes and scenarios.

Users complete an interactive course module and submit their quiz responses.

Given a user completes a quiz within a course module, when they submit their responses, then the system should evaluate the quiz and display the results within 5 seconds, including the score and feedback on incorrect answers.

Users navigate the Compliance Training Module interface from the existing DataHarmony platform.

Given a user is logged into the DataHarmony platform, when they access the Compliance Training Module, then the navigation should be intuitive, allowing users to easily view available course modules and progress indicators.

A manager reviews compliance training progress for their team members.

Given a manager accesses the Compliance Training Module's reporting feature, when they request to view team member progress, then the system should present a report that accurately reflects each member’s course completion status and scores.

Users participate in a scenario-based interactive training session.

Given a user is engaged in a scenario within the course module, when they make selections during the scenario, then the system should adapt and respond to the user's choices, providing relevant feedback and consequences as part of the training experience.

Users experience a seamless login process to access the Compliance Training Module.

Given a user attempts to log into the DataHarmony platform, when they use valid credentials, then they should be granted access to the Compliance Training Module without encountering any login failures or delays beyond 5 seconds.

Users complete a feedback survey after finishing a course module.

Given that a user has completed a course module, when they are prompted to fill out a feedback survey, then they should be able to submit their feedback, and the system should confirm receipt of the survey within 2 seconds.

Progress Tracking and Reporting

"As a manager, I want to track employee progress in compliance training so that I can ensure everyone meets required training standards and address any gaps promptly."

Description

The system should provide users and administrators with the ability to track training progress and completion status for all employees. This includes dashboards that visualize individual and team progress, along with reporting capabilities that allow for generating detailed reports on compliance training outcomes and areas needing improvement. Implementing these tracking features will enable organizations to ensure all employees meet compliance training requirements and can pinpoint gaps in knowledge where further training may be needed.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their individual compliance training progress on the dashboard.

Given that the user is authenticated and has access to the Compliance Training Module, when they navigate to the progress dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their training status, including completed courses, courses in progress, and any overdue training.

Administrator generates a report on overall training compliance for the team.

Given that the administrator is authenticated and has access to the reporting tools, when they select the option to generate a team compliance report, then the system should provide a detailed report summarizing the training status of all team members, highlighting those who have completed training and those who have not.

User receives notifications for overdue training sessions.

Given that a user has training sessions assigned, when one or more sessions become overdue, then they should receive an automated email notification and an alert on their dashboard indicating which sessions are past due and require immediate attention.

User views detailed reports on compliance training outcomes.

Given that the user has access to reporting functionalities, when they request a detailed report on compliance training outcomes, then the system should display metrics such as completion rates, average scores, and identified gaps in knowledge for both individuals and teams.

Administrator monitors real-time progress of compliance training for all employees.

Given that the administrator is logged into the system, when they access the progress tracking feature, then they should see real-time data visualizations showing the percentage of training completed by employees and the status of individual training programs.

User can filter progress reports by department and role.

Given that a user has administrator access, when they access the compliance training progress reports, then they should be able to filter the reports by department and role to analyze training completion rates for specific groups.

Certification and Badging

"As an employee, I want to receive a certification upon completing the compliance training so that I have proof of my commitment to data governance and compliance standards."

Description

Upon completion of training modules, users should receive digital certificates or badges as recognition of their knowledge and compliance status. This feature will enhance motivation among employees to complete their training and provide tangible evidence of their commitment to data governance. These certifications should be easily shareable within and outside of the organization, thereby promoting a culture of compliance and continuous learning. The certifications will integrate seamlessly with the users’ profiles in DataHarmony, maintaining a record of their training achievements.

Acceptance Criteria

Completion of Training Module and Certification Issuance

Given that a user has completed all required training modules, when the training is finished, then the user should receive a digital certificate or badge reflecting their achievement and compliance status.

Sharing of Certifications

Given that a user has received a digital certificate or badge, when they attempt to share it via social media or within the organization, then the sharing process should successfully display the certificate without errors.

Integration of Certifications into User Profiles

Given that a user has completed a training module and received a digital certificate, when the user navigates to their profile, then the certification should be displayed in the 'Achievements' section of their DataHarmony profile.

Verification of Training Completion

Given that a user claims to have completed a training module, when an admin reviews the user's profile, then the admin should be able to see a record of completed training and associated certification status.

Accessibility of Certificates for Future Reference

Given that a user has received a digital certificate, when they access their profile at a later date, then they should be able to download or view their certification at any time.

User Notification for Certification Award

Given that a user has successfully completed a training module, when the certification is generated, then the user should receive an automated notification via email confirming the award of their certificate or badge.

Audit Trail for Certification Issuance

Given the importance of compliance, when a digital certificate is issued to a user, then an audit trail should be created automatically, logging the date, time, and training module details for compliance tracking purposes.

Admin Management Tools

"As a compliance officer, I want admin tools to easily manage training content so that I can keep compliance training relevant and tailored to my organization's needs."

Description

The Compliance Training Module should include robust admin management tools that enable compliance officers to create, update, and manage training content with ease. This feature should allow administrators to customize training materials according to organizational policies and regulations, ensuring the content remains relevant and up-to-date. Additionally, it should provide options to segment training requirements based on department or role, streamlining the training process and enhancing overall compliance effectiveness across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin can create new training content for employees on the updated data governance policies.

Given an admin user is logged into the Compliance Training Module, when they navigate to the 'Create Training' section, then they should be able to input training title, description, and upload relevant materials, and save the content without errors.

Admin can update existing training content to align with the latest regulations.

Given an admin user is on the 'Manage Training' page, when they select an existing training module and make changes to the content, then they should be able to save the updated module without losing any previously entered data and see the updated content reflected immediately.

Admin can segment training requirements based on department or role to streamline the training process.

Given an admin user is in the 'Segmentation' section, when they select a department or role, then they should be able to assign specific training modules to that group and save the segmentation without any issues, ensuring the assigned training appears in the relevant user accounts.

User can access their assigned training based on departmental segmentation.

Given a regular user is logged into the platform, when they navigate to their training dashboard, then they should see a list of training modules that have been assigned to their department or role, accessible with no errors.

Admin receives notifications when training content is due for review or has outdated information.

Given an admin user is logged in, when they navigate to the 'Notifications' section, then they should see alerts for any content that needs review, ensuring compliance and relevance is maintained.

Admin can track the progress and completion rates of users in training modules.

Given an admin user accesses the 'Progress Tracking' dashboard, when they select a specific training module, then they should receive a report showing completion rates and individual user progress metrics, allowing them to gauge training effectiveness.

Admin can clone existing training modules to facilitate modifications for similar content.

Given an admin user is on the 'Manage Training' page, when they select a training module and choose the 'Clone' option, then they should be able to create an identical copy of the module that can be edited separately, without affecting the original module, and see the clone in the training list.

Feedback and Improvement System

"As a user, I want to give feedback on the training content so that I can help improve the training experience for myself and others."

Description

An integrated feedback system must be established within the Compliance Training Module that allows users to provide feedback on the training content and structure. This system needs to capture user insights, suggestions, and any challenges faced during the training process. Analyzing this feedback will inform continuous improvements to the training materials and experience, ensuring that the content evolves alongside changing regulations and user needs. The feedback collected will be vital for enhancing the user experience and increasing training effectiveness over time.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are participating in a compliance training session and want to provide feedback on the training content immediately after completing a module.

Given a user has completed a training module, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to submit feedback that includes a rating from 1 to 5 and an optional text comment.

A compliance training administrator reviews the feedback submitted by users to identify trends and areas for improvement in the training content.

Given multiple feedback submissions have been collected, when the administrator reviews the feedback report, then they should be able to see aggregated ratings, the number of submissions, and common themes in comments.

A user encounters a technical issue while trying to give feedback and needs to report this issue through the system.

Given a user experiences a technical issue during the feedback submission process, when they select the 'Report an Issue' option, then they should be able to submit a detailed description of the issue along with their contact information for follow-up.

Users want to access past feedback they have submitted to track progress or see if their suggestions were implemented.

Given a user is logged into the Compliance Training Module, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should be able to view all their past feedback submissions along with the date they were submitted.

Stakeholders need to analyze the effectiveness of training content based on user feedback over the last six months.

Given six months of feedback data is available, when stakeholders generate a performance report, then they should be able to see metrics on user satisfaction rates, changes in feedback trends, and implemented changes based on feedback.

A new regulation is introduced, and training materials need to be updated accordingly based on user feedback to maintain compliance.

Given feedback has indicated a need for updates due to new regulations, when the training materials are revised, then users should be promptly notified of the changes made based on their feedback.

Real-Time Policy Updates

Real-Time Policy Updates keep users informed about changes in governance regulations and compliance requirements. Notifications and alerts ensure that organizations adapt promptly to new standards, reducing the risk of non-compliance. Users benefit from a seamless flow of information, ensuring their data governance framework remains current and effective.

Requirements

Automated Compliance Alerts

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive instant notifications about changes in regulations so that I can quickly ensure our organization adheres to the most current compliance standards."

Description

This requirement implements an automated alert system that notifies users of changes to compliance regulations or governance policies in real-time. Users will receive prompt notifications via the platform’s dashboard, email, or SMS about critical updates, enabling them to take immediate action. This feature aims to enhance the organization's responsiveness to compliance changes, mitigate risks associated with non-compliance, and streamline the governance process. The automated nature of this feature ensures that users are always informed without having to manually check for updates, ultimately making compliance management more efficient and reliable.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an automated compliance alert via email about a new regulation affecting their industry.

Given I am a registered user of DataHarmony, when a new compliance regulation is published, then I should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the update.

User views the compliance alerts dashboard and sees a list of real-time notifications.

Given I am logged into the DataHarmony platform, when I navigate to the compliance alerts dashboard, then I should see a list of all active alerts with timestamps and a brief description of each.

User opts to receive SMS notifications for critical compliance updates.

Given I have subscribed to SMS notifications, when a critical compliance update occurs, then I should receive an SMS alert no later than 3 minutes after the update is issued.

User dismisses an alert and confirms it has been removed from the dashboard.

Given I received an automated compliance alert on my dashboard, when I click the 'Dismiss' button next to the alert, then the alert should be removed from my dashboard and I should see a confirmation message.

User changes their notification preferences on the platform for compliance alerts.

Given I am in the settings section of DataHarmony, when I update my notification preferences and save the changes, then I should receive a confirmation message indicating my preferences have been updated successfully.

Users receive alerts for multiple compliance regions they are subscribed to.

Given I am subscribed to compliance alerts for multiple regions, when new regulations are released in any of those regions, then I should receive separate notifications for each regulation applicable to me.

User accesses a summary report of compliance alerts received over the last month.

Given I want to track my compliance alerts, when I view the summary report feature, then I should see a comprehensive list of alerts received in the past month along with their statuses (read or unread).

Governance Dashboard Integration

"As a data governance manager, I want an integrated dashboard that displays real-time compliance updates so that I can monitor our governance status and respond effectively to changes without switching platforms."

Description

The Governance Dashboard Integration requirement focuses on seamlessly integrating real-time policy updates into the existing dashboard of DataHarmony. This integration will provide users with a centralized view of compliance statuses, alert histories, and ongoing governance activities, thereby enhancing the user experience by presenting crucial information at a glance. The dashboard will visually highlight recent changes and the associated impacts on current policies, allowing users to make informed decisions quickly. This requirement significantly increases the accessibility and usability of compliance information, contributing to better data governance and oversight.

Acceptance Criteria

Seamless Navigation to Compliance Updates

Given a user is logged into the Governance Dashboard, when they click on the 'Policy Updates' section, then they should be navigated to a page displaying the latest real-time policy updates along with timestamps and compliance statuses.

Visibility of Notifications

Given a user is viewing the Governance Dashboard, when there are new policy updates, then relevant notifications should appear in a clearly visible section at the top of the dashboard.

Historical Alert Tracking

Given a user is on the Governance Dashboard, when they select the 'Alert History' tab, then they should see a detailed list of past alerts with dates, types, and descriptions of the updates.

Visual Impact Assessment of Changes

Given a user is viewing real-time policy updates on the Governance Dashboard, when a change is made to a policy, then that policy should be highlighted in red with a note indicating the type of change and its impact on compliance.

User Role-Specific Access to Information

Given a user is logged into the Governance Dashboard, when their role is checked, then they should see a customized view of policy updates relevant to their responsibilities (e.g., Administrator, Compliance Officer).

Exporting Compliance Status Reports

Given a user is on the Governance Dashboard, when they click on the 'Export Report' button, then they should be able to download a comprehensive report of compliance statuses in CSV format.

Customizable Notification Settings

"As a user, I want to customize my notification settings to choose how I receive updates about regulatory changes so that I can control the flow of information according to my work preferences."

Description

This requirement will enable users to customize their notification preferences regarding compliance updates. Users can choose their preferred channels for receiving alerts (e.g., email, SMS, or in-app notifications) and the frequency at which they receive these updates. This feature caters to individual user needs and improves engagement by allowing users to manage how and when they receive important information, thus ensuring that critical updates are not missed. By empowering users to tailor their notification settings, DataHarmony can enhance user satisfaction and compliance awareness across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are setting up their notification preferences for compliance updates in the DataHarmony application.

Given a user with valid account access, when they navigate to the notification settings page, then they should see options to select preferred channels (email, SMS, in-app notifications) and frequency (immediate, daily, weekly).

Users wish to save their notification preferences after making changes in the settings.

Given a user has selected their preferred notification channels and frequency, when they click the 'Save' button, then their preferences should be saved successfully and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Users want to receive alerts through their specified channels upon changes in compliance regulations.

Given users have configured their notification preferences, when a compliance update occurs, then notifications should be sent through their selected channels without delay.

Users need to review their current notification settings to ensure accuracy.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they view the current preferences, then the settings displayed should accurately reflect what was previously saved.

Users want to unsubscribe from notifications they no longer wish to receive.

Given a user is viewing their notification preferences, when they deselect all notification options and save, then they should receive a confirmation message that no notifications are active and should no longer receive alerts.

Users have forgotten their previously set notification preferences and want a way to reset to default settings.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they click the 'Reset to Default' button, then the notification settings should revert to the original default values and a confirmation message should appear.

Users want to receive a test notification to ensure their settings work as intended.

Given a user has configured their notification preferences, when they click the 'Send Test Notification' button, then a test message should be sent through the selected channels, confirming the notification settings are operational.

Historical Compliance Record Tracking

"As a compliance auditor, I want to access historical records of compliance updates so that I can analyze changes over time and ensure we are following the correct standards."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a system to track and archive historical records of compliance updates and policy changes over time. Users will have access to past updates, which allows for better audit trails and insights into how regulatory changes impact organizational compliance history. The ability to review historical records enables organizations to assess trends in compliance changes and improve their governance frameworks accordingly. This feature not only supports compliance but also enhances strategic planning in response to changing regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

User accessing the historical compliance record feature to view changes made to governance regulations and compliance requirements over the past year.

Given a user is logged into DataHarmony, when they select the Historical Compliance Record feature, then they should see a list of all compliance updates made in the past year, including dates, descriptions, and responsible parties.

User filtering historical compliance records to find specific updates related to data protection regulations.

Given a user is on the Historical Compliance Record page, when they apply filters for date range and regulation type, then only relevant records matching the filters should be displayed.

User requesting a detailed report of compliance history for an upcoming audit.

Given a user selects the export report option for historical compliance records, when they specify the compliance categories and date ranges, then a downloadable report in CSV format should be generated containing all relevant data for the specified parameters.

User receiving notification of a new compliance policy update that has historical implications.

Given a user subscribes to notifications for policy updates, when a new policy update is published, then the user should receive an email and an in-app notification detailing the changes and a link to the historical compliance record.

User searching for specific compliance updates related to recent global regulations.

Given a user enters a search term related to recent global regulations in the search bar of the Historical Compliance Record, when the search is executed, then relevant compliance updates should be displayed with highlighted search terms.

User tracking trends in compliance updates over multiple years for strategic planning.

Given a user accesses the Historical Compliance Record section, when they navigate to the trends dashboard, then they should see visual analytics showcasing compliance update trends over time, including a comparison between different regulations.

User accessing historical compliance records on a mobile device to ensure accessibility on the go.

Given a user accesses DataHarmony from a mobile device, when they navigate to the Historical Compliance Record, then all records should be accessible with a mobile-optimized interface that maintains the functionality of the desktop version.

Mobile App Notifications for Policy Changes

"As a mobile user, I want to receive alerts on my smartphone about new compliance updates so that I can stay informed and respond even when I am away from my computer."

Description

The Mobile App Notifications requirement will ensure that users of the DataHarmony mobile application receive timely alerts about changes in policy directly on their mobile devices. This functionality will keep business professionals informed and agile, allowing them to respond to compliance updates even when they are away from their desktops. Integration with the mobile platform enhances the accessibility of critical information and supports a mobile workforce, ultimately ensuring that compliance efforts are not hindered by location.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification on their mobile device when there is a change in policy or governance regulations.

Given the user has the DataHarmony mobile app installed and notifications enabled, when a policy change occurs, then the user should receive a push notification within 5 minutes of the change being made.

User can view the details of the policy change through the mobile app's notification.

Given the user receives a notification about a policy change, when they tap on the notification, then they should be directed to the detailed policy update page within the mobile app.

Users can ensure their notification settings are customized according to their preferences in the mobile app.

Given the user accesses the notifications settings in the app, when they adjust their notification preferences, then those settings should be saved and applied immediately without requiring the app to be restarted.

Users receive notifications for multiple policy changes in a timely manner.

Given multiple policy changes occur within a short time frame, when changes are made, then each change should trigger an individual push notification, with the notification queue not exceeding 3 in progress at any time.

Users can verify the accuracy of information received in notifications regarding policy updates.

Given the user receives a notification about a policy update, when the user views the policy update details in the app, then the information displayed should match the latest information published by the DataHarmony compliance team.

Users have the option to silence notifications temporarily during specific hours.

Given the user is in the notification settings, when they enable 'Do Not Disturb' for specified hours, then no notifications should be received during that time, except for urgent alerts marked by the compliance team.

AI-Powered Compliance Insights

"As a data analyst, I want AI-generated insights on compliance risks so that I can identify and address potential issues before they become problematic for our organization."

Description

This requirement focuses on leveraging AI algorithms to provide users with predictive insights on potential compliance risks based on historical data and current policy trends. By analyzing data patterns, the system can highlight areas where organizations may face compliance challenges in the near future, allowing preventive measures to be put in place. This feature adds a layer of proactive governance, assisting organizations in staying ahead of compliance issues and making informed decisions based on data-driven predictions.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives predictive compliance insights through the DataHarmony platform after logging in and selecting the compliance dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the DataHarmony platform, when they navigate to the compliance dashboard, then they should see a report displaying predictive compliance insights based on historical data and current policy trends.

Notifications are sent to users when new compliance risks are identified by the AI algorithms.

Given that new compliance risks are identified by the AI algorithms, when these risks are detected, then an immediate notification should be sent to all relevant users in the organization via email and in-app alert.

Users can filter predictive compliance insights by department or business unit for targeted analysis.

Given the user is on the compliance dashboard, when they apply a filter for a specific department or business unit, then the predictive compliance insights displayed should only include data relevant to the selected filter.

The system provides historical trends of compliance risks allowing users to analyze patterns over time.

Given the user accesses the compliance insights feature, when they select the historical trends option, then they should be presented with a visual representation of compliance risk trends over the last year, including key insights and data points.

Users can customize the timeframe for which they wish to receive predictive compliance insights.

Given the user is on the compliance dashboard, when they select their desired timeframe for analysis using a date range picker, then the predictive compliance insights should update to reflect data within the selected timeframe.

The insights generated by the AI algorithms are accompanied by actionable recommendations for compliance risk mitigation.

Given that predictive compliance insights are displayed, when these insights are shown, then each insight should include at least one actionable recommendation explaining how to mitigate the identified compliance risk.

Users can export predictive compliance insights to a PDF or Excel file for reporting purposes.

Given that the predictive compliance insights are visible on the dashboard, when the user selects the export option, then they should be able to download the insights in either PDF or Excel format, retaining all formatting and data integrity.

Data Stewardship Assignment

Data Stewardship Assignment allows organizations to designate specific roles for data governance tasks, assigning data stewards to monitor, maintain, and promote data quality and compliance across departments. This feature clarifies responsibilities, promotes accountability, and ensures a coordinated approach to data governance, ultimately improving data management effectiveness.

Requirements

Role-Based Access Control

"As a data governance manager, I want to assign roles to data stewards so that I can ensure only authorized users have access to data quality tasks and compliance checks."

Description

The Role-Based Access Control requirement allows for the establishment of specific user roles within the Data Stewardship Assignment feature, enabling organizations to define permissions based on the responsibilities of data stewards. This functionality ensures that only authorized personnel can manage data quality and compliance tasks. It enhances data governance by minimizing accidental changes to critical data and ensures that sensitive data is handled appropriately. By clearly outlining roles and their permissions, this requirement supports accountability, enhances security, and fosters a culture of responsible data management across the enterprise.

Acceptance Criteria

Data Steward assigns roles to various team members for enhanced data governance.

Given an admin user, when they access the Data Stewardship Assignment feature and assign roles to team members, then the assigned roles should reflect in the system and limit access according to predefined permissions.

A data steward attempts to modify data quality parameters under their assigned role.

Given a data steward is logged in with the appropriate role assigned, when they attempt to change data quality parameters, then they should succeed or fail based on their specific role permissions as configured in the system.

An unauthorized user attempts to access data management tasks.

Given an unauthorized user, when they attempt to access data management tasks, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions and be directed to the appropriate contact for access requests.

A team member views their assigned duties and permissions within the Data Stewardship Assignment feature.

Given a user with an assigned role, when they log into the Data Stewardship Assignment feature, then they should see a clear display of their assigned duties and permissions relevant to their role.

An admin reviews the role assignments for accuracy and compliance.

Given an admin user, when they review the role assignments for the organization, then they should see a detailed report listing all roles, assigned users, and their current permissions, allowing for easy compliance checks.

The system logs and tracks changes made to role assignments.

Given any change made to role assignments by a user, when the change is saved, then the system should log the action with details of the user making the change, timestamps, and the nature of the change for audit purposes.

The system sends notifications for role assignment changes to relevant stakeholders.

Given a role assignment change occurs, when a user is assigned or unassigned, then the system should automatically send notifications to relevant stakeholders, including the individuals whose roles have changed.

Audit Trail Functionality

"As a compliance officer, I want to review the audit trail of data stewardship activities so that I can ensure compliance with organizational policies and regulatory standards."

Description

The Audit Trail Functionality requirement is essential for tracking changes made by data stewards within the Data Stewardship Assignment feature. This functionality records who made changes, what changes were made, and when they occurred. It is vital for regulatory compliance, allowing organizations to maintain historical records of data management activities. The audit trail provides transparency and accountability, enabling quick identification of any unauthorized actions, thus enhancing the organization’s ability to ensure data integrity and security.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the audit trail to analyze changes made within the Data Stewardship Assignment feature.

Given that the user is logged in as a data steward, when they access the audit trail, then they should see a chronological list of all changes made, including the user who made each change, the nature of the change, and the timestamp of each action.

A data steward records a change to an assigned data stewardship role and verifies that the change is logged in the audit trail.

Given that a data steward updates a data stewardship role assignment, when the update is saved, then the audit trail should log the action with the data steward's username, details of the change made, and the date and time of the modification.

An administrator reviews the audit trail to ensure compliance with data governance policies.

Given that an administrator is reviewing the audit trail, when they filter the data by date range and user, then they should see all changes made by that user within the specified date range, ensuring transparency and accountability in the data stewardship process.

A user attempts to access the audit trail without proper permissions.

Given that the user is not a data steward or administrator, when they try to access the audit trail, then they should receive an access denied message, preventing unauthorized visibility into the audit records.

The system generates a report of audit trail entries for external compliance review.

Given that a request for an audit report is generated, when the data stewardship team requests the report, then the system should compile and export a comprehensive report of all audit trail entries filtered by the specified criteria.

Unauthorized changes are made by a data steward, and the system must alert the administrator.

Given that a data steward has made a change that violates the data governance policy, when the change is saved, then the system should trigger an alert to the administrator, documenting the breach in policy and the user responsible.

Automated Reporting

"As a data analyst, I want to receive automated reports on data quality metrics so that I can quickly identify areas that require attention and improvement."

Description

The Automated Reporting requirement enables the generation of customizable reports regarding data quality and stewardship activities. This feature allows users to schedule regular reports that highlight key insights, anomalies, and trends related to data management. By providing timely and relevant information, Automated Reporting enhances decision-making processes, supports ongoing data quality improvement initiatives, and ensures stakeholders are informed about the current state of data governance. This requirement saves time and resources by automating the reporting process and reducing the manual efforts involved in data analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

Scheduled Report Generation for Data Quality Analysis

Given the user has access to the Automated Reporting feature, when they schedule a report for data quality analysis, then the system should generate and send the report to the designated stakeholders on the specified schedule without errors.

Customizable Report Fields Selection

Given the user is setting up a report, when they select the fields to be included in the report, then the system should allow multiple options and provide a preview of the selected fields in the final report layout.

Real-time Anomaly Detection in Data Quality Report

Given the user has enabled real-time data monitoring, when anomalies are detected, then the report generated should highlight these anomalies clearly, categorizing them by severity and suggesting corrective actions.

Historical Data Trend Analysis in Reports

Given a scheduled reporting period, when the user requests the historical data trends, then the system should include comparisons of data quality metrics from previous reporting periods in the generated report.

User Notifications for Report Availability

Given a report has been successfully generated, when the report is ready, then the system should notify all designated users via email with a link to access the report immediately.

Integration of AI Insights into Reports

Given the data steward has created a report, when the report is generated, then AI-generated insights regarding data quality trends and recommendations for improvements should be automatically included in the report.

User Access Permissions for Report Generation

Given an organization has multiple user roles, when a user attempts to schedule a report, then the system should validate their permissions and only allow report generation if the user has sufficient access rights.

Integration with Existing Systems

"As an IT manager, I want to integrate DataHarmony with our existing data management systems so that I can ensure continuity and streamline data governance processes."

Description

The Integration with Existing Systems requirement facilitates the seamless connection between the Data Stewardship Assignment feature and other data management or analytics tools already in use by the organization. This capability allows for the smooth flow of data and ensures that data quality measures are in place throughout the data lifecycle. Integration enhances user experience by providing a unified interface, reduces redundancy, and supports comprehensive analysis across multiple platforms. This requirement promotes collaboration among departments and enhances overall data governance efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User assigns data stewardship roles within the Data Stewardship Assignment feature while integrating with the existing CRM system.

Given the user is authenticated and has permission to assign roles, when they select a user and assign them a data stewardship role paired with CRM access, then the system updates the CRM with the new role and sends a confirmation notification to the user.

Data stewards need to monitor and maintain data quality metrics across integrated systems.

Given a dashboard displaying data quality metrics, when data stewardship roles are assigned, then the dashboard should reflect updates in real time from all integrated systems regarding data quality scores and compliance status.

Integration with the current data warehousing solution to ensure data flow and compliance is seamless.

Given an established connection to the data warehouse, when data is processed through the Data Stewardship Assignment feature, then data entries should be validated against quality rules defined in the system and logged for audit purposes.

Data stewards perform an audit of data quality using integrated analytics tools.

Given that data stewardship roles are assigned and data metrics are collected, when a steward initiates an audit, then the system should provide a report that outlines data quality, compliance status, and any flagged anomalies across all systems.

User receives alerts when data quality metrics fall below defined thresholds.

Given that data quality thresholds are defined in the system, when a metric falls below a threshold, then the system should trigger an automated alert to all assigned data stewards and log the incident for further investigation.

Data Quality Dashboard

"As a business intelligence analyst, I want to access a data quality dashboard so that I can quickly monitor key metrics and take action when data quality issues arise."

Description

The Data Quality Dashboard requirement provides a visual representation of key data quality metrics, allowing users to quickly assess the state of their data. This real-time dashboard displays trends, alerts, and overall data quality scores, making it an effective tool for monitoring data stewardship activities. By centralizing this information, the Data Quality Dashboard facilitates informed decision-making and prompts timely interventions when issues arise. This requirement assists organizations in maintaining high data standards and promotes proactive data stewardship efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Real-Time Data Quality Metrics

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they access the Data Quality Dashboard, then they should see real-time metrics, including data quality scores, trends, and alerts, displayed correctly and updated every minute.

Customizing Data Quality Alerts

Given a data steward, when they configure the alert settings in the Data Quality Dashboard, then they should be able to set thresholds for critical data quality issues and receive notifications via email or in-app alerts when these thresholds are exceeded.

Generating Data Quality Reports

Given a user on the Data Quality Dashboard, when they select the report generation option, then they should be able to download a customizable report including selected metrics, date ranges, and formats (CSV, PDF) without errors.

User Role Assignment for Data Stewardship

Given an admin user, when they assign users to specific data stewardship roles, then the system should accurately reflect these assignments within the dashboard and regenerate the dashboard view to include these roles' metrics.

Accessing Historical Data Trends

Given a user with a history access permission, when they select the historical data view on the Data Quality Dashboard, then they should be able to visualize data quality trends over the past month, including any significant changes flagged as alerts.

Responsive Design of Data Quality Dashboard

Given a user accessing the Data Quality Dashboard on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when the user navigates through the dashboard, then they should experience a fully responsive design with a consistent layout and functionality.

Collaborating on Data Issues

Given a user viewing an alert on the Data Quality Dashboard, when they choose to comment on the alert, then their comment should be successfully saved in the system, and all relevant stakeholders should be notified accordingly.

Notifications and Alerts

"As a data steward, I want to receive alerts about data quality issues so that I can address them immediately and maintain compliance."

Description

The Notifications and Alerts requirement establishes a system for notifying data stewards and relevant stakeholders about important events or changes related to data quality. This functionality ensures that users are promptly informed of any issues, enabling them to take immediate action. Alerts can be customized based on user preferences, such as data breaches, compliance deadline reminders, or significant changes in data quality metrics. This requirement improves responsiveness and ensures that data stewardship assignments are effectively managed, promoting a proactive approach to data governance.

Acceptance Criteria

Data Steward Receives an Alert for Data Quality Issues

Given a data quality issue arises, When the issue is detected, Then the data steward receives an immediate notification via the platform and email with details regarding the issue.

Customization of Alert Settings by Data Steward

Given a data steward accesses their account settings, When they customize their alert preferences for specific incidents, Then their preferences are saved and reflected in the alert notifications they receive.

Notification of Compliance Deadline Approaching

Given a compliance deadline is approaching, When this deadline is within 7 days, Then a notification is sent to all relevant data stewards and stakeholders to remind them of their responsibilities.

Dashboard Display of Recent Alerts

Given the data steward accesses their dashboard, When they view the alerts section, Then they see a list of all recent alerts with timestamps and statuses of issues.

Testing Alert Frequency Settings

Given a data steward has set their preferred alert frequency, When a data issue occurs, Then the system will alert the steward according to their specified frequency (e.g., immediately, daily summary, weekly summary).

User Acknowledgment of Alert Receipt

Given a notification has been sent to a data steward, When the data steward acknowledges receipt of the alert, Then the acknowledgment is recorded in the system for tracking purposes.

Real-Time Document Editor

The Real-Time Document Editor empowers users to collaboratively author and edit reports, analyses, and presentations within DataHarmony. With simultaneous editing capabilities, users can see changes in real-time, fostering teamwork and ensuring that all stakeholders are on the same page. This feature enhances communication and streamlines the report creation process, making it easier to produce high-quality deliverables.

Requirements

Collaborative Editing

"As a data analyst, I want to collaborate with my teammates in real-time while editing reports so that we can streamline our workflow and produce high-quality presentations faster than working individually."

Description

The Collaborative Editing requirement enables multiple users to work on a document simultaneously within the Real-Time Document Editor of DataHarmony. This feature will allow users to make edits, add comments, and format text in real time, ensuring that all changes are visible to each collaborator instantly. This capability fosters enhanced teamwork, as users can leverage each other's expertise and make data-driven decisions more effectively. The integration with the existing platform architecture will ensure seamless performance and accessibility across devices, enhancing user experience and productivity significantly.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users collaborate on a quarterly report simultaneously in the Real-Time Document Editor, with one user making edits while others add comments and format text, ensuring real-time visibility of all changes made.

Given multiple users are editing a report together, when one user makes a text edit, then all other users should see the change reflected within 2 seconds.

A team of analysts works on a data analysis presentation together. They need to comment on each other's contributions and make adjustments to the document in real time without lag.

Given that a user adds a comment on a section of the document, when another user views the document, then the comment should be visible within 1 second of posting.

Users are editing a shared document from various devices, including laptops and tablets. They require consistent formatting options that reflect in real-time regardless of the device used.

Given users are accessing the document from different devices, when one user formats a section to bold, then all other users should see the formatting updated in real time.

A project manager and team lead review a strategy report constructed by multiple contributors in the Real-Time Document Editor, ensuring they can easily track changes and contributions from the team.

Given users are tracking changes in the document, when changes are made, then the author of each change should be identifiable next to the modification in the document history.

During a video conference, users discuss and edit a shared document, requiring real-time collaboration as they brainstorm ideas and integrate feedback directly into the document.

Given users are in a video conference while editing, when one user suggests an edit verbally, then that user should be able to implement the edit instantly and see it reflected in the document.

Users need to review changes made to a document before finalizing a report, ensuring they can quickly revert unwanted changes if necessary without losing prior work.

Given users are reviewing the document, when a change is reverted, then the document should return to the previous state without data loss.

Editors of a document need to collaborate across different time zones, ensuring that updates made are timely and notifications are apparent for all contributors.

Given a user in a different time zone makes an edit, when other users log in, then they should receive a notification summarizing recent changes made since their last access in under 5 minutes.

Version Control

"As a project manager, I want to access previous versions of our reports so that I can review changes and ensure the accuracy of our final deliverables."

Description

The Version Control requirement will implement a version tracking functionality that allows users to save and revisit previous versions of documents within the Real-Time Document Editor. This feature will be crucial for maintaining the integrity of reports, enabling users to roll back to earlier versions if needed and review changes made over time. The system will provide a user-friendly interface for accessing version histories, along with the ability to compare changes between versions. This capability helps mitigate the risk of data loss and ensures users can monitor their progress over time, thereby enhancing accountability and transparency.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Previous Document Versions

Given a user is in the Real-Time Document Editor, when they click the 'Version History' button, then they should see a list of saved document versions along with timestamps and user details of who made changes.

Restoring a Previous Version

Given a user has accessed the version history, when they select a previous version and click 'Restore', then the document should revert to the selected version and updates should be reflected in the editor immediately.

Comparing Document Versions

Given a user is viewing the version history, when they select two versions and click 'Compare', then they should see a visual representation of changes made, such as added, modified, or deleted content, clearly highlighted within the document.

Saving a New Version

Given a user is editing a document in the Real-Time Document Editor, when they make changes and press 'Save', then a new version should be created, and it should appear in the version history with the current timestamp.

Ensuring No Data Loss during Editing

Given a user is working on a document, when they make changes and unintentionally close the application, then upon reopening the application, the most recent version of the document should be intact and accessible, including all unsaved edits prior to closure.

User Permissions for Version Control

Given an organization has multiple users with different roles, when a user attempts to access the version history of a document, then access should be granted or denied based on the user's permissions set in the admin panel.

Real-Time Commenting

"As a content writer, I want to leave comments on specific sections of reports to get feedback from my colleagues quickly so that we can finalize our documents effectively."

Description

The Real-Time Commenting requirement introduces a commenting system that allows users to leave feedback or ask questions directly within the document. Users will be able to tag team members in comments, fostering discussions around specific sections of the document. This feature enhances communication by allowing users to clarify ideas and gather input without disrupting the editing process. Integration with notification systems will ensure that users are promptly alerted to new comments and replies, significantly improving collaboration and leading to higher-quality documentation.

Acceptance Criteria

User tags a colleague in a comment on a document segment to ask a question.

Given a user is editing a document, When they add a comment and tag a colleague using '@username', Then the tagged colleague receives a notification.

A user views comments on a document in real-time as colleagues are editing simultaneously.

Given multiple users are editing a document, When one user adds a comment, Then all other users see the comment in real-time without refreshing the page.

Users receive notifications for replies to their comments on a document.

Given a user has left a comment on a document, When another user replies to this comment, Then the original user receives a notification of the reply.

Users can resolve comments on a document when the discussion is complete.

Given a user views a document with comments, When they mark a comment as resolved, Then the comment is visually indicated as resolved and no longer receives notifications.

A user edits a comment they previously made on a document.

Given a user has made a comment on a document, When they edit the comment content, Then the change is reflected in real-time for all users viewing the document.

Users can filter comments by tags (e.g., unresolved, resolved) within the document.

Given a user is viewing comments in a document, When they select a filter option, Then only comments matching the filter criteria are displayed.

Document Sharing Options

"As a team lead, I want to share reports with external stakeholders efficiently, ensuring they have the appropriate access to review and comment on our findings."

Description

The Document Sharing Options requirement involves creating a flexible sharing functionality that enables users to share documents easily with stakeholders both inside and outside the organization. This feature will include options for setting different access permissions (view, comment, edit) for different users, facilitating secure collaboration. Users will also be able to generate shareable links and integrate with external communication tools to enhance accessibility. This feature is crucial for ensuring that all relevant parties can contribute effectively to the document creation process, while still maintaining data security and privacy standards.

Acceptance Criteria

User sharing a document with a team member using different access permissions such as view, comment, or edit.

Given a user selects a document to share, When they choose a recipient and set access permissions, Then the recipient should receive an invitation with the appropriate access level.

User generating a shareable link to a document for external stakeholders.

Given a user activates the shareable link feature for a document, When the link is generated, Then it should provide a unique URL that allows access based on the set permissions.

User collaborating on a document with multiple stakeholders simultaneously and seeing updates in real-time.

Given multiple users are editing a document, When one user makes a change, Then all other users should see the change reflected in real-time within 2 seconds.

User integrating document sharing with external communication tools like email or Slack.

Given a user shares a document through integration with an external tool, When the document is sent, Then the recipient should receive a notification with an embedded link to access the document with their specified permissions.

Admin monitoring user access and activity on shared documents for security compliance.

Given an admin accesses the sharing settings, When reviewing document sharing activities, Then they should be able to see a log of who accessed, edited, or commented on each document along with timestamps.

User revoking access to a document shared with stakeholders.

Given a user wants to revoke access, When they remove a recipient from the permissions list, Then that recipient should no longer have access to the document and should receive a notification of the access revocation.

User verifying the permissions set for a shared document.

Given a user has shared a document, When they review the sharing settings, Then they should see a clear list of all recipients and their associated permissions (view, comment, edit).

Formatting Tools

"As a designer, I want to utilize advanced formatting options in my reports so that I can create visually appealing documents that effectively convey data insights."

Description

The Formatting Tools requirement aims to provide a comprehensive suite of editing and formatting tools within the Real-Time Document Editor. Users will have access to customizable templates, style options, and formatting functionalities to improve the visual appeal of their reports and presentations. This feature will streamline the formatting process and reduce the time spent on styling documents, allowing users to focus more on content quality. Robust integration with data visualization tools will further enhance the document creation process, providing users with options to insert charts and graphs seamlessly.

Acceptance Criteria

User is working on a collaborative report and needs to apply different text styles such as bold, italics, and underlining to emphasize key points in the document.

Given a user has opened the Real-Time Document Editor, when they select text and choose text styling options (bold, italics, underline), then the selected text should reflect the chosen styles immediately in real-time for all collaborators.

A team member wants to change the entire document's font style to ensure consistency in their report presentation.

Given a user is editing a document, when they select a new font style from the formatting tools, then all text in the document should update to the new font style without error, and this change should be visible to all collaborators in real time.

The user is creating a report that requires the insertion of a bar chart to visualize key data insights obtained from previous analyses.

Given a user is in the Real-Time Document Editor, when they insert a chart using the data visualization tool, then the chart should render correctly within the document and remain editable by all collaborators while reflecting any updates made to the underlying data.

Users need to apply a pre-defined template to a report to ensure the formatting adheres to company standards.

Given a user has opened an untitled report, when they select a pre-defined template from the formatting tools, then the document layout should automatically adjust according to the template's specifications, including headers, footers, and font sizes.

A user wants to ensure that the formatting of the document is uniform after collaborating with several team members.

Given a user is finalizing a document, when they apply the 'Preview' feature, then the document should display a final version where all formatting is consistent, including margins, font sizes, and styles across the entire document.

A user is collaborating with team members and needs to highlight important sections of the document without losing changes made by others.

Given a user is editing a document, when they use the highlighting tool to emphasize specific sections, then those highlights should be visible to all collaborators in real-time and should not conflict with any text or formatting changes made by others.

Real-Time Notifications

"As a busy data analyst, I want to receive notifications about changes and comments on our shared documents so that I can quickly address any feedback and keep the project moving forward."

Description

The Real-Time Notifications requirement will implement a notification system that alerts users about changes made to collaboratively edited documents, new comments, and replies. This feature will allow users to stay updated on the document's progress and respond promptly to team inputs. Users will have the option to customize their notification settings according to their preferences and workflow. This functionality is essential in promoting efficient collaboration and ensuring that all team members are engaged and informed throughout the document editing process, enhancing the overall productivity of the team.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification in the Real-Time Document Editor when a collaborator adds a comment to the document.

Given a user is editing a document with collaborators, when a collaborator adds a comment, then the user receives a real-time notification in the notification panel.

User can customize notification settings to receive alerts for specific events in the Real-Time Document Editor.

Given a user is in the settings menu, when the user selects notification preferences, then the user can choose to enable or disable notifications for document edits, comments, and replies.

User receives a notification when a collaborator makes an edit to a document they are working on together.

Given a user is editing a document with others, when any collaborator makes a change to the document, then the user receives an instant notification indicating the section edited and the collaborator's name.

User can view a history of notifications related to document changes and comments in the Real-Time Document Editor.

Given a user has received several notifications, when the user accesses the notification history, then the user can see a complete list of all notifications with timestamps and details of the changes made or comments added.

Users who are offline receive a summary of all notifications when they log back into the Real-Time Document Editor.

Given a user who has been offline, when the user logs back in, then they receive a summary of all notifications missed, including edits, comments, and replies.

User can mute notifications for a specific document being collaboratively edited during intensive focus time.

Given a user is working on a document, when the user chooses to mute notifications, then the user will not receive any notifications for that document until they choose to unmute.

Interactive Feedback Loop

The Interactive Feedback Loop allows users to leave comments, suggestions, and questions directly on visualizations and reports. This feature promotes engaging discussions and enables users to provide instant feedback, ensuring that insights are refined and actionable. With a transparent communication channel, teams can improve the quality of their analyses and drive more effective decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Commenting System

"As a data analyst, I want to leave comments on visualizations so that my team can discuss insights in real-time and improve our analysis process."

Description

The Real-time Commenting System enables users to leave comments on visualizations and reports as they explore their data. This system provides instant notifications to other users when a comment is made, ensuring that discussions happen in a timely manner and allowing everyone to stay engaged. The ability to reply to comments creates threaded conversations, enhancing collaboration and understanding. By integrating this feature, DataHarmony facilitates continuous feedback during analysis, helping to refine insights and make them actionable, ultimately leading to better decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on a visualization while analyzing sales data in real-time.

Given a user is viewing a sales report, when they enter and post a comment, then all other users currently viewing the report receive an instant notification of the new comment.

User replies to a comment in a threaded discussion on a visualization.

Given a user sees a comment on a visualization, when they choose to reply, then their reply is displayed as a threaded response beneath the original comment, and all users involved are notified of the thread update.

User accesses a visualization with existing comments and views the comment history.

Given a user is viewing a visualization that has previous comments, when they click on the comments section, then they should see a complete history of all comments and replies for that visualization, sorted by most recent.

User deletes their comment from a visualization after posting.

Given a user has posted a comment on a visualization, when they opt to delete their comment, then the comment is removed from the visualization and no longer visible to other users.

User receives notifications for new comments while analyzing multiple visualizations.

Given a user is analyzing multiple visualizations, when a new comment is made on any of those visualizations, then the user receives a notification for each comment in a consolidated view.

Admin moderates comments to ensure compliance with community guidelines.

Given an admin reviews comments on a visualization, when they flag an inappropriate comment, then that comment is marked for review and hidden from all users until resolved.

Feedback Tags and Categories

"As a team member, I want to tag my comments so that I can categorize feedback and ensure important points are prioritized in discussions."

Description

The Feedback Tags and Categories feature allows users to categorize their comments and suggestions by applying tags. This capability categorizes feedback based on themes, such as 'urgent', 'clarification', or 'suggestion', which aids in prioritizing follow-up actions. It also helps in organizing discussions, making it easier for users to search through comments later. Implementing this feature ensures that critical feedback is highlighted and incorporated into the analysis workflows effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User categorizes feedback on a visualization by applying tags during a team meeting, allowing for real-time suggestions and prioritization of follow-up actions.

Given a user is logged in and views a visualization, when they select a comment option, then they must be able to apply one or more tags from a predefined list to their feedback before submitting it.

A user searches through previously submitted feedback using specific tags, facilitating quick access to relevant comments based on urgency or type of feedback.

Given a user is on the feedback management page, when they enter a tag into the search bar, then the system must return a list of all feedback items that match the tag within 3 seconds.

A team leader reviews all feedback categorized as 'urgent' to prioritize actions for a critical report review.

Given the feedback management system is updated, when the team leader filters feedback by the 'urgent' tag, then they should see a comprehensive list that includes the most recent urgent comments at the top.

Users receive a confirmation message once they submit their feedback with tags applied, ensuring they are aware their input has been recorded.

Given a user has submitted feedback with tags, when they click the submit button, then they should receive a confirmation message stating 'Thank you for your feedback! Your comments have been tagged and recorded.'

An admin user generates a report summarizing feedback categorized by tags to analyze trends over the past month.

Given an admin user requests a feedback report, when the report is generated, then it must include a breakdown of feedback counts by each tag used in the last 30 days with visual representations for clarity.

A user can edit their submitted feedback and change the tags applied, allowing for adjustments based on further analysis or team discussion.

Given a user navigates to their submitted feedback, when they select the edit option, then they must be able to change the text of their feedback and modify the tags before resubmitting.

Comment Resolution Workflow

"As a project manager, I want to track the status of comments so that I can manage feedback efficiently and ensure all insights are addressed in our reports."

Description

The Comment Resolution Workflow introduces mechanisms for tracking, addressing, and resolving comments made on visualizations. This feature includes a status indicator for each comment (e.g., 'open', 'in review', 'resolved'), enabling users to follow up easily on feedback. When a comment is marked as resolved, the original commenter receives a notification, closing the loop on communication. This structured approach helps teams manage feedback systematically and ensures that actionable insights are properly addressed and implemented.

Acceptance Criteria

A user makes a comment on a visualization in DataHarmony during a team review meeting, and the comment appears in the comment resolution workflow for follow-up.

Given a user has made a comment, when they access the comment resolution dashboard, then the comment should appear with a status indicator set to 'open'.

After a team member reviews comments made on a report, they change the status of a comment from 'open' to 'in review'.

Given a comment is under review, when the status is changed, then all team members should see the updated status of that comment reflected in real-time on their dashboards.

Once feedback on a visualization is addressed, a team member resolves the comment and triggers a notification to the original commenter.

Given a comment is marked as 'resolved', when the status is updated, then the original commenter should receive an email notification indicating the comment resolution.

Users need to track the lifecycle of their comments from creation to resolution, including viewing the history of status changes.

Given a comment exists, when a user accesses the comment details, then they should see a history of all status changes listed chronologically.

A user wants to see which comments are currently in review to prioritize team discussions in the next meeting.

Given there are comments in different statuses, when a user filters comments by status, then only 'in review' comments should be displayed on the comment resolution dashboard.

An administrator wants to ensure that comments marked as resolved are moved to a separate archive section for better organization.

Given a comment is resolved, when the user views archived comments, then the resolved comment should not appear in the active comments list but should be retrievable in the archive section.

Users require an understanding of the average time taken to resolve comments in order to improve feedback responsiveness.

Given comments have associated timestamps, when a report on comment resolution times is generated, then it should display the average time taken to resolve comments over the past month.

User Roles and Permissions for Feedback

"As a data governance officer, I want to control who can edit or delete comments so that I can maintain the integrity of our feedback and communication process."

Description

The User Roles and Permissions for Feedback feature delineates access and editing rights for comments based on user roles (e.g., viewer, editor, admin). This functionality ensures that only authorized users can edit or delete comments, maintaining the integrity of discussions. It also allows users with certain privileges to moderate comments, fostering a constructive environment where feedback is respected and valued. The feature strengthens governance over the feedback process within DataHarmony and encourages responsible communication.

Acceptance Criteria

Users with viewer role access visualizations and see the comments made by other users, but cannot edit or delete those comments.

Given a user with viewer role when they access a visualization with comments then they should see all previous comments but not have the option to edit or delete them.

Users with editor role can add new comments to visualizations and edit their own comments, but cannot delete comments made by other users.

Given a user with editor role when they access a visualization then they should be able to add new comments and edit their own previous comments, but not delete comments made by others.

Admin users have full privileges to manage comments, including the ability to delete any comment regardless of the author.

Given a user with admin role when they view comments on a visualization then they should be able to delete any comment made by any user.

Users can flag inappropriate comments for moderation, allowing admins to review and take necessary action.

Given a user views a comment then they should have an option to flag it, and the flagged comment should appear in the moderation queue for admin review.

All roles should receive visual feedback when interacting with comments (adding, editing, deleting) to enhance user experience.

Given any user interacts with comments when they add, edit, or delete then they should receive a confirmation message indicating the action was successful or failed.

The system should log all actions taken on comments for auditing purposes, ensuring accountability.

Given any action taken on a comment by any user then it should be logged in the system with user ID, action type, and timestamp for auditing purposes.

The UI should clearly indicate the roles of users next to their comments to maintain transparency in feedback.

Given a user views comments then each comment should display the role of the user who made it (viewer, editor, admin) next to their name.

Comment Analytics Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want to see analytics on comments so that I can understand engagement levels and address key areas of feedback proactively."

Description

The Comment Analytics Dashboard provides insights into the feedback collected on visualizations and reports. This dashboard aggregates data about the number of comments, types of tags used, and trends over time. By visualizing this information, users can identify common areas of concern, prioritize issues more effectively, and measure engagement within their team. This feature empowers users to leverage feedback analytics to make data-driven decisions for enhancing report quality and team collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard displays aggregated comment analytics based on user feedback

Given that the user is on the Comment Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific report, then they should see aggregated data including total comments, types of tags used, and trends over the selected time period.

Dashboard allows users to filter comment analytics by date and tag

Given that the user is on the Comment Analytics Dashboard, when they apply filters for date range and tag types, then the dashboard should update the displayed analytics to reflect only the data matching those filters.

Notification triggers for comments made on the visualisation

Given that a new comment is added to a visualization, when the comment is submitted, then an automated notification should be sent to all users who have access to that visualization regarding the new comment.

Trends in comment types are visually represented

Given that the user accesses the Comment Analytics Dashboard, when they view the trend over time for comment types, then they should see a clear visual representation like a line chart showing comment type variations over the selected period.

Dashboard reports user engagement with feedback

Given that the user is on the Comment Analytics Dashboard, when they view the analytics, then they should see metrics indicating user engagement such as average number of comments per report per week and percentage of users providing feedback.

Dashboard provides insights into common feedback categories

Given that the user accesses the Comment Analytics Dashboard, when they analyze the comment data, then they should be able to identify common feedback categories based on tags and comments received.

Users can export comment analytics data

Given that the user is viewing the Comment Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the export button, then they should be able to download the comment analytics data in CSV format for further analysis.

Shared Insights Board

The Shared Insights Board is a central hub where users can pin important findings, updates, and collaborative notes. This feature keeps teams aligned and informed, allowing them to access and contribute to vital information in one easily navigable space. By visualizing shared insights, users can quickly grasp team objectives and prioritize tasks effectively.

Requirements

Pinned Insights

"As a team member, I want to pin crucial insights to the Shared Insights Board so that my colleagues can easily access and prioritize important information without missing essential updates or contributions."

Description

The Pinned Insights requirement allows users to highlight and secure significant findings and notes on the Shared Insights Board. This functionality enables users to easily mark essential information that can impact team decisions, project developments, and business strategies. Pinned insights can be customized in terms of visibility (public or private), deadlines, or importance levels, allowing for tailored communication among team members. This feature promotes accountability and encourages collaboration by enabling all team members to contribute to, access, and discuss pinned insights efficiently, streamlining the decision-making process while keeping everyone on the same page.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team member, I want to pin important findings on the Shared Insights Board so that my colleagues can easily see critical updates relevant to our project deadlines and goals.

Given that I am a registered user of DataHarmony, when I navigate to the Shared Insights Board and select an insight to pin, then the insight should be visibly marked as pinned for all authorized team members to see.

As a project manager, I want the ability to set deadlines for pinned insights on the Shared Insights Board to ensure that my team is aware of time-sensitive information.

Given that I am a project manager, when I pin an insight and set a deadline, then the pinned insight should display the deadline clearly, and the system should send reminders to relevant team members as the deadline approaches.

As a team member, I want to control the visibility of my pinned insights on the Shared Insights Board so that I can share sensitive information only with specific team members.

Given that I am pinning an insight, when I select the visibility options, then the pinned insight should reflect the chosen visibility settings (public or private) for all team members according to their access rights.

As a team member, I want to prioritize pinned insights based on importance levels so that my team can focus on the most critical updates effectively.

Given that I am pinning an insight, when I assign an importance level (high, medium, low), then the pinned insight should be visually categorized and sorted on the board based on the assigned importance level.

As a user, I want to edit or unpin insights on the Shared Insights Board to keep the information relevant and up-to-date based on our ongoing discussions.

Given that I have pinned an insight, when I choose to edit or unpin it, then the system should allow me to modify the content or remove the pinning status, and these changes should be reflected immediately on the Shared Insights Board.

Real-time Collaboration

"As a project manager, I want to collaborate in real-time on the Shared Insights Board with my team so that we can rapidly adjust plans based on immediate feedback and insights shared by everyone, increasing our responsiveness and effectiveness."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration requirement enables multiple users to interact on the Shared Insights Board simultaneously. This feature ensures that changes, updates, and comments are instantly visible to all participants, fostering a seamless working environment. With this capability, team members can brainstorm, provide feedback, and share insights dynamically, enhancing productivity and creating a sense of team synergy. Users will also receive instant notifications of updates to pinned insights or new contributions, allowing them to stay informed and engaged with ongoing discussions and developments, resulting in accelerated team workflows and improved project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users simultaneously editing the Shared Insights Board during a team meeting to update project statuses and add comments.

Given that multiple users are logged into the Shared Insights Board, when one user makes a change, then all other users should see the updates in real-time without refreshing the page.

A user pins important insights to the board during a brainstorming session while team members provide feedback in real-time.

Given that a user pins an insight to the board, when another user adds a comment to that insight, then all users should receive an instant notification of the new comment.

Facilitating the review of a project update where users are collaboratively discussing insights and priorities on the Shared Insights Board.

Given that users are actively discussing insights on the board, when one user modifies a pinned insight, then the change should be reflected immediately for all users involved in the discussion.

Monitoring changes on the Shared Insights Board while working on an independent task in parallel.

Given that a user is on a different task page, when a change is made on the Shared Insights Board, then the user should receive an unobtrusive notification that summarizes the change when they switch back to the board.

A user wants to summarize feedback from teammates on a pinned insight during a scheduled review meeting.

Given that the feedback has been added by multiple users, when the meeting starts, then the user should be able to view all comments and changes in chronological order on the Shared Insights Board.

During a collaborative data analysis session, several team members are contributing their individual insights to the Shared Insights Board.

Given that multiple users are adding insights simultaneously, when one user submits their contribution, then no other contributions should be blocked, and all insights should be displayed in real-time.

A user updates their notification preferences regarding updates on pinned insights and new contributions.

Given that a user accesses the settings, when they modify their notification preferences, then the system should confirm the changes and send notifications according to the updated preferences.

Customizable Categories

"As a team leader, I want to categorize insights on the Shared Insights Board so that my team can systematically access and manage information based on our current projects and priorities, making our workflow more efficient."

Description

The Customizable Categories requirement allows users to create and manage various categories or tags for the insights pinned on the Shared Insights Board. Users can organize insights based on projects, priorities, deadlines, or any custom parameter relevant to their workflow. This categorization helps streamline the retrieval of information, providing users with the ability to filter insights quickly and efficiently. Enhanced organization leads to reduced time spent searching for information, allowing teams to remain focused on actionable tasks. By having well-structured insights, teams can also ensure that crucial information does not get overlooked during critical discussions and reviews.

Acceptance Criteria

User reviews different categories on the Shared Insights Board to find a specific insight related to an ongoing project.

Given that the user is on the Shared Insights Board, when the user selects a category from the dropdown menu, then only insights tagged with that category should be displayed.

A team member wants to create a new category to organize insights relevant to a specific client.

Given that the user has access to the Shared Insights Board, when the user clicks on the 'Add Category' button and enters a new category name, then the category should be created and listed in the category menu.

A user is looking to clear old categories that are no longer needed from the Shared Insights Board.

Given that the user is on the category management interface, when the user selects an old category and clicks 'Delete', then the category should be removed and no longer available in the category menu.

A user wants to quickly filter insights by multiple categories to find relevant information.

Given that the user is on the Shared Insights Board, when the user selects multiple categories using checkboxes, then the insights displayed should only include those that match all selected categories.

Users need to rename an existing category to better reflect its contents.

Given that the user is on the category management interface, when the user selects a category and updates its name, then the updates should be reflected across all insights that are tagged with that category.

A new user is onboarded and needs to understand how to use the customizable categories effectively.

Given that the user is on the help section of DataHarmony, when the user accesses the tutorial on 'Customizable Categories', then the tutorial content should clearly explain creating, renaming, and deleting categories, along with practical examples.

A user wants to ensure that all insights can be categorized and accessed using the customizable categories feature.

Given that the user has pinned insights on the Board, when the user tries to assign a category to each insight, then every insight should allow categorization without errors or restrictions.

Search Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to search for specific insights on the Shared Insights Board so that I can efficiently find relevant information and refer to it during my analysis without wasting time scrolling through unrelated notes."

Description

The Search Functionality requirement provides users with the capability to quickly locate specific insights or notes on the Shared Insights Board using keywords or phrases. This feature enhances user experience by ensuring that all team members can swiftly find relevant information amidst a potentially large volume of pinned insights. With efficient search capabilities, users can spend less time sifting through the board and more time focusing on actionable tasks and discussions. The search bar will also feature filters, enabling users to prioritize results by categories, dates, or contributors, all of which lead to a more productive and organized workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for a specific keyword related to a pinned insight on the Shared Insights Board.

Given the search bar is accessible on the Shared Insights Board, when the user enters a keyword and clicks search, then the results displayed should only include insights or notes that contain the keyword.

User applies filters while searching for specific insights on the Shared Insights Board.

Given the user has entered a keyword in the search bar, when the user applies a filter for categories, dates, or contributors, then the results should update to reflect only those insights that match the selected filters alongside the initial keyword.

User performs a search query that returns no results on the Shared Insights Board.

Given a keyword that has no matching insights or notes, when the user enters the keyword in the search bar and clicks search, then a message indicating 'No results found' should be displayed clearly on the screen.

User clears the search query and returns to the default view of the Shared Insights Board.

Given the user has entered a search query, when the user clicks the clear button or icon, then the search bar should reset, and the user should see the complete list of pinned insights without filters applied.

User views the search results on the Shared Insights Board after conducting a keyword search.

Given the user has successfully executed a search, when the results are displayed, then the insights shown should be organized by relevance and include timestamps and contributors for each result.

User searches for insights and accesses one of the results on the Shared Insights Board.

Given the search results are displayed, when the user clicks on an insight, then they should be navigated to the detailed view of that insight in the Shared Insights Board without any errors.

User utilizes the search functionality on a mobile device to find insights on the Shared Insights Board.

Given the user has accessed the Shared Insights Board on a mobile device, when the user types in a search query, then the results should be appropriately formatted and responsive to the mobile interface.

Insight Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications about updates to the Shared Insights Board so that I can stay informed about critical changes and discussions that may affect my work and contributions."

Description

The Insight Notifications requirement enables users to receive alerts regarding new contributions, comments, or changes to pinned insights on the Shared Insights Board. This feature ensures that team members are continually updated about important changes, fostering an environment of shared knowledge and instant awareness. Users can customize their notification preferences based on their roles or interests, choosing whether to receive instant alerts, daily summaries, or no notifications at all. This flexibility allows users to remain informed about relevant updates while minimizing distractions from excessive notifications, contributing to overall productivity and engagement within the team.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives notifications for new contributions on the Shared Insights Board when they are logged in to DataHarmony.

Given that a user is logged into DataHarmony, when a new contribution is made to the Shared Insights Board, then the user should receive an instant notification.

User can customize notification preferences to receive daily summaries of changes on the Shared Insights Board.

Given that a user accesses their notification settings, when they select the option for daily summaries, then they should receive notifications summarizing changes made on the Shared Insights Board at a specified time each day.

User receives alerts for comments made on pinned insights that they are following.

Given that a user is following a pinned insight, when a new comment is added to that insight, then the user should receive an instant alert about the comment.

A user opts out of receiving any notifications related to the Shared Insights Board.

Given that a user accesses their notification preferences, when they select 'No Notifications' for the Shared Insights Board, then they should not receive any alerts or summaries for insights they follow.

Users in different roles receive tailored notifications based on their designated roles.

Given that different users have different roles in DataHarmony, when a new contribution is made to the Shared Insights Board, then users should receive notifications appropriate to their roles as defined by the system.

Users who interact with the Shared Insights Board can track the history of notifications they have received.

Given that a user views their notification history, when they access the notifications section, then they should see all past notifications related to the Shared Insights Board, including timestamps and details.

Users can easily access and modify their notification settings at any time.

Given that a user navigates to the settings section of DataHarmony, when they select notification preferences, then they should be able to view, modify, and save their notification settings without any errors.

Version Control Tracker

The Version Control Tracker maintains a comprehensive history of changes made to collaborative documents and reports. Users can easily revert to earlier versions, view editing histories, and track contributions from various team members. This feature enhances accountability and security, ensuring that important data and insights are never lost, while also streamlining the review process.

Requirements

Document History Log

"As a team member, I want to view the complete editing history of a document so that I can understand the context of changes and restore previous versions if necessary."

Description

The Document History Log requirement establishes a robust logging mechanism that captures and retains a complete history of edits made to documents within the Version Control Tracker. This includes time stamps, author identifiers, changes made, and the context for each revision. This feature is critical for transparency in collaborative environments, providing users with a means to track changes efficiently. It not only enhances accountability but also serves as a safeguard against accidental data loss, allowing users to retrieve previous states of documents seamlessly. The history log integrates smoothly with user interfaces, providing an intuitive experience for accessing past versions and understanding document evolution.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Document History Log to review changes made to a collaborative document by various team members.

Given a collaborative document is open, when the user accesses the Document History Log, then the log displays a complete history of all edits, including timestamps, author identifiers, and a brief description of the changes made.

Reverting a collaborative document to a previous version using the Document History Log.

Given the Document History Log is open, when the user selects an earlier version of the document, then the system successfully reverts to that version and confirms the action to the user with a success message.

Viewing the editing history of a specific section within a collaborative document through the Document History Log.

Given the user has selected a specific section of the document and opens the Document History Log, when the user reviews the edits for that section, then the log shows all relevant changes for that section along with timestamps and authors.

Tracking contributions from team members in the Document History Log.

Given the Document History Log is available, when the user filters the history by a specific author, then the log displays only the contributions made by that author, including dates and types of changes.

Ensuring the Document History Log is user-friendly and intuitive for accessing past versions of documents.

Given the user interface of the Document History Log, when a user navigates through the log, then all options and information should be clearly labeled and easy to understand, ensuring a seamless user experience.

Testing the performance of the Document History Log under a high volume of changes.

Given a collaborative document that has undergone numerous edits, when the user accesses the Document History Log, then the log should load within 2 seconds regardless of the number of recorded changes.

Version Comparison Tool

"As an editor, I want to easily compare different versions of a document so that I can assess changes and determine the best version to retain."

Description

The Version Comparison Tool requirement introduces a feature that allows users to visually compare different versions of a document side by side. This functionality highlights the differences between versions, marking additions, deletions, and modifications clearly for easy identification. By providing a convenient way to review and analyze changes, this requirement enhances user productivity and streamlines the review process. The tool will integrate with the existing Version Control Tracker, enabling users to select two versions to compare, see differences at a glance, and make informed decisions about which changes to keep. It not only makes document reviews more efficient but also supports strategic decision-making in collaborative settings.

Acceptance Criteria

Document Review with Version Comparison Tool

Given a user has two versions of a document, when they select both versions in the Version Comparison Tool, then they should see a side-by-side comparison that clearly highlights additions, deletions, and modifications.

User Insight into Version Changes

Given a user is reviewing a document comparison, when they hover over a change, then a tooltip should display detailed information about who made the change and when it was made.

Reverting to Previous Version

Given a user is viewing the comparison of two document versions, when they select the option to revert to an earlier version, then the system should successfully restore that version and update the document history accordingly.

Integration with Version Control Tracker

Given the Version Comparison Tool is integrated with the Version Control Tracker, when a user accesses the comparison tool, then they should be able to select any two versions from the tracker for comparison.

Usability Testing of Comparison View

Given a group of users participating in usability testing, when they interact with the Version Comparison Tool, then they should be able to locate and understand the differences between versions without assistance within five minutes.

Exporting Comparison Results

Given a user has completed a comparison of two document versions, when they choose to export the comparison results, then they should receive a downloadable report that includes all changes in a well-structured format.

Revert to Previous Version Feature

"As a project manager, I want to revert a document to a previous version quickly, so that I can efficiently fix any mistakes made in collaborative edits."

Description

The Revert to Previous Version feature allows users to revert documents to earlier states quickly and safely. This requirement enables a simple user interface action—such as a button or menu option—that triggers the restoration of a selected previous version. It is essential for maintaining operational efficiency and protects against unintended errors or undesirable changes made during the editing process. This function not only improves the user experience by reducing the time spent on managing document revisions but also ensures that critical data remains intact. The reinstatement of previous versions will be accompanied by confirmation prompts to prevent accidental reverts, thus integrating seamlessly into the overall operational framework of the Version Control Tracker.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a revert action from the version history menu after reviewing changes made to a collaborative document.

Given the user has selected a previous version from the version history menu, When the user clicks the 'Revert' button, Then the document should successfully revert to the selected previous version without loss of data.

User attempts to revert to a previous version without confirming the action after a warning prompt.

Given the user selects a previous version and the confirmation prompt appears, When the user clicks 'Cancel' on the confirmation prompt, Then the document should remain in its current state without any changes.

User interacts with the version history and views the list of all previous document versions.

Given the user clicks on the 'Version History' option, When the version history dialog opens, Then the user should be able to see a list of all saved document versions along with timestamps and contributors for each version.

User wants to revert a document but has no previous versions available due to a new document.

Given there are no saved previous versions of the document, When the user tries to access the 'Revert' function, Then a message should inform the user that no previous versions are available for the revert action.

User successfully reverts a document and needs to verify the changes made to confirm successful restoration.

Given the document has been successfully reverted to an earlier version, When the user checks the current content of the document, Then the document should match the content of the reverted version exactly.

User accidentally clicks 'Revert' and realizes it was unintentional after the confirmation prompt appears.

Given the user selects a previous version and the confirmation prompt appears, When the user clicks 'Revert', Then the confirmation prompt allows the user to confirm the revert before the action is executed.

User Access Control for Versions

"As an administrator, I want to define who can access and modify versions of documents so that sensitive data remains secure and accountability is maintained within the team."

Description

The User Access Control feature defines permissions and roles pertaining to who can view, edit, or revert document versions within the Version Control Tracker. This requirement ensures that sensitive information is protected while allowing teams to collaborate without unnecessary restrictions. By implementing access control, administrators can assign specific permissions to users or groups, thereby enhancing security and accountability regarding document modifications. The feature will also include audit trails of access decisions and actions taken, thus fostering trust among team members and improving compliance with internal policies. Integration will occur with existing user management systems, ensuring smooth governance over document handling.

Acceptance Criteria

Access Control for Document Version Revert by Role-Based Permissions

Given a user with 'Editor' role, when they attempt to revert a document version, then they should succeed without an error message; and if a user with 'Viewer' role attempts the same action, then they should receive a permission denied message.

Audit Trail Logging for Version Access and Changes

Given a user accesses a document version with specific permissions, then an entry should be logged in the audit trail confirming the user's action, timestamped and detailing the action taken.

Group Permissions Management for Document Versions

Given an administrator assigns a group to access document versions, when a member of that group attempts to view or edit a version, then they should do so successfully as per their assigned permissions, while members outside the group should receive an access denied message.

User Interface Feedback for Access Control Notifications

Given a user attempts to access a document version, when their permissions do not allow that action, then the system should display a clear and informative error message indicating the reason for the access denial.

Integration with Existing User Management Systems

Given that User Access Control is implemented, when new users or groups are created in the existing user management system, then those permissions should automatically sync with User Access Control settings.

Team Calendar Sync

The Team Calendar Sync feature integrates personal calendars with the Collaboration Hub to schedule meetings, deadlines, and collaborative sessions effectively. Users can view both individual and team availability, facilitating better planning and time management. This feature ensures that collaboration happens seamlessly without scheduling conflicts, driving productivity and efficiency.

Requirements

Calendar Integration

"As a team member, I want to sync my personal calendar with the Collaboration Hub so that I can effectively plan meetings without worrying about scheduling conflicts."

Description

The Calendar Integration requirement facilitates the seamless connection between individual user calendars (such as Google Calendar, Outlook, etc.) and the DataHarmony Collaboration Hub. This integration will allow users to synchronize their appointments, meetings, and deadlines with the Collaboration Hub, creating a unified view of both personal and team schedules. The primary benefit of this feature is to enhance scheduling efficiency by eliminating conflicts and ensuring all team members are aware of each other's availability. This requirement is essential for improving team coordination, minimizing missed deadlines, and driving productivity through better time management. The implementation of this feature will ensure a robust and reliable synchronization process that updates in real-time, thus optimizing the user experience in managing schedules.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully synchronizes their Google Calendar with the DataHarmony Collaboration Hub.

Given the user has linked their Google Calendar to DataHarmony, When the user opens the Collaboration Hub, Then their scheduled appointments and events should automatically appear in the hub's calendar view without manual refresh.

User receives notifications for calendar conflicts in the Team Calendar Sync feature.

Given that two users have overlapping meetings scheduled, When one user tries to schedule a new meeting in the Collaboration Hub during that conflict, Then both users should receive an immediate notification about the scheduling conflict.

User updates an event in their personal calendar and the change reflects in the Collaboration Hub.

Given the user modifies an event in their Outlook calendar, When the user refreshes the Collaboration Hub, Then the updated event should be displayed in the hub accurately reflecting the changes made.

User views the availability of all team members in the Collaboration Hub.

Given that all team members have synced their calendars with the Collaboration Hub, When the user accesses the team availability feature, Then the user should see a clear representation of each team member's availability for the next 7 days.

User disconnects their personal calendar from the Collaboration Hub.

Given the user accesses the calendar settings in the Collaboration Hub, When the user selects the option to disconnect their calendar, Then the user's calendar events should no longer be displayed in the hub after a successful disconnection.

User shares their calendar availability for a new project meeting.

Given that the user has multiple meetings scheduled, When the user shares their calendar availability for the new meeting, Then the system shows only time slots that are free from any scheduled appointments.

Availability Visualization

"As a project manager, I want to view my team's availability visually within the Collaboration Hub so that I can easily schedule time for important meetings without conflicts."

Description

The Availability Visualization requirement aims to introduce a visual interface that displays both individual and team member availability side-by-side within the Collaboration Hub. This visual representation will allow users to quickly assess when their colleagues are available for meetings or collaborative sessions. The key benefit is to simplify the process of finding mutually convenient times for collaboration, thereby enhancing team dynamics and ensuring efficient use of time. This feature plays an integral role in promoting transparency within teams and aiding in the smooth coordination of project activities. The implementation will include interactive elements, enabling users to hover over time slots for more detailed information about availability.

Acceptance Criteria

View Individual Availability in the Collaboration Hub

Given that a user is logged into the Collaboration Hub, when they navigate to the Availability Visualization section, then they should be able to see a visual representation of their own calendar availability clearly marked with time slots indicating availability and unavailability for the next seven days.

View Team Member Availability

Given that a user is logged into the Collaboration Hub, when they select the option to view team member availability in the Availability Visualization section, then they should see a side-by-side comparison of the availability of all team members for the next seven days, with clear differentiation between available and busy slots.

Hover Over Time Slots for Detailed Information

Given that a user is viewing the availability visualization, when they hover over a specific time slot, then a tooltip should appear displaying detailed information about which team members are available during that time, including their names and any important notes.

Schedule a Meeting Based on Availability

Given that a user has identified a mutually available time slot in the Availability Visualization, when they click to schedule a meeting during that time, then the system should prompt them to enter meeting details and send invites to all selected participants with the meeting time confirmed.

Sync Calendar with Third-Party Apps

Given that a user has set up their personal calendar preferences, when they integrate their third-party calendars with the Collaboration Hub, then their availability should automatically reflect in the Availability Visualization, showing accurate real-time updates on their schedule.

Filter Availability by Date Range

Given that a user is on the Availability Visualization page, when they select a date range filter for the upcoming month, then the displayed availability should update to show the availability of team members for only the selected date range, maintaining all interactive hover functionalities.

Mobile Accessibility of Availability Visualization

Given that a user accesses the Collaboration Hub on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Availability Visualization section, then the layout should adapt responsively to display all availability information clearly and allow for the same interactive hover functionality as on desktop.

Automated Meeting Suggestions

"As a team leader, I want the Collaboration Hub to automatically suggest meeting times based on my team’s availability so that I can save time when scheduling meetings."

Description

The Automated Meeting Suggestions requirement will implement an intelligent algorithm within the Collaboration Hub that analyzes team members' availability and suggest optimal meeting times based on gathered data over time. This feature will consider the frequency of meetings between specific users, their typical working hours, and any preferences inputted by users regarding their ideal working hours. The primary advantage of this requirement is its ability to save users time in the meeting scheduling process by eliminating manual searching for available time slots. Furthermore, this feature supports productivity and maximizes the value derived from team interactions by ensuring meetings are set up when the most participants are available.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members want to schedule a weekly meeting, and they need the system to suggest the optimal times based on their calendars.

Given that team members have synced their calendars, When they request meeting time suggestions, Then the system should return a list of three optimal time slots when all invited members are available, prioritizing the latest time slots first.

A user frequently meets with another specific user at consistent times, and they need the system to recognize this pattern for future scheduling.

Given that a user meets with another user at least once a week for the past month, When they request meeting time suggestions, Then the system should recognize this pattern and suggest preferred meeting times based on past interactions.

A user has set personal working hours and preferences in their profile, impacting their availability for meetings.

Given that a user has defined their working hours in their profile settings, When the system is analyzing team availability for scheduling, Then it should exclude times outside of the user's specified working hours from the suggested meeting times.

During the planning of a project, team members need to ensure that they can find a time to meet that does not conflict with existing scheduled events.

Given that a project deadline is approaching, When team members view suggested meeting times, Then the system should highlight any time slots that conflict with already scheduled events in an alternate color.

A user wants to ensure that suggested meeting times are equitable for all participants, not favoring any individual's schedule.

Given that multiple users with different schedules are invited to a meeting, When the system generates suggestions, Then it should balance the time slots to ensure that no single user's availability is prioritized over others.

Custom Notifications

"As a user, I want to set custom notifications for my meetings within the Collaboration Hub so that I receive timely reminders and can stay organized with my schedule."

Description

The Custom Notifications requirement will enable users to set personalized alerts and reminders about upcoming meetings and deadlines within the Collaboration Hub. Users can choose to receive notifications through various channels such as email, SMS, or in-app alerts, and can specify the timing of these reminders (e.g., 10 minutes, 1 hour, or a day before the event). This capability ensures that users are well-informed and prepared for upcoming collaborations, thereby reducing the likelihood of missed meetings or deadlines. The implementation enhances user engagement with the platform, ensuring that team collaboration remains a top priority amid busy schedules.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up custom notifications for an upcoming project deadline in the Collaboration Hub, specifying that they want to receive alerts 1 hour before the deadline.

Given the user is in the Collaboration Hub, when they select a project deadline and choose to receive notifications 1 hour before, then the user should receive an email and an in-app alert 1 hour prior to the deadline.

A team member wants to customize their notifications for a recurring meeting, opting to be reminded via SMS 10 minutes prior to each meeting.

Given the user is configuring notifications for a recurring meeting, when they select SMS notifications and specify a 10-minute reminder, then they should receive an SMS notification 10 minutes before each occurrence of the meeting.

Team leader monitors their notifications to ensure they are receiving alerts for all scheduled meetings and deadlines as per their preferences.

Given the team leader has set up various custom notifications, when checking their notifications history, then they should see records of all alerts received according to their specified preferences without any missed notifications.

User attempts to modify their alert preferences for a specific event and saves the changes.

Given the user is viewing their existing notification preferences, when they modify the alert settings for a specific event and click 'Save', then the updated preferences should be correctly reflected in their notification settings.

User wants to disable notifications for a specific project without affecting other notifications they have set up.

Given the user has multiple notification settings, when they choose to disable notifications for that specific project, then only notifications related to that project should be turned off, while others remain active.

User receives an in-app notification for an upcoming deadline they set a reminder for one day prior.

Given the user has set a notification for a specific deadline one day in advance, when the time for the notification arrives, then the user should receive a timely in-app alert one day before the deadline.

User wants to receive multiple types of notifications (email and in-app) for a single meeting event.

Given the user has created a meeting event, when they select to receive notifications through both email and in-app alerts, then the user should receive both types of notifications at the specified times before the meeting.

Meeting Recap Feature

"As a team member, I want to receive a summary of the meeting after it concludes so that I can quickly catch up on what was discussed and know the action items assigned to me."

Description

The Meeting Recap Feature requirement entails the development of a tool within the Collaboration Hub that automatically generates summaries of meetings after they conclude. This tool will utilize AI to extract key points, action items, and participant feedback to create concise summaries that can be easily shared with team members. The primary benefit is to enhance information retention among teams and ensure that all members are aligned on tasks and responsibilities post-meeting. This requirement is crucial for promoting accountability and providing quick reference materials for team members who may have missed the meeting or need to review outcomes. Implementation will focus on data accuracy and clarity, ensuring the recaps are both informative and user-friendly.

Acceptance Criteria

Meeting Summary Generation based on AI Extraction

Given a concluded meeting with recorded audio and notes, when the Meeting Recap Feature is activated, then the system should generate a summary document that includes key points discussed, action items assigned with deadlines, and feedback provided by participants, all within 5 minutes of meeting end.

Sharing Meeting Recap with Team Members

Given a generated meeting recap, when the user initiates the sharing process, then the system should allow the user to send the summary via email or shared link to all meeting participants and relevant stakeholders within the Collaboration Hub.

Formatting and Accessing Meeting Recaps

Given that a meeting recap has been generated, when a team member accesses the Meeting Recap section, then the summary should be formatted clearly, allowing easy navigation through key points, action items, and participant feedback, accessible for all users who were part of the meeting.

User Notifications for New Meeting Recaps

Given that a meeting recap has been successfully generated and shared, when the summary is available, then all meeting participants should receive a notification in the Collaboration Hub alerting them to the new recap along with a link to view it.

Recap Accuracy and User Feedback Collection

Given multiple meeting recaps generated over a month, when users review the summaries, then at least 80% of users should indicate that the recaps accurately reflect the meeting discussions and outcomes on a feedback form.

Recap Edit and Update Functionality

Given a generated meeting recap, when an authorized user identifies an error in the summary, then they should be able to edit the recap and save updates while maintaining a revision history accessible to all team members.

Idea Brainstorming Space

The Idea Brainstorming Space allows users to conduct virtual brainstorming sessions within DataHarmony. Users can generate, share, and vote on ideas in real-time, fostering creativity and innovation. This feature supports the collaborative development of strategies, presenting a platform for team members to contribute diverse perspectives, ultimately enhancing decision-making outcomes.

Requirements

Real-time Idea Sharing

"As a team member, I want to share my ideas in real-time during brainstorming sessions so that I can contribute effectively and engage with others’ suggestions immediately."

Description

The Real-time Idea Sharing requirement enables users to instantly submit and view ideas during brainstorming sessions. This functionality allows all team members to contribute their thoughts and suggestions in real-time, enhancing participation and engagement. By facilitating immediate feedback and interaction, it fosters a dynamic environment for collaboration and creativity. The feature integrates with DataHarmony’s existing data storage, ensuring that all ideas are logged securely and can be referenced later for analysis. This real-time capability is crucial in optimizing the brainstorming process, leading to more innovative and actionable outcomes for strategic decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Users conduct a virtual brainstorming session in DataHarmony where they submit ideas in real-time during a scheduled team meeting.

Given that a user is logged into the Idea Brainstorming Space, when they submit an idea, then the idea should be instantly visible to all other participants in the session without any delay.

The team members want to ensure that all submitted ideas are securely stored and retrievable for future reference after the brainstorming session is complete.

Given that a user has submitted an idea during the session, when the session ends, then all submitted ideas should be logged in the system and accessible to users within 24 hours.

During a brainstorming session, team members wish to vote on the submitted ideas in real-time to prioritize them.

Given that multiple ideas have been submitted, when any participant votes on an idea, then the total number of votes for that idea should update in real-time for all participants to see.

A user needs to receive feedback on their idea immediately after submission to refine it further.

Given that a user submits an idea, when they view the Idea Brainstorming Space, then they should be able to see any comments or feedback from other participants within 5 seconds of submission.

A participant wants to track their own submissions and the responses from other team members during a brainstorming session.

Given that a user has submitted ideas, when they access their submissions panel in the Idea Brainstorming Space, then they should see a list of their ideas along with the respective votes and feedback on each within 10 seconds.

The team needs to analyze the effectiveness of the brainstorming session by reviewing the submitted ideas post-session.

Given that a brainstorming session has concluded, when the session data is analyzed, then there should be a report generated within 2 hours summarizing the submitted ideas, total votes per idea, and user engagement metrics during the session.

The brainstorming session facilitator wants to ensure user engagement throughout the session.

Given that a brainstorming session is in progress, when the facilitator requests a quick participation poll, then at least 80% of participants should respond to the poll within 5 minutes.

Voting Mechanism for Ideas

"As a participant in a brainstorming session, I want to vote on ideas so that our team can collectively prioritize the best suggestions for further development."

Description

The Voting Mechanism for Ideas allows users to vote on submitted ideas during brainstorming sessions, providing a structured way to prioritize and select the best concepts. This requirement includes functionalities for anonymous voting, displaying vote counts, and highlighting winning ideas to ensure transparency and inclusivity. The voting results are integrated back into the DataHarmony platform, enabling users to analyze the effectiveness of ideas over time. By enabling users to prioritize contributions democratically, this feature enhances group consensus and decision-making efficiency, ultimately contributing to better project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

A user navigates to the Idea Brainstorming Space to submit a new idea, and they want to ensure that they can vote anonymously on ideas submitted by their teammates during the brainstorming session.

Given a brainstorming session is active, when a user submits an idea, then the user can vote on that idea anonymously and their vote is not visible to others.

During a brainstorming session, team members want to view the total number of votes received by each idea after they have voted to ensure transparency in the voting process.

Given multiple ideas have been submitted, when a user views the voting results, then the system displays the total vote count for each idea in real-time.

At the end of a brainstorming session, team leaders need to identify the winning ideas to guide decision-making and resource allocation based on team input.

Given the voting session has concluded, when the results are displayed, then the winning ideas are highlighted and the top three ideas are presented to the users.

A user wants to track the historical performance of ideas that received votes in past brainstorming sessions to assess their effectiveness over time.

Given a user accesses the voting history, when they request past session results, then the system displays a summary of ideas voted on, including the number of votes and timestamps for each session.

A facilitator conducts a brainstorming session and wants to ensure that users feel comfortable voting without fear of judgment or bias.

Given the voting mechanism allows for anonymous participation, when users cast their votes, then they report feeling confident and free from outside influence.

After voting has ended, project managers want to generate a report based on the voting outcomes to summarize the team’s top priorities.

Given the voting results are finalized, when a project manager requests a report, then the system generates a comprehensive report detailing the ideas with their respective vote counts, timestamps, and participant feedback.

Team members frequently question the validity of the votes and need to ensure that there are no duplicate votes cast during brainstorming sessions.

Given the voting system is active, when a user attempts to vote on an idea they have already voted for, then they receive a notification stating that duplicate votes are not allowed.

Idea Repository and Tracking

"As a team leader, I want to have access to an organized repository of all brainstormed ideas so that I can track their progress and decision-making efficiently."

Description

The Idea Repository and Tracking requirement provides a dedicated area within DataHarmony for storing and managing all submitted ideas from brainstorming sessions. This feature allows users to categorize ideas, assign statuses (e.g., reviewed, in progress, implemented), and add comments or feedback. By creating a central repository, teams can track the evolution of ideas over time, making it easier to revisit past concepts and assess their impact. This structured approach not only promotes accountability within the team but also helps in continuous improvement of the brainstorming process by allowing users to learn from previous experiences.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user participating in a brainstorming session, I want to submit my ideas into the Idea Repository so that they can be tracked and managed effectively.

Given I have access to the Idea Brainstorming Space, when I enter an idea and submit it, then the idea should be stored in the Idea Repository with a unique identifier and timestamp.

As a team leader, I want to categorize submitted ideas based on their themes to enhance organization within the Idea Repository.

Given that an idea has been submitted, when I select a category and associate it with the idea, then the idea should display the selected category in the Idea Repository.

As a project manager, I want to assign statuses to ideas to track their progress from submission to implementation.

Given an idea in the Idea Repository, when I update its status to 'in progress', then the status should reflect the change and be visible to all team members in the repository.

As a user, I want to add comments or feedback to submitted ideas to foster collaboration and discussion among team members.

Given an idea in the Idea Repository, when I add a comment to the idea, then the comment should be stored and displayed under the idea for all users to review.

As a user, I want to access a history of all submitted ideas to assess past contributions and learning opportunities.

Given that I am in the Idea Repository, when I request to view the idea history, then I should see a chronological list of all submitted ideas along with their statuses and comments.

As an admin, I want to filter ideas by status to manage the workflow more effectively.

Given I have admin access in the Idea Repository, when I apply a filter for 'reviewed' ideas, then only ideas with the 'reviewed' status should be displayed.

As a user, I want to receive notifications for updates on ideas I have submitted or commented on to stay informed about their progress.

Given that an idea has been updated or commented on, when the update occurs, then I should receive a notification about the change through the platform's notification system.

Integration with Project Management Tools

"As a project manager, I want to integrate the brainstorming ideas into our project management tool so that we can efficiently implement the best ideas into actionable tasks."

Description

The Integration with Project Management Tools requirement allows the Idea Brainstorming Space to connect seamlessly with popular project management platforms like Asana, Trello, and Jira. This integration enables users to easily convert selected ideas from brainstorming sessions into actionable tasks within their project management system. By streamlining this process, teams can move from ideation to execution more efficiently. This feature enhances workflow continuity and ensures that valuable ideas don't get lost in the brainstorming stage, reinforcing DataHarmony's role as a comprehensive data-driven decision-making tool.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a brainstorming session in the Idea Brainstorming Space and wants to convert a selected idea into a task in Trello.

Given a user has selected an idea during a brainstorming session, when they choose the option to convert the idea into a task, then the application must create a corresponding task in Trello with the same title and description as the selected idea.

A user is conducting a brainstorming session and decides to update an idea before converting it into a task in Asana.

Given a user is editing an idea, when they make changes and save it, then the updated idea should reflect in the conversion task created in Asana after the conversion process is completed.

A team member wants to check the integration status of the Idea Brainstorming Space with Jira.

Given a user accesses the integration settings, when they check the integration status with Jira, then the status should clearly indicate whether the integration is active or requires attention.

A member of the brainstorming session has added a new idea and wants to share it with the team via Slack.

Given a user has added an idea, when they select the option to share on Slack, then a message containing the idea details should be sent to the designated Slack channel.

A project manager wants to see all tasks created from brainstorming sessions in a project management tool.

Given multiple ideas have been converted to tasks, when the project manager queries the project management tool, then they should see all related tasks listed under the designated project.

Users are conducting a brainstorming session using the Idea Brainstorming Space and need to retrieve previous ideas for context.

Given a user requests to view previous brainstorming session ideas, when they access the history section, then they should see a list of all past ideas with their creation dates and contributors.

Analytics Dashboard for Ideas

"As a team leader, I want to see analytics on our brainstorming sessions so that I can assess our creativity and make improvements to our ideation process."

Description

The Analytics Dashboard for Ideas provides users with insights into the brainstorming sessions' effectiveness by analyzing submitted ideas, participation rates, and voting outcomes. This dashboard includes metrics like the number of ideas generated, the average votes per idea, and user engagement levels. By visualizing this data, the feature enables teams to evaluate and enhance their creative processes over time. Integrating these analytics into the DataHarmony platform empowers users to make data-informed adjustments to their brainstorming strategies, ultimately driving innovation and efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Users want to access the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas after a brainstorming session has concluded to analyze the effectiveness of the ideas generated during the session.

Given the user has completed a brainstorming session, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas, then they should see the metrics for the session including the total number of ideas generated, user participation rates, and the voting outcomes.

A team wants to review the voting patterns of ideas submitted during the brainstorming session to identify popular concepts and areas for improvement.

Given the user opens the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas, when they view the voting outcomes, then they should be able to see the number of votes each idea received along with the average votes per idea displayed in a visual format (e.g., bar graph).

Managers need to monitor user engagement levels during brainstorming sessions to improve participation in future sessions.

Given the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas, when they look at the user engagement metrics, then they should see data representing the average participation rates of users in brainstorming sessions over a determined period of time.

Users want to ensure that they can easily navigate and utilize the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas without extensive training or support.

Given a user is familiar with the DataHarmony platform, when they interact with the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas, then they should complete a simple task (such as generating a report) within 5 minutes without external assistance.

Teams want to make data-informed decisions based on the analysis of brainstorming sessions, leveraging the insights from the dashboard for strategy development.

Given the user reviews the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas, when they export the analytics data, then the data should be available in CSV format for use in further analysis or reporting.

The development team needs to ensure that the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas is responsive and displays correctly on various devices used by team members.

Given the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard for Ideas on different devices (desktop, tablet, and mobile), when they view the dashboard, then the layout should be properly formatted and functional across all devices without loss of critical features.

Action Item Tracker

The Action Item Tracker helps teams monitor tasks and responsibilities assigned during collaborations. Users can create, assign, and track the progress of individual action items, ensuring accountability and transparency in collaborative efforts. This feature ensures that all participants know their responsibilities, leading to improved follow-through and results.

Requirements

Task Assignment Management

"As a team leader, I want to assign specific tasks to team members so that each person knows their responsibilities and can track their progress effectively."

Description

The Task Assignment Management requirement enables users to create and assign action items directly within the Action Item Tracker interface. Users can specify due dates, priority levels, and attach relevant documents to ensure clarity on expectations. This functionality improves accountability as team members can easily see their assigned tasks and deadlines, facilitating better collaboration and follow-through. The integration with notifications will keep users informed of any updates related to their assigned tasks, enhancing awareness and encouraging timely completion of responsibilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Assignment Creation and Notification

Given a user is on the Action Item Tracker interface, when they create a new task with a specified due date and priority, then the task should be saved successfully and a confirmation notification should be sent to the user.

Editing Assigned Tasks

Given a user has assigned a task to a team member, when they edit the task details (due date, priority, or attached documents), then the updated task should reflect the changes and notify the assigned team member of the modifications.

Viewing Assigned Tasks

Given a user is logged into the Action Item Tracker, when they view their assigned tasks, then they should see all tasks with due dates, priority levels, and any attached documents listed clearly.

Task Completion Tracking

Given a user completes an action item, when they mark the task as done in the Action Item Tracker, then the task should no longer appear in the active tasks list and a completion notification should be sent to the user.

Integration of Notifications for Deadline Reminders

Given a task with a due date exists in the Action Item Tracker, when the deadline approaches (e.g., 24 hours remaining), then the system should send an automated reminder notification to the assigned team member.

Filtering Tasks by Priority Level

Given a user is viewing the list of action items, when they apply a filter for priority levels, then only tasks matching the specified priority level should be displayed in the list.

Progress Tracking

"As a project manager, I want to track the progress of action items assigned to the team so that I can identify any potential delays and manage resources efficiently."

Description

The Progress Tracking requirement allows users to monitor the status of action items through visual progress indicators, such as percentage completions and status labels (e.g., 'In Progress', 'Completed'). This feature will provide a clear overview of team progress on tasks, enhancing transparency and enabling timely interventions if needed. It will include a dashboard widget that summarizes current status across all active action items, allowing team leaders to easily identify any bottlenecks in task completion.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Progress of Action Items on the Dashboard

Given the user is logged into the DataHarmony platform, when they navigate to the Action Item Tracker dashboard, then they should see all active action items with their current percentage completion and status labels (e.g., 'In Progress', 'Completed').

Updating Progress of Action Items

Given the user is on the detail view of an action item, when they update the completion percentage and save the changes, then the updated percentage should reflect on the Action Item Tracker dashboard within 5 seconds.

Identifying Bottlenecks in Task Completion

Given the user is viewing the Action Item Tracker dashboard, when there are action items marked as 'In Progress' for more than 7 days without update, then those items should be highlighted in red to indicate a potential bottleneck.

Filtering Action Items by Status

Given the user is on the Action Item Tracker dashboard, when they apply a filter for action items by their status (e.g., 'Completed', 'In Progress'), then only the relevant action items should be displayed according to the selected filter criteria.

Accessing Action Item Details

Given the user is on the Action Item Tracker dashboard, when they click on an action item, then they should be directed to a detailed view showing the action item's history, comments, and attachments.

Notifications for Action Item Updates

Given the user has an action item assigned to them, when the percentage completion or status label of that action item changes, then the user should receive a notification via email and in-platform alert.

Understanding Overall Team Progress

Given the user is on the Action Item Tracker dashboard, when they look at the summary widget, then it should display the total number of action items, the count of 'Completed' items, and the average percentage completion of all action items.

Comment and Collaboration Tool

"As a team member, I want to communicate with my colleagues about specific action items, so that I can clarify responsibilities and collaborate more effectively on tasks."

Description

The Comment and Collaboration Tool requirement introduces a built-in comment section for each action item, enabling users to discuss and provide updates directly within the context of the task. This facilitates seamless communication and ensures that all relevant information is captured alongside the action items. The ability for users to tag team members in comments will notify them of discussions pertinent to their tasks, enhancing ownership and collaboration between team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to add a comment to an action item assigned to a task during a team meeting.

Given the user is on the action item page, when they enter a comment in the comment section and click 'Post', then the comment is displayed immediately below the action item, and timestamped with the user’s name.

A user needs to tag a team member in a comment to notify them of an update related to their task.

Given the user is in the comment section, when they type '@' followed by a teammate's username and submit the comment, then that teammate receives a notification of the comment and is linked to the specific action item.

A user wants to view all comments related to an action item to gather context on its progress.

Given the user clicks on the action item, when the action item details page loads, then all related comments are visible in chronological order, displaying the user names, timestamps, and full text of each comment.

A user wishes to delete their comment after realizing it contains incorrect information.

Given the user has posted a comment, when they click the 'Delete' option next to their comment, then the comment is removed from the action item and a confirmation message is displayed, confirming the deletion.

A user needs to see an email notification for each comment they are tagged in.

Given the user has been tagged in a comment, when a comment is posted with their tag, then they receive an email notification containing the comment text and a link to the action item it relates to.

A user wants to edit their own comment for clarity after posting it.

Given the user has posted a comment, when they click the 'Edit' option next to their comment, edit the text, and submit, then the updated comment is displayed with a new timestamp indicating it has been edited.

A user needs to know how many comments are associated with an action item at a glance.

Given the user is viewing the list of action items, when they observe the comment icon next to each action item, then the icon displays the number of comments associated with that action item.

Search and Filter Functionality

"As a user, I want to search and filter action items based on different criteria so that I can quickly find the tasks that are most relevant to me."

Description

The Search and Filter Functionality requirement allows users to efficiently find specific action items within the Action Item Tracker. Users will be able to apply filters based on various criteria such as assignee, due date, status, and priority. This will enable quick access to relevant tasks and reduce time spent navigating through lists, making it easier for users to manage their workload and responsibilities effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to find all action items assigned to a specific team member, ensuring they can monitor their workload effectively.

Given a user is on the Action Item Tracker, when they apply a filter for assignee with a specific team member's name, then only action items assigned to that team member should be displayed.

User needs to locate action items due in the current week to prioritize their tasks for the week ahead.

Given a user is viewing the Action Item Tracker, when they filter by due date selecting the current week, then all action items with due dates within that week should be visible.

A project manager wants to see all action items marked as 'In Progress' to assess the current workflow of the team.

Given a project manager is on the Action Item Tracker, when they filter by status and select 'In Progress', then only action items with the status 'In Progress' should be displayed.

Users want to prioritize their tasks by importance and access action items accordingly.

Given a user is on the Action Item Tracker, when they filter action items by priority and select 'High', then only action items marked as 'High' priority should be listed.

An administrator wants to view completed tasks to evaluate past performance and report on team achievements.

Given an administrator is viewing the Action Item Tracker, when they filter for status as 'Completed', then only action items that are marked as 'Completed' should be shown in the list.

A user needs to quickly find action items that are overdue to remind their team about pending tasks.

Given a user is on the Action Item Tracker, when they apply a filter for due date selecting 'Overdue', then all action items that are past their due date should be displayed.

Integration with Calendars

"As a user, I want to sync my action item deadlines with my calendar, so that I can keep track of my commitments and manage my time effectively across all my tasks."

Description

The Integration with Calendars requirement allows users to sync their action item deadlines with external calendar applications (e.g., Google Calendar, Outlook). This ensures that users do not miss important due dates for tasks and can effectively manage their time and priorities across different work platforms. The integration supports automatic updates when action item deadlines change, providing a seamless experience for users.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully syncs action item deadlines with Google Calendar, receiving real-time updates on their calendar when deadlines change within DataHarmony.

Given a user has linked their Google Calendar to the Action Item Tracker, When an action item deadline is updated, Then the corresponding event in Google Calendar should reflect this change within 5 minutes.

User receives notifications when an action item deadline is nearing, synced with their external calendar application.

Given a user has created an action item with a deadline, When the deadline is 24 hours away, Then the user should receive a notification both in DataHarmony and on their external calendar application.

User disconnects their calendar integration and verifies that future action item deadlines are not synced.

Given a user has previously integrated their external calendar with the Action Item Tracker, When the user disconnects the calendar integration, Then no further action item deadlines should sync to the external calendar after the disconnection is confirmed.

User checks that the DataHarmony application correctly displays the list of action item deadlines synced from an external calendar.

Given a user has synced their action item deadlines with an external calendar, When the user views the Action Item Tracker, Then all synced deadlines should appear in the Action Item Tracker interface, matching the deadlines from the external calendar.

User adds a new action item and verifies that it syncs to their Outlook calendar automatically.

Given a user creates a new action item with a deadline, When this action item is saved, Then the deadline should automatically create an event in the user's Outlook calendar as soon as the action item is created.

User updates a task due date in Calendar and verifies that it reflects in the Action Item Tracker.

Given a user changes a deadline for an action item within their external calendar, When the user opens the Action Item Tracker, Then the updated deadline should be reflected in the corresponding action item within 5 minutes.

Analytics and Reporting

"As a business analyst, I want to access reports on task completion and team performance, so that I can provide insights for improving team efficiency and accountability."

Description

The Analytics and Reporting requirement provides users with insights into task completion rates, average time taken for task completion, and individual team member performance. This feature generates customizable reports that can help teams identify trends and areas for improvement. By analyzing this data over time, organizations can make informed decisions regarding resource allocation and process optimizations within collaborative projects.

Acceptance Criteria

Analytics and Reporting for Action Item Tracking by Team Members

Given a user is logged into the platform and has access to the Action Item Tracker, when they request the analytics report, then the system should generate a report displaying task completion rates, average time taken for task completion, and performance metrics for each team member in real-time.

Customizable Reporting for Different Roles

Given a user has admin privileges, when they navigate to the reporting section and select a customizable report option, then they should be able to filter data based on team members, specific date ranges, and task types, and download the report in CSV and PDF formats.

Trend Analysis Over Time

Given a project is ongoing and has multiple action items, when a user accesses the analytics dashboard over a specified time period, then they should see graphical representations of trends in task completion rates and performance metrics, enabling strategic decision-making.

Integrating Performance Metrics into Team Meetings

Given a scheduled team meeting and a need to review performance, when the team leader accesses the Analytics and Reporting feature, then they should be able to present real-time insights on the individual and team performance derived from action item completions.

Email Notifications for Reporting Deliverables

Given a user opts to receive regular reports, when a reporting period ends, then the system should automatically generate and send an email containing the customizable report to the designated users on the specified schedule.

Feedback Loop from Reports to Action Items

Given insights from the generated reports, when a team identifies area for improvement, then they should be able to create and assign new action items directly from the report interface, linking insights to actionable responsibilities.

Real-time Collaboration on Analytics Findings

Given users are in a collaborative workspace, when one user pulls up the analytics report, then all other participants should see the report in real-time, allowing for immediate discussion and decisions based on the data presented.

KPI Goal Tracker

The KPI Goal Tracker allows users to set, monitor, and adjust key performance indicators (KPIs) in real-time. By visualizing performance against sales objectives, this feature enables Marketing Analysts and Sales Managers to proactively identify areas needing attention and ensure that their strategies align with overall business goals.

Requirements

KPI Configuration Interface

"As a Marketing Analyst, I want to configure my KPIs so that they align with my team's targets and allow for real-time performance tracking."

Description

The KPI Configuration Interface is essential for users to define and customize their KPIs according to specific business objectives. This requirement includes the capability for users to input various KPI parameters such as targets, metrics, and data sources. The feature should provide flexibility in terms of metric types (e.g., percentage, absolute values) and allow for periodic adjustments. It will be integrated into the DataHarmony platform, ensuring a seamless user experience that allows users to configure KPIs without needing technical expertise. The primary benefit of this requirement is to enable users to align their performance tracking with evolving business strategies, enhancing data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User Access and Authority to Configure KPIs

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they navigate to the KPI Configuration Interface, then they should be able to set and update their KPI parameters including targets, metrics, and data sources without any access issues.

Input Validation for KPI Parameters

Given a user inputs KPI parameters, when they attempt to save the configuration, then the system should validate the inputs and alert the user for any invalid data or formatting errors before proceeding.

Flexibility of Metric Types for KPIs

Given a user is on the KPI Configuration Interface, when they select the type of metric for their KPI, then they should have the option to choose from multiple metric types such as percentage, absolute values, and custom metrics.

Periodic Adjustments of KPIs

Given a user has set KPIs, when they access the KPI Configuration Interface after a specified period, then they should be able to view and adjust the KPIs based on new business objectives.

User-Friendly Interface for KPI Configuration

Given a user enters the KPI Configuration Interface, when they attempt to configure a KPI, then they should be able to navigate the interface intuitively without the need for technical guidance or training.

Saving and Retrieving Configured KPIs

Given a user configures a KPI, when they save the configuration, then the system should successfully store and allow retrieval of the configured KPI for future use without data loss.

Integration with Data Sources

Given a user configures KPIs, when they define data sources for these KPIs, then the system should successfully connect and retrieve data from the specified sources in real-time.

Real-Time KPI Dashboard

"As a Sales Manager, I want a real-time dashboard to monitor my team's KPIs so that I can quickly adjust strategies based on performance trends."

Description

The Real-Time KPI Dashboard is a visual representation of KPIs that reflects the current performance status against set goals. This requirement involves designing an intuitive dashboard that offers customizable widgets for various KPIs. Users should be able to interact with the dashboard to drill down into data, filter results, and view historical trends. Integration with DataHarmony's real-time analytics engine is crucial, as it ensures users receive up-to-the-minute information. This feature will empower teams to quickly identify performance gaps and make informed strategic choices, thereby facilitating timely adjustments to their campaigns.

Acceptance Criteria

KPI Dashboard User Interaction for Sales Managers

Given a user is logged in as a Sales Manager, when they access the KPI Goal Tracker, then they can see a dashboard displaying all set KPIs with real-time data and historical trends; all widgets on the dashboard are customizable and can be adjusted as needed.

Real-Time Data Refreshing

Given that the dashboard is open, when the data is being updated in the DataHarmony analytics engine, then all KPIs on the dashboard refresh automatically without needing to reload the page, reflecting the most current data available.

KPI Filtering for Marketing Analysts

Given a user is logged in as a Marketing Analyst, when they apply filters on the KPI dashboard, then the displayed KPIs should update to show only the selected metrics, and the filtering options should include date range, department, and performance status.

KPI Alerts for Performance Gaps

Given the dashboard is active, when any KPI falls below the preset threshold, then an alert notification is generated that is visible on the dashboard, enabling users to take immediate action.

Accessibility Compliance

Given a user with accessibility needs is navigating the KPI dashboard, when they use keyboard navigation and screen reader tools, then all elements must be properly labeled, and all interactive components must be fully operable without a mouse.

Export KPI Reports

Given a user has applied their desired filters on the KPI dashboard, when they select the option to export the report, then the system must generate a downloadable report in both PDF and Excel formats that includes all visible KPIs and their corresponding data.

KPI Alerts and Notifications

"As a Marketing Analyst, I want to receive alerts when my KPIs hit critical levels so that I can take immediate action to address performance issues."

Description

KPI Alerts and Notifications is a proactive feature designed to keep users informed about their performance thresholds. Users can set up customizable alerts that notify them via email or in-app messages when KPIs reach certain defined limits (e.g., exceeding targets or falling below minimum thresholds). This requirement ensures timely interventions and encourages users to take action before facing significant performance declines. Integration with DataHarmony's notification system is necessary for delivering alerts effectively and ensuring that users are always aware of critical performance changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a KPI alert for sales performance falling below a specified threshold in the KPI Goal Tracker.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony, when they navigate to the KPI Alerts section and create a new alert for sales performance, then the alert should be saved correctly with the specified threshold and notification preferences.

User receives a notification when a KPI exceeds a target threshold set in the KPI Goal Tracker.

Given the KPI alert is set for exceeding a sales target, when the sales performance data updates exceed the specified threshold, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email alert within 5 minutes.

Admin configures global notification preferences for all users regarding KPI alerts within the DataHarmony platform.

Given the admin has permission to manage user notifications, when they access the global notification settings and update the frequency and type of notifications, then all users must receive alerts as per the new settings without individual changes required.

Users update existing KPI alert thresholds and preferences in the KPI Goal Tracker.

Given the user has an existing KPI alert set, when they modify the alert threshold and save the changes, then the updated alert settings should reflect immediately and an acknowledgment of the changes should be displayed.

System logs all KPI alert notifications sent to users for auditing purposes.

Given the notification system is in operation, every time an alert is sent to a user, that action should be logged in the system with timestamp, user ID, and KPI details, ensuring a complete audit trail.

User tests the KPI alert functionality by intentionally triggering a KPI to exceed a set threshold.

Given the user manipulates the KPI data to exceed set thresholds, when the data refreshes, then the user must receive both an email and an in-app alert confirming the KPI condition change within 5 minutes.

KPI Reporting and Insights

"As a Sales Manager, I want to generate detailed KPI reports so that I can analyze trends and optimize my team's sales strategies."

Description

The KPI Reporting and Insights feature is designed to generate comprehensive reports that offer users deep insights into their KPI performance over specified periods. This requirement includes the ability to create report templates, pull historical data, and use DataHarmony's AI algorithms to highlight trends and anomalies. Interactive charts and graphs should be included to visualize data effectively. This feature will help users understand how their strategies impact performance and provide recommendations for improvement, ultimately driving better decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Generates KPI reports for specified timeframes, allowing users to analyze performance compared to targets across different departments.

Given that a user selects a timeframe (weekly, monthly, quarterly) and department from the dashboard, when they press the 'Generate Report' button, then the system should produce a comprehensive report consisting of KPI metrics, historical data comparisons, and visual charts for that specific period and department.

Allows users to create and save custom report templates based on their specific needs and KPI preferences.

Given that a user is on the report creation page, when they select the desired KPIs, layout options, and data filters, and then click 'Save Template', then the template should be stored in the user's account for future access and modifications.

Utilizes AI algorithms to identify and highlight trends and anomalies in KPI data when generating reports.

Given that a report is generated and contains historical KPI data, when the AI algorithms analyze the data, then the report should automatically incorporate identified trends, anomalies, and relevant suggestions for improvement within the report overview section.

Provides interactive charts and graphs for all KPI reports to enhance data visualization.

Given that a user views a generated KPI report, when they scroll through the report, then all KPI metrics should be accompanied by interactive charts and graphs that users can manipulate to explore data more deeply (e.g., zoom, filter, or hover for details).

Delivers automated email notifications to users when a report is generated or updated.

Given that a report is successfully generated or updated, when the report is finalized, then an automatic email notification should be sent to the user containing a link to the report and any relevant summaries or highlights.

Enables users to export KPI reports in various formats (PDF, Excel, CSV).

Given that a user has generated a KPI report, when they click on the 'Export' button, then they should be presented with options to download the report in PDF, Excel, or CSV formats, and upon selection, the report should download correctly in the chosen format.

KPI Collaboration Tools

"As a Marketing Analyst, I want to collaborate with my team on KPI progress so that we can ensure alignment and collectively address any performance issues."

Description

The KPI Collaboration Tools are designed to enhance teamwork by allowing users to share KPI information seamlessly within the DataHarmony environment. This requirement involves features such as comments, annotations, and the ability to tag team members on specific KPI-related items. Integration with existing DataHarmony collaboration features is important to ensure a smooth user experience. The benefit of this requirement is to facilitate communication among team members, ensuring everyone is aligned on goals and performance metrics, ultimately enhancing the effectiveness of collaborative efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

KPI Collaboration Tools enable users to comment on specific KPIs to provide feedback or raise questions during performance review meetings.

Given a user accesses the KPI Goal Tracker, when they select a KPI, then they should see an option to add comments, and those comments should be saved and visible to all team members.

Users can tag team members in comments related to KPIs to facilitate team discussions and accountability.

Given a user is adding a comment on a KPI, when they type '@' followed by a team member's name, then that member should receive a notification and be able to view the comment thread.

Users can view annotations made by themselves and their team members on KPIs to ensure transparency and shared understanding.

Given a user selects a KPI with annotations, when they view the KPI details, then all relevant annotations should be displayed alongside the KPI data for easy reference.

Integration with existing collaboration features allows for seamless communication across the platform, ensuring teams can efficiently coordinate their activities around KPIs.

Given a user accesses the KPI Tracker, when they initiate a conversation related to a KPI, then it should integrate with DataHarmony's chat feature, allowing real-time discussions.

Users should be able to filter and sort KPIs based on tags or comments for better project tracking and management.

Given a user accesses the KPI list, when they apply a tag filter, then only KPIs with the specific tags should be displayed to the user for focused review.

Customer Segmentation Insights

Customer Segmentation Insights provides granular analytics surrounding customer demographics and behaviors. This feature enables users to tailor campaigns and strategies to specific segments, enhancing engagement and maximizing conversion rates. By understanding different customer needs, teams can optimize their marketing efforts more effectively.

Requirements

Real-time Data Processing

"As a marketing analyst, I want to see real-time updates of customer behaviors so that I can quickly adjust my campaigns to maximize engagement and conversion."

Description

The Real-time Data Processing requirement ensures that the Customer Segmentation Insights feature receives and processes customer data updates instantly. This functionality allows businesses to view the latest customer behaviors, preferences, and demographics without any noticeable delay. By implementing this requirement, users will benefit from up-to-date insights that enable timely decision-making and strategic adjustments in their campaigns. Real-time updates will enhance engagement and optimize marketing efforts by leveraging current customer data and behaviors, ultimately leading to higher conversion rates.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time updates on customer data when a user views a customer segment report.

Given that the user accesses the Customer Segmentation Insights feature, when they open a report, then the report should display customer data that was updated within the last 5 seconds.

Integration of external data sources to provide real-time updates on customer demographics.

Given that an external data source is integrated, when customer data is updated in the external source, then the changes should reflect in DataHarmony's Customer Segmentation Insights within 10 seconds.

Alerting users to significant changes in customer behavior in real-time.

Given that there is a change in customer behavior that exceeds a predefined threshold, when the change occurs, then the system should notify relevant users in real-time through the DataHarmony interface.

Processing speed during high-volume customer data updates.

Given that 1000 customer records are updated simultaneously, when the updates are sent to the Customer Segmentation Insights feature, then all records should be processed and available for reporting within 15 seconds.

Displaying real-time analytics on a dashboard of customer segments.

Given that a user has opened the dashboard for Customer Segmentation Insights, when customer data is updated, then the dashboard should refresh and display the updated insights within 5 seconds without the need for manual refresh.

Ensuring the accuracy of real-time data displayed in the Customer Segmentation Insights feature.

Given that customer data is updated, when a user views the Customer Segmentation Insights report, then the data should accurately reflect the latest customer demographics and behaviors with a maximum allowable discrepancy of 1% from the actual data.

User experience during real-time data processing.

Given that a user interacts with the Customer Segmentation Insights feature, when data updates are processed, then the user interface should remain responsive, with no more than 2 seconds of loading time during updates.

Cross-platform Compatibility

"As a sales manager, I want to access customer segmentation insights from my mobile device so that I can collaborate with my team while traveling."

Description

The Cross-platform Compatibility requirement ensures that the Customer Segmentation Insights feature can be accessed and utilized across various devices and operating systems. This requirement emphasizes the need for a responsive design and compatibility with browsers, tablets, and mobile devices. By enabling access from different platforms, users will have the flexibility to analyze customer insights on the go, fostering a more efficient and productive workflow. This capability will allow teams to engage with their data anytime and anywhere, significantly enhancing user experience and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Customer Segmentation Insights from a Mobile Device

Given a user on a mobile device, when they navigate to the Customer Segmentation Insights feature, then the interface should display correctly without any horizontal scrolling and all functionalities should be available for user interaction.

Using Customer Segmentation Insights on Different Browsers

Given a user accessing the Customer Segmentation Insights feature from different web browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari), when they load the page, then the content should render correctly and all elements should function as intended without errors.

Analyzing Customer Segmentation Data on a Tablet

Given a user on a tablet device, when they access the Customer Segmentation Insights feature, then the layout should be responsive, utilizing the screen space efficiently, allowing the user to interact with charts and data seamlessly.

Switching Between Different Operating Systems

Given a user accessing Customer Segmentation Insights from different operating systems (Windows, macOS, iOS, Android), when they perform actions within the feature, then all functionalities should work consistently without performance degradation or feature restriction.

Testing Performance Under Multi-Device Scenarios

Given users accessing the Customer Segmentation Insights feature simultaneously from multiple devices, when they interact with the feature, then the performance should not degrade, with a consistent loading time of less than 2 seconds for the dashboard.

Offline Access for Customer Segmentation Insights

Given a user attempting to access the Customer Segmentation Insights feature offline, when they have previously loaded data, then they should be able to view the last loaded data without requiring an internet connection, while limited interactivity is enabled.

User Feedback Mechanism for Device Compatibility

Given users accessing Customer Segmentation Insights from various devices, when they encounter any issues, then they should be able to submit feedback through an easy-to-use interface within the application, ensuring their experiences are logged and addressed.

Customizable Dashboards

"As a business intelligence analyst, I want to customize my dashboard so that I can focus on the metrics that matter most for my customer segmentation analysis."

Description

The Customizable Dashboards requirement provides users with the ability to personalize their analytics view by selecting metrics, filters, and layouts according to their specific needs for the Customer Segmentation Insights feature. This capability empowers teams to tailor their data presentation, highlighting the most relevant information and facilitating deeper analysis. Users will benefit from improved focus and efficiency as they configure their dashboards to prioritize the data that impacts their strategies the most. Customizable dashboards reflect user preferences and enhance the overall effectiveness of data interpretation.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to create a personalized dashboard reflecting specific customer segmentation metrics to analyze target demographics for an upcoming campaign.

Given a logged-in user on the Customer Segmentation Insights page, when they select their desired metrics, filters, and layout options, then a customizable dashboard should be created displaying the selected configurations accurately.

Marketing manager needs to save their customized dashboard with specific metrics related to customer engagement and conversion rates for ongoing assessments.

Given a user has customized their dashboard on the platform, when they click the 'Save Dashboard' button, then the dashboard configuration should be stored and retrievable upon next login.

User intends to share their personalized dashboard with team members to facilitate collaborative analysis of customer data.

Given a user has a customized dashboard, when they select the 'Share Dashboard' option and enter valid team member emails, then the selected dashboard should be successfully shared with the designated users via email notification.

User aims to load previously saved dashboard configurations to continue their analysis without needing to recreate their custom setup.

Given a user has previously saved dashboards, when they navigate to the 'Load Dashboard' section and select a saved dashboard, then the dashboard should load with all previously configured metrics and filters intact.

User wants to apply real-time filters to their dashboard metrics to analyze customer behavior during a live campaign event.

Given a user is on their customized dashboard, when they apply a real-time filter for a date range and customer demographics, then the dashboard metrics should update dynamically to reflect the applied filters without requiring a page refresh.

User needs to reset their dashboard to the default settings after making unsatisfactory customizations.

Given a user is on their customized dashboard, when they click the 'Reset to Default' button, then all customizations should be removed, reverting the dashboard back to its default state.

User wants to adjust layout elements (such as widget positions) on their customized dashboard to enhance data visibility and usability.

Given a user is on their customized dashboard, when they drag and drop widget elements to new positions and save the layout, then the dashboard should retain the new layout upon refreshing the page.

Automated Reporting

"As a marketing manager, I want to automate my reports on customer segmentation so that I can spend more time analyzing insights rather than compiling data."

Description

The Automated Reporting requirement enables users to schedule and generate comprehensive reports on customer segmentation insights on a regular basis without manual intervention. This feature will streamline the reporting process, saving time for analysts who can focus on strategic initiatives rather than routine report generation. The automated reports will include key performance metrics and insights derived from customer data, ensuring that stakeholders receive timely and relevant information for informed decision-making. This will enhance operational efficiency and optimize communication within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Reporting Schedule Creation

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the reporting settings, then they should be able to create a new automated report schedule by selecting the report type, frequency, and email recipients.

Automated Report Generation

Given an existing automated report schedule, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically generate the report without manual intervention and store it in the designated location.

Email Notification for Automated Reports

Given a successfully generated automated report, when the report is completed, then an email notification should be sent to all designated recipients with a link to download the report.

Report Content Accuracy

Given a generated automated report, when a user reviews its content, then it must accurately reflect the latest customer segmentation data and key performance metrics as per the selected time frame.

User Interface for Report Management

Given a user in the reporting module, when they view the automated reports section, then they should see a list of all scheduled reports along with their statuses, allowing them to manage or delete schedules as needed.

Log of Automated Report Activity

Given that an automated report has been generated, when a user accesses the system logs, then there should be a record of the report generation event, including timestamp and user details when it was scheduled.

Error Handling for Report Generation Failures

Given a failed automated report generation attempt, when the system detects the failure, then it should log the error and send an alert email to the reporting administrator detailing the issue.

Segmentation Algorithm Enhancement

"As a data scientist, I want to enhance the segmentation algorithms so that I can provide more accurate and targeted insights for our marketing campaigns."

Description

The Segmentation Algorithm Enhancement requirement focuses on improving the algorithms used to analyze customer data, allowing for sophisticated segmentation based on advanced criteria such as behavioral patterns and predictive analytics. This enhancement is critical for providing users with deeper insights that guide targeted marketing strategies. By refining the algorithms, the Customer Segmentation Insights feature will yield more accurate and actionable segments, leading to enhanced marketing effectiveness. This will empower teams to make data-driven decisions that are aligned with nuanced customer preferences and behaviors.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer data is imported and segmented using the enhanced algorithms based on behavioral patterns and predictive analytics.

Given customer data is loaded into the DataHarmony platform, when the segmentation algorithm is applied, then customers are categorized into at least five unique segments based on their behavior and predictive scores.

A marketing team is preparing a campaign tailored for a specific customer segment identified by the enhanced algorithm.

Given the marketing team selects a target segment from the segmentation results, when they create a campaign, then they should see at least 20% historical engagement increase from that segment compared to previous campaigns.

Users analyze segment changes over time to measure the effectiveness of the new algorithm.

Given the segmentation algorithm has been applied, when users review segment performance after one month, then at least 70% of segments should show statistically significant changes in customer engagement metrics.

A user attempts to segment customers using the old and new algorithms for comparison.

Given the user inputs the same customer dataset into both the old and new algorithms, when the results are generated, then the new algorithm should produce at least three additional insights not captured by the old algorithm.

Users receive training on understanding and using the new segmentation algorithms for their campaigns.

Given training materials are provided, when users complete the training session, then at least 90% of participants should correctly answer a follow-up quiz demonstrating their understanding of how to utilize the new algorithms in their strategies.

A data analyst checks the accuracy of the segmentation against real-world customer behavior.

Given a new batch of customer feedback data, when the analyst compares this feedback with the segmentation output, then at least 85% of the segmented customers should have received feedback that aligns with their segment characteristics.

Sales Trend Analyzer

The Sales Trend Analyzer visualizes historical sales data to identify emerging trends and patterns over time. This feature equips users with powerful analytical tools to forecast future sales and adjust strategies accordingly. By leveraging historical data for predictive insights, users can make informed decisions that drive sustainable growth.

Requirements

Historical Data Visualization

"As a sales analyst, I want to visualize historical sales data so that I can identify trends and patterns that inform my sales strategies."

Description

The Historical Data Visualization requirement focuses on providing intuitive and interactive visualizations of past sales data. This will allow users to view historical performance metrics, sales figures, and patterns over defined periods. By leveraging various visualization techniques such as line graphs, bar charts, and heatmaps, this feature will enable users to easily comprehend complex datasets. The primary benefit of this requirement is to empower data-driven decision-making, enhancing users’ ability to spot trends, anomalies, and opportunities in historical sales data, contributing to improved forecasting accuracy and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User examines historical sales patterns for the last fiscal year to evaluate quarterly performance.

Given the user accesses the Historical Data Visualization feature, when they select the last fiscal year, then the platform displays a line graph representing quarterly sales figures with accurate data points.

User identifies sales anomalies by reviewing monthly performance data from the previous year.

Given the user views the Historical Data Visualization, when they select the previous year's month data, then the system highlights months with sales anomalies in a contrasting color on the bar chart.

User wants to visualize sales trends across multiple product lines over the last five years.

Given the user has selected the last five years and multiple product lines, when they generate the visualization, then a comparative bar chart is displayed showing trends for each product line clearly labeled.

User attempts to obtain insights into seasonal sales variation using heatmaps.

Given the user is in the Historical Data Visualization section, when they select the seasonal view option, then a heatmap is generated showing sales density over different seasons, with a clear key for interpretation.

User generates a report summarizing historical sales data for a presentation.

Given the user finalizes their visualization, when they export the report, then the exported document includes all visualized data in a presentable format with PDF compatibility.

User filters sales data by region to analyze performance variations.

Given the user applies a filter for specific regions, when they view the historical data visualization, then the graphs update dynamically to reflect only the selected region's sales data.

User seeks to understand the impact of marketing campaigns on sales data over the past year.

Given the user inputs the dates of marketing campaigns, when they visualize the sales data, then the relevant sales increases are annotated clearly on the graph to show the correlation with marketing efforts.

Trend Forecasting Engine

"As a sales manager, I want to receive forecasts for upcoming sales trends so that I can adjust my marketing and sales strategies accordingly."

Description

The Trend Forecasting Engine requirement aims to implement advanced analytics tools capable of predicting future sales trends based on historical data. By utilizing machine learning algorithms and statistical modeling, this engine will analyze past performance metrics to forecast potential sales outcomes. This feature is crucial for optimizing inventory management, enhancing marketing strategies, and facilitating proactive business decisions. The integration of this engine within DataHarmony will provide users with actionable insights and drive significant business growth by helping organizations stay ahead of market trends.

Acceptance Criteria

Sales manager uploads last quarter's sales data to analyze trends.

Given the sales data is prepared in the required format, When the sales manager uploads the data file, Then the system should successfully process the data without errors and display a confirmation message.

A user applies filters to historical sales data to identify trends by product category.

Given the user selects a specific product category and date range, When they click on the 'Analyze Trends' button, Then the system should display the sales trends related to that category and time frame accurately.

A user generates a forecast report based on existing sales data.

Given a user has historical sales data and selects the 'Generate Forecast' option, When the forecast is processed, Then the system should produce a detailed report with predicted sales for the next quarter, including graphical representations.

A sales executive reviews predictive insights from the Trend Forecasting Engine.

Given the predictive insights have been generated, When the sales executive accesses the insights dashboard, Then they should see actionable insights related to upcoming sales trends and patterns that are easy to interpret.

Users receive alerts about significant changes in predicted sales trends.

Given that the Trend Forecasting Engine identifies a significant deviation in forecasted sales, When the alert condition is met, Then the users should receive real-time notifications via email or in-app alerts.

The system integrates with existing inventory management tools to adjust stock levels based on forecasts.

Given that the forecast data indicates a change in sales trends, When the system processes this data, Then it should automatically suggest inventory adjustments to align with predicted sales outcomes.

An administrator manages user permissions for accessing the Trend Forecasting Engine feature.

Given the administrator is logged into the system, When they update user roles and permissions, Then the changes should be reflected immediately and users should access the appropriate features based on their permissions.

Customizable Reporting Tool

"As a business intelligence analyst, I want to generate customizable reports so that I can present sales data that is tailored to my team's specific needs."

Description

The Customizable Reporting Tool requirement seeks to give users the ability to generate tailored reports based on specific criteria and metrics. Users should be able to select the data parameters, visualization types, and layouts to create reports that meet their individual needs. This flexibility will not only enhance user experience but also ensure that critical insights are easily accessible and understandable. By empowering users to create personalized reports, this feature will facilitate more efficient communication of sales performance and strategic insights across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a report to analyze sales performance for the last quarter using the customizable reporting tool.

Given the user has access to the customizable reporting tool, when they select the 'Last Quarter' as the time frame, and choose specific sales metrics (e.g., total sales, average order value), and visualize it using a bar chart, then the system generates a report that displays the selected metrics accurately and in the specified format.

User wants to create a report that combines sales data with customer demographics for targeted analysis.

Given the user is logged into the platform, when they select both sales data and customer demographics as data parameters, and choose a pie chart as the visualization type, then the report should be generated showing the combined data accurately and allow for download in PDF format.

A business analyst needs to adjust the layout of the report to focus on specific sales regions.

Given the customizable reporting tool is accessible to the user, when they modify the layout by dragging metrics for different sales regions into the main view, and save the report, then the system should retain the new layout and allow the user to run the report with the updated view successfully.

User wants to save a frequently used report template for future use.

Given a user has created a report with selected parameters and visualizations, when they select the 'Save as Template' option, then the system should prompt for a template name and successfully save the report format as a reusable template in the user's account.

User needs to generate a report that compares sales data across multiple years.

Given the customizable reporting tool is in use, when the user selects multiple years as the time frame and chooses line chart as a visualization option, then the system should produce a comparative report displaying sales trends over the selected years accurately.

A user wants to filter the report to exclude certain product categories from their analysis.

Given the user has accessed the reporting tool, when they apply the filter to exclude specific product categories and generate the report, then the resulting report should not include any data related to the excluded categories and display accurate remaining data accordingly.

Real-time Data Integration

"As a sales director, I want real-time access to sales data so that I can promptly respond to market changes and optimize team performance."

Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement focuses on establishing seamless data flow between various sales platforms and DataHarmony. This will enable users to have access to live data, ensuring that their analysis and trend forecasting are based on the most current information available. The integration will allow for automatic updates to sales data as transactions occur, which is critical for making timely and informed decisions in fast-paced sales environments. This requirement is essential for enhancing the reliability and effectiveness of the Sales Trend Analyzer feature.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Sales Trend Analyzer on DataHarmony after a new sales transaction occurs in their integrated sales platform.

Given that an integration with a sales platform is established, when a new transaction is recorded, then the Sales Trend Analyzer should display the updated sales data within five minutes.

Sales teams schedule regular reviews to monitor trends and patterns using DataHarmony's predictive analytics features based on the most current data.

Given that real-time integration is successful, when sales data updates occur, then all users should receive an alert notifying them of the updated data within two minutes of the transaction.

A user generates a report based on the Sales Trend Analyzer results during a quarterly sales meeting.

Given real-time data is integrated, when the user generates a report, then the report should include data from the last 24 hours without any discrepancies or outdated information.

A sales manager attempts to forecast future sales trends using DataHarmony's forecasting tools during a high-volume sales period.

Given that data integration is functioning correctly, when the sales manager accesses the forecasting tool, then the forecast should reflect the latest sales data and trends accurately, with at least 95% reliability in predictions.

Users engage in a training session to learn how to utilize the Sales Trend Analyzer effectively post-integration.

Given that the integration is live, when users complete the training, then they should be able to demonstrate understanding by accurately navigating the Sales Trend Analyzer and locating live data updates within 10 minutes.

DataHarmony's system administrator monitors the integration logs for errors or delays in data flow.

Given that real-time data integration is implemented, when the administrator checks logs, then there should be no critical errors and delays logged that exceed 10 minutes over a period of 24 hours.

Sales analysts use the Sales Trend Analyzer to compare last month's sales data with real-time data during a strategy planning session.

Given that the integration is active, when the sales analysts compare the data, then they should find less than a 2% variance in figures between last month's reported data and the real-time data out of ten comparisons.

User Access and Custom Permissions

"As a system administrator, I want to set custom permissions for users so that I can ensure data security while enabling collaboration among my team members."

Description

The User Access and Custom Permissions requirement will establish a system for managing user roles and permissions within the Sales Trend Analyzer feature. This functionality will ensure that users have access to the data and tools relevant to their roles while maintaining data security and compliance. By allowing administrative control over user access levels, this feature will enhance collaboration among team members and protect sensitive information. It is vital for organizations to manage data access effectively, shaping a secure and streamlined user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for the Sales Trend Analyzer Feature

Given an admin user, when they assign roles to employees, then each employee should be able to access features and data according to their assigned roles without any unauthorized access.

Custom Permissions Configuration

Given an admin user, when the user configures custom permissions, then the system should allow for role-specific visibility and access to datasets and analytical tools based on those permissions.

Access Control Verification for Regular Users

Given a regular user, when they log into the Sales Trend Analyzer, then they should see only the data and tools relevant to their role, while sensitive data should be hidden from view.

Audit Log for Permission Changes

Given an admin user, when they make any changes to user roles or permissions, then the system should generate an audit log capturing the user, changes made, timestamp, and a summary of the changes.

User Feedback on Access Levels

Given a standard user, when they experience restrictions in accessing certain datasets, then they should be able to submit feedback regarding their access levels through the application interface.

Data Security Compliance Checks

Given the system is operational, when a compliance audit occurs, then the user access and permission settings should align with established data privacy regulations and internal policies.

Role Change Notifications

Given an admin has changed a user's role, when the change is saved, then the user should receive a notification about their new access level and permissions within the Sales Trend Analyzer.

Engagement Scoreboard

The Engagement Scoreboard aggregates various metrics related to customer interactions, providing a comprehensive view of customer engagement levels. This feature enables teams to evaluate the effectiveness of their outreach strategies, refine messaging, and improve customer relationships based on data-driven insights.

Requirements

Real-time Data Aggregation

"As a marketing manager, I want to see real-time engagement metrics so that I can make timely decisions to improve our outreach strategies and increase customer interaction."

Description

The Real-time Data Aggregation requirement stipulates that the Engagement Scoreboard must be capable of aggregating customer engagement data from multiple sources in real time. This functionality will ensure that all data related to customer interactions, such as email opens, clicks, website visits, and social media engagements, is continuously updated and available for analysis. The benefit of this requirement is the provision of up-to-date insights that enable teams to react swiftly to customer behaviors and optimize outreach strategies. By incorporating APIs and webhooks, the system will unify these disparate data streams into a single, coherent dashboard, enhancing the overall effectiveness of customer engagement efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

When the Engagement Scoreboard is accessed by a marketing team, they should see the most recent customer engagement data from multiple sources consolidated into a single dashboard.

Given that data sources are connected, when the dashboard is opened, then the latest engagement metrics for email opens, clicks, website visits, and social media interactions should be displayed within 5 seconds.

As a user interacts with the Engagement Scoreboard, they should be able to filter the displayed engagement metrics by date and source of interaction.

Given that the dashboard has engagement metrics, when the user applies a filter for the last 7 days and selects social media as the source, then only the metrics from social media interactions within that date range should be shown.

The Engagement Scoreboard must provide a real-time update of engagement metrics without requiring the user to refresh the dashboard manually.

Given that the user is viewing the dashboard, when new customer engagement data is received via API or webhook, then the relevant engagement metrics on the dashboard should update automatically in under 10 seconds.

The marketing team wants to assess the impact of a recent campaign on customer engagement by comparing pre-campaign and post-campaign data.

Given that the dashboard has pre-campaign and post-campaign sections, when the user selects the campaign start date, then the user should see a clear comparison of engagement metrics before and after the campaign.

Business leaders need to extract engagement data for deeper analysis in a spreadsheet.

Given that the dashboard is displaying engagement metrics, when a user clicks on the export button, then the user should receive a CSV file containing all displayed engagement data for that session.

The system should be able to handle simultaneous data streams from multiple sources without any loss of data.

Given that multiple data sources are sending engagement data simultaneously, when the streams are aggregated, then the Engagement Scoreboard should display all data accurately without any discrepancies or delays.

Customizable Metrics Display

"As a user, I want to customize my dashboard metrics so that I can focus on the data that is most relevant to my current projects and goals."

Description

The Customizable Metrics Display requirement allows users to customize the metrics displayed on the Engagement Scoreboard according to their specific needs and preferences. Users will have the ability to choose which engagement metrics resonate most with their goals, adjust visualizations, and arrange the layout of the dashboard to fit their workflow. This flexibility is critical for empowering teams to focus on the most relevant data, thereby enhancing user satisfaction and decision-making efficiency. The implementation will involve a user-friendly drag-and-drop interface and options for metric selection from a predefined list.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes engagement metrics on the Engagement Scoreboard for a specific marketing campaign.

Given the user accesses the Engagement Scoreboard, when they select metrics from the customization options and save changes, then the selected metrics should be displayed on the scoreboard according to user preferences.

User arranges the layout of the Engagement Scoreboard with preferred metric placements.

Given the user is interacting with the Engagement Scoreboard, when they drag and drop metrics to desired locations on the dashboard, then the layout should update to reflect these changes and remain consistent across sessions.

User selects multiple engagement metrics to analyze customer interaction effectiveness.

Given a predefined list of metrics available for selection, when the user selects multiple metrics for display, then the metrics should be cumulatively displayed with corresponding data visualizations without errors.

User utilizes the drag-and-drop functionality to rearrange metrics on the Engagement Scoreboard

Given the user is on the Engagement Scoreboard, when they click and hold a metric and drag it to a new position, then the metric should move to the new location without any losing previously saved configurations.

User modifies the visual representation of selected metrics on the Engagement Scoreboard.

Given the user has selected specific metrics, when they choose a different visualization option from the settings, then the selected metrics should update visually immediately according to the new representation.

User attempts to save custom metric settings on the Engagement Scoreboard

Given the user has made customizations on the Engagement Scoreboard, when they click the save button, then a confirmation message should indicate the settings are saved successfully, and changes should reflect upon next load.

User reviews the impact of adjustments made to the scoreboard settings on their team performance.

Given that the user has adjusted metrics and visualizations, when they generate a report based on the metrics, then the report should accurately reflect the current settings of the Engagement Scoreboard and analytics results.

Visual Data Analytics Tools

"As a data analyst, I want to use visual analytics tools to interpret customer engagement data so that I can easily communicate insights to my team in a clear and impactful way."

Description

The Visual Data Analytics Tools requirement articulates the need for the Engagement Scoreboard to include advanced visualization tools such as graphs, charts, and heat maps that simplify the interpretation of customer engagement data. With these tools, users can quickly identify trends and anomalies, discern patterns over time, and make data-driven conclusions. This capability enhances analytical rigor and empowers users to present data insights in a visually compelling manner, facilitating better communication within teams and fostering a culture of data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Visualization Tools

Given that a user has access to the Engagement Scoreboard, when they select a visualization tool (e.g., graph, chart, or heatmap) from the menu, then the selected visualization should render accurate and up-to-date data reflecting customer engagement metrics within 2 seconds.

Customization of Visualizations

Given that a user is viewing a visualization on the Engagement Scoreboard, when they choose to customize the visualization parameters (e.g., date range, specific metrics), then the updated visualization should accurately reflect changes in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Exporting Visualization Data

Given that a user has created a visualization on the Engagement Scoreboard, when they select the option to export the visualization to a report format (e.g., PDF, CSV), then the exported file should include all relevant data and maintain the integrity of the visual elements as displayed on the dashboard.

Tooltip Functionality in Visualizations

Given that a user hovers over a data point in a graph or chart on the Engagement Scoreboard, when they interact with the data point, then a tooltip should appear displaying detailed information about the data point, including the specific metric values and context.

Integration with User Roles and Permissions

Given that a user belongs to a specific role with defined permissions, when they attempt to access visualization tools on the Engagement Scoreboard, then the system should allow or restrict access based on the user's role, ensuring appropriate data governance.

Mobile Responsiveness of Visualization Tools

Given that a user accesses the Engagement Scoreboard via a mobile device, when they interact with any visualization tool, then the visualizations should be fully responsive and maintain usability, ensuring all key data points are visible without horizontal scrolling.

Real-Time Data Refresh

Given that a user is actively viewing a visualization on the Engagement Scoreboard, when there is a change in the underlying customer engagement data, then the visualization should automatically refresh within 5 seconds to reflect the most current information.

Historical Data Comparison

"As a product manager, I want to compare current engagement metrics with historical data so that I can assess the effectiveness of our marketing campaigns and refine our strategies accordingly."

Description

The Historical Data Comparison requirement mandates that the Engagement Scoreboard provide functionality for comparing current engagement metrics against historical data over various time frames. This feature will allow users to analyze performance trends, measure the impact of changes in outreach strategies, and identify long-term patterns or shifts in customer behavior. By presenting such comparative analytics, teams can make informed adjustments and strategic forecasts. The implementation will involve database queries and a user-friendly interface for selecting comparison periods.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a specific engagement metric (e.g., email open rates) and compares the current month's data against the same month in the previous year on the Engagement Scoreboard.

Given that the user selects 'Email Open Rates' as the engagement metric, When they choose 'January' from the current year and 'January' from the previous year for comparison, Then the scoreboard should display the percentage change in email open rates along with historical data for both periods.

A user intends to analyze customer engagement trends over a quarterly period to assess the impact of a new promotional campaign.

Given that the user selects 'Quarterly' as the comparison period, When they select the last quarter and the quarter prior, Then the scoreboard should present a side-by-side comparison of engagement metrics and highlight any significant changes exceeding 10%.

A business analyst needs to generate a report that includes historical comparison charts of engagement scores over the last year for an upcoming presentation.

Given that the analyst requests a report for 'Engagement Score' over the last year, When they click on 'Generate Report', Then the system should compile a report with graphical representations of monthly scores, including comparative analysis against the previous year, which can be exported as a PDF.

A marketing manager wants to identify trends in customer interaction based on different outreach strategies used across various time frames.

Given that the marketing manager selects multiple engagement metrics (e.g., clicks, conversions) and defines a custom time frame for comparison, When they initiate the comparison, Then the dashboard should display an integrated view of all selected metrics with clear visualizations indicating performance trends over the selected time frames.

A customer success team wishes to evaluate the effectiveness of changes made to their customer outreach strategy over the last three months.

Given that the customer success team chooses 'Last 3 months' as the timeframe for analysis, When the analysis is executed, Then the scoreboard should display engagement metrics over the selected months and provide insights and recommendations based on changes in the data trends.

A user is looking to quickly switch between various predefined comparison periods to analyze performance fluctuations rapidly.

Given that the user has access to a dropdown list of predefined comparison periods (weekly, monthly, quarterly, yearly), When they select a different time frame from this list, Then the scoreboard should refresh and display the relevant engagement metrics for the selected period without any errors or delays.

Automated Reporting

"As a team lead, I want automated reports on customer engagement metrics delivered to my inbox so that I can stay informed of our team's performance without needing to pull the data manually every time."

Description

The Automated Reporting requirement specifies that the Engagement Scoreboard must generate and distribute periodic reports on customer engagement automatically. Users can schedule these reports to be sent via email or published to an internal portal, providing stakeholders with regular updates on engagement performance. This functionality enhances operational efficiency and ensures that team members have access to critical insights without manual intervention. By incorporating customizable report templates, this requirement also allows users to define the content and frequency of reports based on their needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Reporting for Weekly Customer Engagement Metrics

Given a user has scheduled a weekly report to be generated on customer engagement metrics, When the scheduled time is reached, Then the report should be automatically generated and sent to the defined recipients via email.

Customization of Report Templates for Different Stakeholders

Given a user has selected a specific report template for their engagement metrics, When the report is generated, Then the report should reflect the customizations specified by the user, including metrics selected and layout adjustments.

Validation of Report Distribution to Internal Portal

Given a user has scheduled a report to be published to the internal portal, When the scheduled distribution occurs, Then the report should appear in the designated section of the internal portal without manual intervention.

Automatic Alert for Report Generation Failures

Given that a report is scheduled for automatic generation, When the report generation fails for any reason, Then the system should send an alert notification to the user detailing the reason for the failure.

User Interface for Scheduling Reports

Given a user is in the report scheduling section, When they access the scheduling interface, Then they should be able to easily configure the report frequency, recipients, and template options within a user-friendly interface.

Testing the Frequency of Automated Reports

Given a user has set a daily report frequency, When the day passes, Then the system must generate and send the report exactly once within the scheduled time window.

Data Accuracy in Generated Reports

Given a report is generated on customer engagement metrics, When the report is reviewed, Then the data presented in the report must accurately reflect the underlying engagement data from the system within the specified date range.

AI-driven Insights and Recommendations

"As a business strategist, I want AI-driven recommendations for our outreach efforts so that I can optimize our strategy and increase customer engagement effectively."

Description

The AI-driven Insights and Recommendations requirement establishes the necessity for the Engagement Scoreboard to leverage machine learning algorithms to analyze engagement data and provide actionable insights. This feature will offer recommendations for content strategies, timing of outreach, and customer segments to target for maximum impact. Implementing this requirement not only enhances the platform's value proposition by enabling proactive decision-making but also supports users in optimizing their engagement strategies based on predicted behaviors. It will involve data science models and an iterative feedback loop to refine recommendations based on user interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

AI-Driven Insights Generation for Customer Segments

Given a set of historical engagement data, when the AI-driven Insights feature is activated, then the system should generate at least three actionable insights based on customer segments within 2 seconds.

Recommendation for Content Strategies

Given user-defined parameters for target audience and engagement goals, when the user requests recommendations, then the system should provide at least five tailored content strategy suggestions within 3 seconds.

Real-time Engagement Level Tracking

Given real-time data on customer interactions, when the engagement level is re-calibrated, then the Engagement Scoreboard should update engagement metrics and AI recommendations in less than 5 seconds without disruption.

User Interaction Feedback Loop

Given that users are interacting with recommended strategies, when the system collects feedback data, then the AI model should adjust its recommendations based on user feedback within the next iteration of engagement score calculation.

Performance Metrics Analysis

Given the output of the AI-driven insights, when an analytics report is generated, then it should include at least three performance metrics (e.g., conversion rates, reach, and engagement) and be accessible to users in less than 10 seconds.

Scalability with Increasing Data Volumes

Given a simulation of increasing data volumes over time, when the Engagement Scoreboard is under load, then it should maintain performance, generating insights within predefined timing thresholds (under 5 seconds) for each increment.

Lead Conversion Visualizer

Lead Conversion Visualizer tracks potential customer movements through the sales funnel and highlights areas where leads may drop off. This feature provides actionable insights into the sales process, allowing teams to implement targeted strategies that improve conversion rates and optimize the customer experience.

Requirements

Sales Funnel Tracking

"As a sales manager, I want to visualize where my leads drop off in the sales funnel so that I can develop strategies to improve conversion rates."

Description

The Sales Funnel Tracking requirement aims to provide a comprehensive view of potential customers as they navigate through the sales process. This functionality will track user interactions and movements within the funnel, thereby enabling sales teams to identify critical points where leads may drop off. The benefit of this requirement lies in its ability to deliver actionable insights that help teams understand conversion dynamics better, allowing for targeted interventions to enhance conversion rates. Furthermore, it integrates seamlessly with existing analytics tools within DataHarmony, ensuring a unified data experience and real-time visibility into sales performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Sales team monitoring the journey of a specific lead through the sales funnel to identify conversion bottlenecks.

Given a lead in the sales funnel, when tracking is activated, then the system should accurately reflect the lead's progress from awareness to conversion, displaying timestamps for each stage.

Sales managers reviewing monthly reports to assess the performance of the sales funnel and identify areas for improvement.

Given a completed month, when the sales funnel report is generated, then it should include metrics such as conversion rates, drop-off points, and average time spent in each funnel stage.

Sales representatives analyzing their individual performance in converting leads to sales.

Given a sales representative's unique profile, when the conversion visualizer is accessed, then it should display the representative's conversion statistics, highlighting high-performing and low-performing leads.

Integrating Sales Funnel Tracking with DataHarmony's existing analytics tools for a holistic data view.

Given the integration process is completed, when analytics dashboards are accessed, then the sales funnel tracking data should be seamlessly displayed alongside other relevant performance metrics.

Sales teams implementing targeted strategies based on actionable insights derived from funnel tracking.

Given insights from funnel tracking, when a strategy is proposed, then the proposed strategy should address at least two identified drop-off points with clear action steps.

Admin users setting permissions for team members to access sales funnel tracking data.

Given an admin user, when setting permissions for team members, then the system should allow admins to grant or revoke access to the sales funnel tracking data based on user roles.

Sales teams conducting A/B testing on different sales approaches based on funnel analytics.

Given two distinct sales strategies, when implemented in a controlled A/B testing phase, then the sales funnel should capture and compare the conversion rates of both strategies effectively.

Drop-off Rate Analysis

"As a data analyst, I want to analyze drop-off rates at each stage of the sales funnel so that I can recommend data-driven strategies for improvement."

Description

The Drop-off Rate Analysis requirement is designed to assess and report on the percentage of leads that exit the sales funnel at various stages. This assessment will provide vital insights into which parts of the sales process may be causing 'leakage,' or where user engagement declines. By leveraging this analysis, organizations can pinpoint weaknesses in their sales process, augment their strategies for those specific areas, and subsequently boost overall engagement and conversion rates. This feature will seamlessly feed into the overall reporting module of DataHarmony, allowing for an integrated view of performance metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

Analyzing lead drop-off rates after a marketing campaign is launched, the sales team accesses the Drop-off Rate Analysis feature to review performance metrics and identify which stages of the sales funnel need improvement.

Given that a marketing campaign has been executed, when the sales team accesses the Lead Conversion Visualizer's Drop-off Rate Analysis, then it should display the drop-off rates for all stages of the sales funnel categorized by demographics and campaign type within a 5-second load time.

Sales managers want to compare drop-off rates from different sales cycles to identify trends and improve strategies. They will use the report generated by the Drop-off Rate Analysis to prepare insights for the upcoming strategy meeting.

Given that multiple sales cycles have been analyzed, when the sales manager generates a report for drop-off rates, then the report should accurately reflect drop-off percentages over time with comparative visualizations, and it should be exportable in PDF and CSV formats.

Executives are periodically reviewing the sales funnel efficiency and need a high-level view of the drop-off data. The Drop-off Rate Analysis feature should provide them with an overview dashboard that summarizes key metrics.

Given that the executives want an overview of sales funnel efficiency, when they access the Drop-off Rate Analysis dashboard, then it should present a summary of total leads, conversion rates by stage, and highlight the top three areas with the highest drop-off in a visually intuitive format.

Sales representatives monitor their individual performance on lead conversion. They will check their personal dashboard to see specific drop-off rates from their leads in real-time.

Given that a sales representative is logged into their dashboard, when they select the Drop-off Rate Analysis feature, then it should display a personalized view of drop-off rates for leads assigned to them in real-time, updated automatically every minute.

A data analyst is tasked with diagnosing reasons for a sudden drop in conversion rates. They need to use the Drop-off Rate Analysis to pinpoint issues and provide actionable insights.

Given that a decline in conversion rates has been reported, when the data analyst queries the Drop-off Rate Analysis, then it should allow them to filter by specific time ranges and sales strategies to identify the exact stages of the sales funnel causing the drop-off, providing relevant metrics.

The marketing team requires insights from the Drop-off Rate Analysis to adjust their lead generation strategies effectively. They will need historical data comparison to understand impact.

Given that the marketing team intends to adjust lead generation strategies, when they retrieve historical drop-off rate data from the Drop-off Rate Analysis, then it should provide a comprehensive comparison report including visual graphs of at least the last six months for informed decision-making.

Real-time Alerts and Notifications

"As a sales representative, I want to receive real-time alerts when a potential lead shows signs of dropping off so that I can take immediate action to retain their interest."

Description

The Real-time Alerts and Notifications requirement will enable the platform to send alerts to sales teams when lead activity suggests a potential drop-off. This proactive approach will equip teams to engage with leads at critical moments, fostering better relationships and reducing the likelihood of abandonment. Alerts can be customized based on specific actions or criteria defined by the team. The integration ensures that sales teams remain informed and can act quickly to improve lead conversion metrics, reinforcing DataHarmony’s commitment to data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Lead engagement during potential drop-off moments

Given a sales team member is assigned to a lead, when the lead demonstrates inactivity for 24 hours without interaction, then an alert should be sent to the sales team member's dashboard and via email notification.

Customizable alerts based on user-defined criteria

Given the sales team has defined specific actions that indicate potential drop-off, when one of those actions is detected (e.g., lead opens an email but does not follow through), then the system should trigger a notification based on those criteria.

Monitoring multiple leads simultaneously

Given a sales team member is managing multiple leads, when any lead activity suggests a potential drop-off, then the system should send simultaneous alerts for all affected leads to the team member’s dashboard to ensure timely engagement.

Frequency and timing of alerts

Given the need for effective communication, when a lead's activity continues to indicate drop-off risks, then the system should limit alerts to a maximum of three times within a 48-hour period to avoid notification fatigue, but should escalate to a senior team member if further inactivity occurs.

Integration with existing communication tools

Given that the sales team utilizes various communication tools, when an alert is triggered, then the notification should also be able to be sent directly to the team's Slack or Teams channel if configured to do so.

User feedback loop for alert effectiveness

Given that alerts have been issued, when a sales team member follows up with a lead as a result of receiving an alert, then they should have the option to provide feedback on the alert's relevance and effectiveness through a simple rating system within the platform interface.

Performance Dashboards

"As a sales executive, I want to see a dashboard displaying key performance indicators for lead conversion so that I can assess my team’s effectiveness at a glance."

Description

The Performance Dashboards requirement focuses on creating visually engaging dashboards that provide an overview of conversion metrics, lead activity, and drop-off rates in one centralized location. This visualization will simplify complex data sets, allowing stakeholders to quickly assess team performance and the effectiveness of the sales funnel. By consolidating key metrics, the dashboards will support data-driven decisions, enhance team accountability, and allow for easy identification of trends over time. The dashboards will be customizable, responding to the specific needs of different user roles within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard displays accurate lead conversion metrics for end-of-quarter review.

Given a user with access to the Performance Dashboard, when the user selects the 'End of Quarter' date range, then the dashboard displays conversion metrics that match the CRM records for that period.

Customization options reflect user preferences for dashboard views.

Given a user with customization privileges, when the user adjusts the dashboard settings to show specific metrics in a preferred layout, then those settings are saved and displayed correctly upon next login.

Dashboard updates in real-time as new lead data is entered.

Given the dashboard is open, when new lead information is input into the system, then the dashboard refreshes automatically to reflect the most current lead conversion data.

Dashboard includes visual representation of lead drop-off rates throughout the sales funnel.

Given a user reviewing the dashboard, when they focus on the 'Drop-off Rates' section, then they can view a graphical representation showing percentages at each stage of the sales funnel.

Stakeholders receive a summary report generated from the dashboard metrics.

Given a user with reporting access, when the user requests a summary report from the dashboard, then a complete PDF report containing all key metrics and trends is generated and made available for download.

The dashboard is accessible across multiple devices including desktops and tablets.

Given a user accessing the dashboard from a tablet, when the user navigates to the Performance Dashboard, then the dashboard layout is responsive and maintains functionality.

Action Plans Generator

"As a team leader, I want an automated recommendation system for action plans that suggests improvements based on data so that I can implement effective lead conversion strategies swiftly."

Description

The Action Plans Generator requirement will provide automated suggestions for improving lead conversion based on the data collected through the Sales Funnel Tracking, Drop-off Rate Analysis, and Performance Dashboards. This feature will utilize machine learning algorithms to analyze historical trends and predict optimal strategies for engagement based on lead behavior. The automation of action plans aims to save time for sales teams while ensuring that strategies formulated are data-driven and targeted. The implementation will enhance the overall effectiveness of the sales process by fostering consistency in engagement strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Triggered Action Plans Based on Lead Behavior Analysis

Given a set of historical lead behavior data, when the Action Plans Generator is activated, then it should provide at least three actionable strategies based on the analysis of dropout points in the sales funnel.

User Interface for Action Plans Review

Given the Action Plans Generator has produced a set of suggestions, when a sales team member accesses the user interface, then they should be able to view, sort, and filter suggested action plans in a user-friendly layout.

Machine Learning Optimization for Strategy Suggestions

Given the integration of machine learning algorithms, when new data is introduced into the system, then the Action Plans Generator should adapt and improve its suggested strategies based on the latest insights and trends with a 90% accuracy rate.

Notification System for Action Plan Updates

Given the Action Plans Generator generates new strategies, when these plans are published, then users should receive real-time notifications through the platform's notification system to ensure timely implementation.

Evaluation Metrics for Action Plan Effectiveness

Given implemented action plans, when sales performance data is reviewed after 30 days, then the system should display metrics showing conversion improvements that meet or exceed a 15% increase as a result of the adopted strategies.

Integration with Existing Performance Dashboards

Given that the Action Plans Generator is activated, when users review their existing performance dashboards, then the system should display integrated insights about how the generated action plans have influenced current metrics of lead conversion.

User Feedback Collection on Action Plans

Given action plans have been executed, when users provide feedback through the review mechanism, then the system should allow users to rate and comment on the effectiveness of each plan, ensuring continuous improvement in strategy generation.

Lead Segmentation Tools

"As a marketing manager, I want to segment leads based on their behaviors and profiles so that I can tailor my engagement strategies for better conversion rates."

Description

The Lead Segmentation Tools requirement will facilitate the categorization of leads based on various criteria such as demographics, behavior, and engagement levels. By providing these segmentation capabilities, sales teams will be able to tailor their strategies to different lead groups, allowing for more personalized interactions and higher chances of conversion. This feature will be integrated with existing analytics frameworks in DataHarmony, enabling sales teams to leverage data effectively and efficiently. The targeted approach will enhance customer experience and increase the success rate of sales efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

Lead Segmentation Tools allows sales teams to filter and categorize leads based on specific criteria like demographics, behavior, and engagement levels during their routine sales meetings.

Given that I am a sales team member, when I access the Lead Segmentation Tools, then I should be able to see at least three predefined segmentation categories (e.g., demographics, behavior, engagement) and successfully filter leads accordingly.

As a sales manager, I need to generate reports based on segmented leads to track team performance and conversion rates over a specified period.

Given that I am a sales manager, when I generate a report using the Lead Segmentation Tools, then I should be able to customize the report parameters and receive data that reflects lead conversion rates segmented by the selected criteria.

During a team training session, I want to familiarize new sales representatives with the Lead Segmentation Tools interface to improve their efficiency in categorizing leads.

Given that I am an instructor, when I demonstrate the Lead Segmentation Tools, then new sales representatives should be able to easily navigate the interface and apply a filter to categorize leads within 10 minutes.

The sales team is implementing customized outreach strategies targeting segmented leads based on their engagement scores from previous interactions.

Given that I am a member of the sales team, when I apply the engagement score filter to identify leads, then I should get a list of leads with engagement scores above a specified threshold for targeted outreach.

As the analytics lead, I want to ensure that the segmentation data is integrated with the existing analytics framework to provide comprehensive insights on lead performance.

Given that I am using the analytics tools, when I access lead segmentation data, then the information should reflect correctly within the existing dashboard without any discrepancies.

Sales representatives need to access historical data related to segmented leads to understand previous engagement and improve current strategies.

Given that I am a sales representative, when I review a segmented lead profile, then I should be able to view historical engagement data and interactions linked to that lead.

Dynamic Sales Heatmap

The Dynamic Sales Heatmap visualizes sales performance across regions or demographic groups, helping users identify high-performing areas and underperforming segments. By visually representing data, this feature aids in strategic decision-making and resource allocation, allowing Sales Managers to focus their efforts where they matter most.

Requirements

Interactive Region Selection

"As a Sales Manager, I want to select specific regions on the heatmap so that I can analyze sales performance and tailor my strategies based on geographical data."

Description

The Interactive Region Selection requirement allows users to click on specific regions on the heatmap to drill down into detailed sales data. Users can easily filter results based on selected criteria, enabling a deeper analysis of regional performance. This functionality enhances user engagement and provides the capability to obtain actionable insights from the analysis of segmented regions. By allowing users to interactively choose regions, this requirement fosters a more informed decision-making process by presenting complex data in a digestible manner.

Acceptance Criteria

User clicks on a specific region in the heatmap to view sales data.

Given a heatmap displaying various regions,When the user clicks on a specific region,Then the system should display detailed sales data for that region within three seconds.

User applies filters to the sales data after selecting a region.

Given the user is viewing sales data for a selected region,When the user applies specific filters (like date range or product category),Then the system must update the displayed data to reflect the filtered results within five seconds.

User navigates back from detailed sales data to the overall heatmap.

Given the user is viewing detailed sales data for a region,When the user clicks the 'Back' button,Then the system should return the user to the main heatmap view within three seconds and maintain the user's previously selected region's highlight.

User interacts with a tooltip on the heatmap for sales insights.

Given the user hovers over a region in the heatmap,When the tooltip displays,Then it should show the sales performance percentage and any additional metrics relevant to that region.

User compares performance across multiple selected regions.

Given the user has selected two or more regions on the heatmap,When the comparison view is activated,Then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of the selected regions' sales data clearly indicating differences in performance.

User resets the selected region to view all regions on the heatmap again.

Given the user has selected one or more regions for detailed analysis,When the user clicks on the 'Reset' button,Then the heatmap should return to its original state displaying all regions without any selections immediately.

Real-Time Data Update

"As a Sales Manager, I want the heatmap to update in real-time so that I can monitor sales performance without delays and respond quickly to changing conditions."

Description

The Real-Time Data Update requirement ensures that the heatmap displays the most current sales performance data without the need for manual refreshing. This feature will utilize continuous data streams to automatically update sales figures as they change, providing users with up-to-date information to make timely decisions. The benefit of this requirement is that it helps users respond swiftly to market changes and make adjustments to their strategies immediately, thus improving the efficiency of decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Sales Manager reviews the Dynamic Sales Heatmap during a weekly strategy meeting to assess performance by region.

Given that the sales data is flowing continuously, When the Sales Manager opens the heatmap, Then the heatmap must display sales performance data for the latest completed day within 10 seconds of the data stream being updated.

A regional sales representative checks the heatmap to identify areas needing improvement while preparing for a quarterly review.

Given a sales performance update has occurred, When the regional sales representative views the heatmap, Then all relevant data points must reflect the most current sales figures without requiring manual refresh.

The Marketing team uses the heatmap to adjust their campaigns based on real-time sales data across demographics.

Given that the heatmap data represents multiple demographic segments, When a demographic segment experiences a change in sales performance, Then the heatmap must automatically reflect this change within 5 seconds of data reception.

The Sales Director accesses the heatmap from a mobile device during an out-of-office meeting to monitor live sales performance.

Given the Sales Director is accessing the heatmap via mobile, When the heatmap is loaded, Then it must be fully functional and display up-to-date sales performance data adapted for the mobile interface.

A user wishes to set up alerts for significant changes in sales performance depicted on the heatmap.

Given the user is customizing their alert settings, When a sales performance metric exceeds or drops below a pre-defined threshold, Then the system must send an instantaneous notification to the user within 1 minute via email and in-app message.

A development team member conducts a performance test to ensure data refresh functionality under heavy loads.

Given a simulation of continuous data stream for 1,000 simultaneous users, When the heatmap is accessed, Then the heatmap must update its data without delay or performance degradation within the designated refresh interval of 10 seconds.

Customizable Heatmap Metrics

"As a Sales Manager, I want to customize the metrics displayed on the heatmap so that I can focus on the data that matters most to my sales strategy."

Description

The Customizable Heatmap Metrics requirement enables users to adjust the metrics displayed on the heatmap. By providing options for various performance indicators (e.g., sales volume, growth rate, conversion rate), users can tailor the heatmap to suit their specific analytical needs. This flexibility enhances the user experience by allowing users to focus on the most relevant data for their operations, thereby maximizing the utility of the heatmap in strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Sales Manager Customizes Metrics for Monthly Review of Regional Sales Performance

Given a Sales Manager is on the Dynamic Sales Heatmap page, when they select 'Sales Volume' from the metrics dropdown, then the heatmap updates to display sales volume data for each region.

User Toggles Between Different Performance Indicators on Heatmap

Given a user has selected multiple performance indicators, when they toggle from 'Sales Volume' to 'Growth Rate', then the heatmap should refresh to reflect the new selected metric without any delays.

Sales Manager Saves Customized Heatmap View for Easy Access

Given a Sales Manager has customized the heatmap metrics, when they click 'Save View', then they should receive a notification confirming the view has been saved and can be accessed later.

User Shares Customized Heatmap with Team Members

Given a user has a customized heatmap, when they click 'Share' and enter team member emails, then those members should receive an email link to view the shared heatmap immediately.

User Resets Heatmap to Default Metrics

Given a user is viewing a customized heatmap, when they click 'Reset to Default', then the heatmap should revert back to the original preset metrics without retaining any previous customizations.

User Filters Heatmap by Date Range

Given a user is on the Dynamic Sales Heatmap page, when they apply a filter for the last quarter, then the heatmap should only display data for that specific date range, accurately reflecting performance for that period.

User Applies Multiple Filters on the Heatmap

Given a user is on the Dynamic Sales Heatmap page, when they apply region and product category filters simultaneously, then the heatmap should show only the data that meets both filters criteria.

Export and Share Insights

"As a Sales Manager, I want to export the heatmap to share with my team so that we can collaboratively discuss our sales performance and strategies."

Description

The Export and Share Insights requirement allows users to export the heatmap and its underlying data into various formats (e.g., PDF, CSV) for sharing with stakeholders. This feature adds significant value by facilitating collaboration and communication of sales insights across teams. Users can easily share findings or integrate them into reports, driving alignment and informed decision-making across departments.

Acceptance Criteria

Exporting the Dynamic Sales Heatmap as a PDF file for a stakeholder meeting.

Given a valid heatmap is generated, when the user selects the export option for PDF, then the heatmap is successfully stored as a PDF file and can be opened without errors.

Sharing the heatmap data in CSV format via email to team members.

Given the heatmap is displayed, when the user chooses to export to CSV and inputs valid email addresses, then the CSV file is sent and received successfully by the team members with the correct data.

Exporting both heatmap visualization and underlying data for a quarterly report.

Given the user is on the heatmap page, when they select the export option for both formats (PDF and CSV) simultaneously, then both files are generated and downloaded without any loss of data or formatting.

Viewing the export logs for the heatmap sharing activities.

Given the user has accessed the export feature, when they select the export logs option, then they see a detailed list of all export activities that shows the date, type of export, and recipients.

Customizing the exported heatmap appearance before download.

Given a user is on the heatmap page, when they use the customization options (colors, labels, etc.) and select to export, then the downloaded file reflects these customizations accurately in the final output.

User Role-Based Access Control

"As an Admin, I want to set user permissions for accessing the heatmap so that I can protect sensitive sales information while enabling appropriate access for my team."

Description

The User Role-Based Access Control requirement allows administrators to set permissions based on user roles, ensuring that sensitive sales data is only accessible by authorized personnel. This feature enhances security and compliance, making it crucial for organizations managing sensitive information. By controlling access, the application can protect data integrity while providing users with tailored experiences relevant to their roles, contributing to better data governance.

Acceptance Criteria

As an Administrator, I want to create user roles with specific permissions for accessing sales data, so that I can ensure only authorized personnel can view sensitive information.

Given I am logged in as an Administrator, When I create a new user role and set specific permission levels for access to sales data, Then the system should save the role with the designated permissions successfully.

As a Sales Manager, I need to view the sales heatmap to analyze performance in my region, while ensuring I do not have access to sensitive information from other regions.

Given I am logged in as a Sales Manager, When I access the Dynamic Sales Heatmap, Then I should only see data relevant to my assigned region and not have access to any data from other regions.

As an Administrator, I want to modify an existing user role to adjust permissions based on changes in organizational structure, so that I can maintain data security as roles change.

Given I am logged in as an Administrator, When I modify an existing user role’s permissions and save the changes, Then the new permissions should be immediately applied and accessible for all users with that role.

As a user with limited permissions, I need to attempt accessing restricted sales data, so that I can confirm the system properly enforces access controls based on my role.

Given I am logged in as a user with limited permissions, When I attempt to access restricted sales data, Then I should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

As an Administrator, I want to review all user roles and their permissions, so that I can ensure compliance and proper access control across the organization.

Given I am logged in as an Administrator, When I navigate to the user role management section, Then I should be able to view a list of all user roles along with their associated permissions clearly displayed.

Competitive Benchmarking Tool

The Competitive Benchmarking Tool provides users with insights on how their sales performance stacks up against industry standards and competitors. This feature offers valuable context, helping teams identify competitive advantages and areas for improvement, ultimately guiding strategies to enhance market positioning.

Requirements

Sales Performance Dashboard

"As a sales manager, I want to view a visual comparison of our sales performance against competitors so that I can identify strengths and weaknesses in our strategy."

Description

The Sales Performance Dashboard requirement involves creating an interactive interface that showcases real-time sales data alongside competitive benchmarks. This functionality will allow users to visualize their sales performance against industry standards and competitors in a user-friendly manner. Key benefits include enhanced visibility into sales trends, identification of competitive strengths, and a clear view of areas needing improvement. The dashboard will integrate seamlessly within DataHarmony, ensuring users have centralized access to both their data and comparative analytics, ultimately aiding in strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Sales Performance Dashboard to view their real-time sales data and compare it against industry benchmarks.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony, when they navigate to the Sales Performance Dashboard, then they should see real-time sales data presented visually alongside competitive benchmarks in graphs and tables.

User interacts with the dashboard to filter sales data by date range and product category, seeking to analyze specific performance metrics.

Given the user is on the Sales Performance Dashboard, when they apply filters for date range and product category, then the dashboard should update to reflect the filtered sales data accurately without page reload.

User clicks on a specific competitor's benchmark to get additional insights and analysis regarding their sales strategy.

Given the user clicks on a competitor's specific benchmark, when the analytics section displays, then it should provide detailed insights and suggestions for improvement based on the user’s sales data.

User wants to download a report of their sales performance compared to industry standards for sharing with their team.

Given the user is on the Sales Performance Dashboard, when they select the 'Download Report' option, then they should receive a PDF report that summarizes their sales performance and comparative analytics in a clear format.

User is on the Sales Performance Dashboard and wants to see how their sales performance trends over time against competitors.

Given the user is viewing the Sales Performance Dashboard, when they select the 'Trends' view, then they should be able to see historical sales performance compared to competitors over various time intervals, such as weeks, months, and quarters.

Automated Reporting Feature

"As a business analyst, I want automated sales reports generated weekly so that I can focus on strategic analysis instead of manual data collection."

Description

The Automated Reporting Feature requirement encompasses the development of a tool that generates periodic reports summarizing sales performance metrics against benchmarks without manual intervention. This will enable users to have consistent access to up-to-date insights, facilitating timely decision-making. The feature will leverage existing data sources within DataHarmony to compile comprehensive reports that can be customized to meet user-specific needs. Benefits include time savings, enhanced accuracy in reporting, and the ability to track changes over time in a streamlined manner.

Acceptance Criteria

Successful generation of automated sales performance reports on a weekly basis.

Given the user has set up the report parameters, When the scheduled time arrives, Then the system must generate and send the report via email to the specified recipients without any manual intervention.

Customization of report templates according to user specifications.

Given the user accesses the report customization settings, When the user modifies the report fields and layout, Then the system should save these changes and apply them to the next generated report.

Integration with existing data sources for accurate reporting.

Given that the data sources (CRM, sales database) are connected and up-to-date, When the report is generated, Then it must accurately reflect updated sales metrics without discrepancies in the data.

Accessibility of generated reports via the user interface.

Given that the reports have been generated, When the user navigates to the reports section in the application, Then the user should see a list of all generated reports with the option to download them in multiple formats (PDF, XLSX).

User notification upon successful report generation.

Given that a report has been generated, When the system finishes the generation process, Then it should send a notification to the user through the application and/or email confirming the successful completion of the report.

Historical tracking of previously generated reports for performance analysis.

Given that the user accesses the historical reports section, When the user requests previously generated reports, Then the system should display a list of reports with options to view, download, or delete them.

Error handling during the report generation process.

Given that the report generation fails due to data connectivity issues, When the system detects an error, Then it should log the issue and notify the user with an appropriate error message detailing the problem and suggested actions.

Competitive Analysis Alerts

"As a marketing director, I want to receive alerts when key competitors change their pricing or offerings so that I can quickly adjust our marketing strategy as needed."

Description

The Competitive Analysis Alerts requirement involves creating a notification system that alerts users to significant changes in competitive benchmarks or market conditions. This feature will help users stay informed of shifts in the competitive landscape that could impact their sales strategies. By integrating real-time data updates within DataHarmony, users can receive alerts on specific metrics that matter most to their performance, enabling agile responses to market changes. The implementation of this feature will enhance users’ responsiveness and strategic agility.

Acceptance Criteria

Alert Generation for Significant Competitive Changes

Given the user has set up competitive benchmarks, when there is a significant change in any of these benchmarks, then the system should generate an alert notification for the user via email and in-app notification.

Customizable Notification Settings

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they select the metrics for which they want to receive alerts, then those preferences should be saved and applied to future alerts, ensuring relevance.

Real-Time Data Integration for Alerts

Given the competitive benchmark datasets are updated, when a change occurs (e.g., a drop in sales performance below a threshold), then the alert system should trigger within 5 minutes of the data integration, ensuring timeliness.

User-Friendly Alert Management Dashboard

Given the user accesses the alert management dashboard, when they view alerts, then the alerts should be organized by type, date received, and severity, allowing for easy prioritization and response.

Archived Alerts for Historical Reference

Given that an alert has been triggered, when the user accesses the alert history, then they should be able to view archived alerts with corresponding details such as timestamp, benchmark changes, and user response options.

Multi-Channel Alert Delivery

Given the user preferences, when an alert is triggered, then the alert should be delivered through the selected channels (e.g., SMS, email, push notifications) simultaneously to ensure the user is informed regardless of their current activity.

Performance Impact Assessment Post-Alert

Given that an alert has been triggered, when the user clicks to view insights related to the alert, then the system should provide an analysis showing the potential impact on their sales strategy and recommended actions.

Custom Benchmark Setting

"As a product manager, I want to set custom benchmarks for our performance so that I can measure success against our specific competitors in our market."

Description

The Custom Benchmark Setting requirement entails enabling users to create personalized benchmarks tailored to their specific industry or business needs. This functionality will empower users to define competitors and market parameters that align with their unique objectives. Custom benchmarks will enhance the relevance of competitive insights provided by the Competitive Benchmarking Tool, allowing for a more strategic approach in decision-making. Integration with DataHarmony will ensure that users can seamlessly utilize these customized benchmarks for contextual analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User Onboarding for Custom Benchmark Setting

Given a new user in DataHarmony, when they access the Competitive Benchmarking Tool, then they should see an option to create a custom benchmark tailored to their industry specifications.

Defining Competitors for Custom Benchmark

Given a user creating a custom benchmark, when they input competitor names and select market parameters, then the system should allow saving these settings without errors and confirm the action to the user.

Integration of Custom Benchmarks in Competitive Analysis

Given a user has created a custom benchmark, when they run an analysis in the Competitive Benchmarking Tool, then the analysis results should reflect the custom benchmark settings instead of default industry standards.

Validation of Custom Benchmark Settings

Given a user modifies existing custom benchmarks, when they verify these changes in the Competitive Benchmarking Tool, then the tool should accurately display the updated benchmarks and their parameters throughout the interface.

User Accessibility for Custom Benchmarks

Given the competitive benchmarking tool, when a user accesses their custom benchmarks, then they should be able to view, edit, or delete any previously defined benchmarks with appropriate permissions.

Performance Metrics for Custom Benchmarks

Given a user interacting with custom benchmarks, when they analyze sales performance, then the metrics displayed should compare their performance against the defined competitors and parameters accurately.

Detailed Competitor Profiles

"As a strategic planner, I want access to detailed competitor profiles so that I can develop informed strategies based on their strengths and weaknesses."

Description

The Detailed Competitor Profiles requirement involves creating comprehensive profiles for each identified competitor that includes key metrics, strategic insights, and historical performance data. This feature will provide users with in-depth contextual information that aids in understanding the competitive landscape. By integrating these detailed profiles within DataHarmony, users can leverage a holistic view of competitors to inform their strategies and identify areas for differentiation. Overall, this will enhance strategic decision-making and competitive positioning.

Acceptance Criteria

View Detailed Competitor Profiles

Given a user accesses the Competitive Benchmarking Tool, when they select a competitor from the list, then the detailed competitor profile is displayed with key metrics, strategic insights, and historical performance data.

Search Functionality for Competitor Profiles

Given a user is on the Detailed Competitor Profiles page, when they input a competitor's name in the search bar, then matching competitor profiles are returned promptly and accurately.

Comparison of Multiple Competitor Profiles

Given a user is viewing detailed competitor profiles, when they select more than one competitor for comparison, then a side-by-side comparison of the selected profiles with key metrics and insights is displayed clearly.

Exporting Competitor Profiles

Given a user is on a detailed competitor profile page, when they click the export button, then the profile is successfully downloaded in CSV format including all key metrics and insights.

Updating Competitor Profiles with New Data

Given a user has access to the Detailed Competitor Profiles, when new data is available for a competitor and the user updates it, then the changes are saved and reflected in the profile without errors.

User Interface Consistency

Given a user navigates through the Detailed Competitor Profiles, when they interact with the interface elements, then all buttons, links, and fonts are consistent and adhere to the design specifications.

Intuitive Interface Builder

The Intuitive Interface Builder allows users to customize their data experience by easily configuring dashboards and visualizations without needing coding skills. This user-friendly tool empowers non-technical users to set up personalized views that align with their individual needs, enhancing data interaction and ensuring everyone can access critical insights effortlessly.

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to rearrange dashboard elements using drag-and-drop so that I can quickly create the most relevant visualizations for my team without any coding skills."

Description

The Drag-and-Drop Functionality allows users to easily manipulate dashboard elements by dragging them to their desired position. This feature enhances the user experience by providing a seamless way to customize visualizations, making it easier for users to design tailored interfaces that meet their specific requirements. By promoting an interactive design process, users can quickly organize, resize, or add components, leading to a more efficient setup of their dashboards and a significant reduction in configuration time. This user-friendly approach ensures that even non-technical users can engage with complex data visualizations without feeling overwhelmed.

Acceptance Criteria

User drags a chart widget from the available widget panel to the dashboard area and places it in a specific section of the dashboard.

Given the user has the dashboard open, when they drag a chart widget from the widget panel to the dashboard, then the chart should be positioned exactly where the user drops it without any misalignment.

User resizes a table widget on the dashboard by dragging its corner handles to increase its dimensions.

Given the user has a table widget on the dashboard, when they drag the bottom-right corner of the table, then the table dimensions should adjust accordingly while maintaining the aspect ratio, and the data should remain fully visible without overflow.

User adds a text box to the dashboard by dragging it from the widget panel, then edits its content.

Given the user has dragged a text box widget to the dashboard, when they click on the text box to edit, then they should be able to type in new content, and changes should be saved automatically upon clicking outside the text box.

User attempts to drag a visual component outside the allowed dashboard area.

Given the user is dragging a visual component, when they try to move it outside the dashboard boundary, then the component should not be allowed to leave the designated dashboard area and should snap back to its original position.

User uses keyboard shortcuts to rearrange visual components on their dashboard after dragging them into position.

Given the user has multiple components on the dashboard, when they use designated keyboard shortcuts while dragging, then the components should move in predefined increments and properly align with the grid layout of the dashboard.

User restores a previously saved dashboard layout after making changes.

Given the user has customized their dashboard layout, when they select the 'restore layout' option, then the dashboard should revert to the last saved configuration accurately, with all elements in their original position.

Customizable Templates

"As a business user, I want to choose a customizable template for my dashboard so that I can leverage pre-designed layouts and save time in setting up my visualization."

Description

The Customizable Templates feature provides users with a foundation of pre-designed dashboard layouts that they can modify to suit their needs. This feature simplifies the initial setup process by offering starting points that align with common use cases across different industries. Users can select from a variety of templates designed for specific data types or analytical purposes, speeding up the customization process and ensuring comprehensive coverage of typical analytics scenarios. This feature not only enhances usability but also increases user satisfaction by providing a sense of starting familiarity, reducing the learning curve associated with building dashboards.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a customizable template from the library to create a new dashboard for sales analysis.

Given the user is on the dashboard creation page, when they select a customizable template from the provided library, then the dashboard should load pre-defined elements and layouts corresponding to the selected template.

User modifies a pre-designed dashboard template to include a new visualization element.

Given the user has chosen a customizable template and is in the editing mode, when they add a new visualization component to the dashboard, then the modification should be saved and reflected when the dashboard is published.

User deletes a visualization element from a customized dashboard template.

Given the user is editing a customized dashboard, when they delete a chosen visualization element, then the dashboard should refresh to show the updated layout without the deleted element.

User saves a customized dashboard based on a predefined template for future use.

Given the user has finished customizing their dashboard, when they click the save button, then the dashboard should be saved in the user's account with the option to access it later.

User shares a customized dashboard template with team members.

Given the user has a customized dashboard, when they click on the share button and enter team members’ emails, then the selected members should receive an email with access to the dashboard.

User views a preview of their customized dashboard before publishing.

Given the user is in the editing mode, when they select the preview option, then the system should display an accurate representation of the dashboard as it will appear once published.

User filters data displayed in a dashboard created from a customizable template.

Given the user is viewing a customized dashboard, when they apply a filter to the data set, then the displayed visualizations should update to reflect the filtered data accordingly.

Real-time Data Sync

"As a data scientist, I want my dashboard to reflect real-time data changes so that I can make timely decisions based on the most current information available."

Description

The Real-time Data Sync requirement ensures that any changes made to the underlying data sources are instantly reflected in the dashboards. This feature is vital for maintaining data accuracy and relevance, allowing users to make decisions based on the latest information available. The seamless integration with various data sources ensures that users can visualize data trends and patterns as they emerge, promoting a more agile and responsive analytical process. By providing real-time insights, this feature directly enhances the product's overarching goal of empowering users to make data-driven decisions promptly.

Acceptance Criteria

User updates a dataset in the underlying data source while actively monitoring the dashboard in DataHarmony.

Given the user updates a dataset in the data source, when the dashboard is displayed, then the changes should be reflected within 5 seconds.

A business analyst adds a new data visualization to the dashboard that requires data from multiple sources and then makes a change in one of those sources.

Given a new visualization is added to the dashboard, when a change is made to one of the data sources, then all connected visualizations should reflect the updated data within 5 seconds.

A team member checks the dashboard on a conference call to present data findings to stakeholders while updates are being made to the data source.

Given the dashboard is displayed during the call, when data is updated in real-time, then the presentation should show the most current data without needing to refresh the page.

A user selects filters on their dashboard that are dependent on real-time data updates from different sources.

Given the user applies filters, when the underlying data changes in real-time, then the filtered results should update immediately to reflect the changes without user intervention.

A user develops custom alerts based on data thresholds that react to changes in real-time data feeds.

Given alerts are configured, when the underlying data surpasses defined thresholds, then users should receive immediate notifications of these changes through the platform.

A data administrator tests the integration of a new data source to ensure proper synchronization with existing dashboards.

Given a new data source is added, when syncing occurs, then the dashboard should display accurate data without discrepancies within 10 seconds of the initial update.

Interactive Data Exploration

"As a business analyst, I want to interact with my data visualizations so that I can gain deeper insights and understand the factors driving trends in my data."

Description

The Interactive Data Exploration feature enables users to dynamically filter, drill down, and interact with their visualizations. By providing tools for users to explore data through various dimensions, this feature enhances the analytical experience significantly. Users can use filters to slice data, hover to get detailed tooltips, and click on charts to generate further insights, promoting a deeper understanding of the underlying data. This interactivity fosters a more engaging experience and encourages users to be more inquisitive about the data, leading to more insightful conclusions and decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the dashboard to filter their data based on specific criteria such as date range, category, or region.

Given the user has access to the Interactive Data Exploration feature, when they apply a filter to the dashboard, then the visualizations should update in real-time to reflect the applied filter.

A user hovers over a data point on the chart to obtain more information about that specific data entry.

Given the user is viewing a chart visualization, when they hover over a data point, then a tooltip should appear displaying relevant details such as data value, category, and timestamp.

A user clicks on a chart to drill down into finer details about the data represented in that chart.

Given the user has a chart displayed, when they click on one of the data segments, then the dashboard should navigate to a drill-down view that presents more granular data related to the selected segment.

A user wants to reset all applied filters to view the complete dataset again after applying multiple filters.

Given the user has applied multiple filters to the dashboard, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should be cleared, and the dashboard should revert to displaying the entire dataset.

User wants to save a customized view of their filtered data to revisit it later.

Given the user has configured a dashboard view with specific filters and visualizations, when they click the 'Save View' option, then a dialog should prompt them to name the view, and upon saving, the view should be accessible under 'Saved Views'.

A user accesses the Interactive Data Exploration feature from a mobile device and interacts with the visualizations.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they access the Interactive Data Exploration feature, then all interface elements should be responsive, allowing the user to effectively interact with visualizations through touch gestures like pinch, swipe, and tap.

User Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to control user access to data and dashboards so that I can ensure data security and compliance with our organization’s policies."

Description

The User Access Control requirement allows administrators to set permissions and roles for different users within the DataHarmony platform. This feature ensures that sensitive data is handled appropriately, as users can be granted or restricted access to specific dashboards, datasets, or functionalities. By implementing a robust access control mechanism, the platform enhances security and compliance with data governance policies. This capability not only protects critical information but also ensures that users can collaborate effectively, as they have access to the data they need to perform their roles efficiently without unnecessary barriers.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Assignment for Access Control

Given an administrator is logged into the DataHarmony platform, When they navigate to the User Management section and select a user, Then they should be able to assign or modify the role (e.g., viewer, editor, admin) for that user successfully without errors, and the role should be reflected in the system immediately.

Permission Restrictions on Sensitive Dashboards

Given a user with restricted access attempts to view a sensitive dashboard, When they try to access that dashboard, Then they should receive an 'Access Denied' message and should not be allowed to view any data within that dashboard.

Audit Trail for Access Changes

Given an administrator modifies a user's access permissions, When the change is made, Then an entry should be created in the audit log that records the user’s previous permissions, the new permissions, the timestamp of the change, and the administrator's ID who made the change.

Role-based Access Control Testing

Given the role-based access control is implemented, When a user of a specific role logs in, Then they should only see the features and data they are authorized to access based on their assigned role, ensuring no unauthorized options are visible.

Collaborative Access for Teams

Given that team members are set up within the system, When an administrator enables collaborative access for a dataset, Then all designated team members should be able to access that dataset and any updates should be visible in real-time for all members within their assigned roles.

Customizable User Permission Settings

Given an administrator wants to customize user permissions, When they access the permissions setting interface, Then they should be able to select specific permissions for each role (such as view, edit, delete) and save those changes without errors, with the updates reflected immediately on the user’s access level.

User Feedback on Access Requests

Given a user requests access to a restricted dashboard, When the request is submitted, Then the user should receive a timely notification about the status of their request (approved or denied), along with any necessary instructions or explanations related to the request.

Accessibility Toolkit

The Accessibility Toolkit provides a suite of features designed for users with diverse needs. It includes screen reader compatibility, keyboard navigation support, and customizable color schemes to ensure that all users, regardless of their abilities, can interact with and analyze data effectively. This feature promotes inclusivity and ensures that no one is left behind in data-driven decision-making.

Requirements

Screen Reader Compatibility

"As a visually impaired user, I want to access data insights through a screen reader so that I can participate fully in data-driven decision-making."

Description

The Screen Reader Compatibility requirement ensures that the DataHarmony platform is fully accessible to users who rely on screen reader technology. This includes implementing ARIA (Accessible Rich Internet Applications) roles and properties, ensuring semantic HTML is used, and performing thorough testing with various screen readers. The benefit is to enhance accessibility for visually impaired users, allowing them to engage with data insights and analytics without barriers. This requirement is crucial to promote inclusivity and align with accessibility standards, thus broadening the user base and fostering equal participation in data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Screen Reader users accessing the DataHarmony dashboard to retrieve analytics about their sales data.

Given a user is using a screen reader, when they navigate to the DataHarmony dashboard, then all elements should be read in a logical order and provide contextual information.

A user relying on a screen reader attempts to filter data on a report page.

Given a user is on the report page and using a screen reader, when they activate the filter options, then the screen reader should announce all available filters and the current selection clearly.

A visually impaired user is using the color customization feature to enhance readability.

Given a user is on the customization page, when they adjust the color scheme for high contrast, then all text and graphical elements should remain distinguishable and legible when the changes are applied.

Testing the DataHarmony platform's compatibility with different screen reader software.

Given a tester is using NVDA, JAWS, and VoiceOver, when they navigate through key functionalities of DataHarmony, then all functionalities should be fully accessible without missing content or context.

A visually impaired user is generating a custom report using a screen reader.

Given a user is creating a custom report, when they submit their selections, then the process should be fully described by the screen reader throughout the steps, confirming successful completion of the report creation.

A user accesses help documentation through the screen reader while using DataHarmony.

Given a user is in need of assistance and activates the help section, when they navigate through the topics, then each topic should be read aloud with a brief description of its content.

A user with a vision impairment uses keyboard shortcuts to navigate the DataHarmony platform.

Given a user is attempting to navigate through the platform using keyboard shortcuts, when they press designated keys, then all functionalities should respond appropriately and provide audible feedback via the screen reader.

Keyboard Navigation Support

"As a user with limited mobility, I want to navigate DataHarmony using my keyboard so that I can analyze data without relying on a mouse."

Description

The Keyboard Navigation Support requirement allows users to navigate the DataHarmony platform using keyboard shortcuts and tabbed navigation. This includes creating a clear focus order for interactive elements, providing visible indicators for focused elements, and ensuring all features can be accessed without a mouse. The benefit of this requirement is to cater to users with physical disabilities or those who prefer keyboard navigation, thereby enhancing usability and ensuring that all users can effectively interact with the platform. Implementing this feature enhances user experience and promotes a more inclusive approach to data analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User with a physical disability accesses Dashboard using keyboard navigation

Given the user lands on the DataHarmony Dashboard, When they press the Tab key, Then the focus should move sequentially through all interactive elements with a clear focus order, and all elements should be accessible without a mouse.

User customizes color scheme through keyboard navigation

Given a user is in the Accessibility settings, When they use keyboard shortcuts to navigate to the color scheme options, Then they should be able to select and apply a custom color scheme using only the keyboard without requiring mouse interaction.

User accesses data visualization features using keyboard shortcuts

Given the user is on a data visualization page, When they press designated keyboard shortcuts, Then the user should be able to switch between various chart types and access data insights without using a mouse.

User navigates to report generation feature entirely via keyboard

Given the user seeks to generate a report, When they navigate to the report section using only the keyboard keys, Then they should be able to open the report creation dialog and input data using keyboard navigation alone.

User identifies focused elements on the platform using visual indicators

Given a user is navigating through the DataHarmony platform, When an element receives keyboard focus, Then there should be a visible indicator (like border or color change) to signify the focused element clearly for the user.

User quickly accesses help documentation using keyboard shortcuts

Given the user is working within the platform, When they press the specific keyboard shortcut for help, Then the help documentation should open immediately without the need for mouse navigation.

User verifies the functionality of keyboard shortcuts for all main features

Given a user accesses the main features of DataHarmony, When they try to use keyboard shortcuts designated for each main feature, Then each feature should be accessible successfully without needing to click with a mouse.

Customizable Color Schemes

"As a user with color blindness, I want to customize the color scheme of DataHarmony so that I can view data clearly and comfortably."

Description

The Customizable Color Schemes requirement allows users to modify the color palette of the DataHarmony interface to suit their visual preferences and needs. This includes options for high-contrast modes, color blindness-friendly palettes, and light/dark mode selections. The benefit is to accommodate users with various visual impairments and preferences, thus fostering an inclusive data environment. By implementing this feature, DataHarmony enhances accessibility and improves user satisfaction, which is vital for organizations aiming to maintain an inclusive culture in data-driven practices.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing Color Schemes for Visual Impairments

Given a user with color blindness, when they access the Accessibility Toolkit, then they should be able to select from at least three different color blindness-friendly palettes that modify the interface colors accordingly.

Switching Between Light and Dark Modes

Given a user who prefers a dark interface, when they toggle the theme setting, then the interface should switch to dark mode, with all elements maintaining appropriate contrast ratios for readability.

Saving User's Color Preferences

Given a user personalizes their interface color scheme, when they log out and log back in, then their chosen color scheme should persist and be automatically applied to their interface without requiring additional setup.

Ensuring High Contrast Accessibility

Given a user with low vision, when they select the high-contrast color scheme, then all text and functional elements should have a contrast ratio of at least 7:1 against the background, ensuring maximum readability.

Testing Compatibility with Screen Readers

Given a screen reader user, when they navigate through the color customization options in the Accessibility Toolkit, then all elements should be properly labeled and announced by the screen reader without any missing information.

Dynamic Color Adjustments Based on User Feedback

Given user feedback on the color schemes, when modifications are implemented, then at least 90% of users surveyed should report increased satisfaction with the newly adjusted color options within 30 days of deployment.

Accessibility Guidelines Compliance

"As a compliance officer, I want DataHarmony to meet accessibility guidelines so that we can ensure all users can access the platform and avoid potential legal issues."

Description

The Accessibility Guidelines Compliance requirement ensures that all features of the DataHarmony platform meet established accessibility standards, such as WCAG 2.1 (Web Content Accessibility Guidelines) and Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act. This involves conducting comprehensive audits of existing features, implementing necessary adjustments, and ongoing testing to ensure compliance. The benefit is to guarantee that the platform continues to be usable for all individuals, regardless of ability, thereby demonstrating a commitment to accessibility. This requirement serves to protect the organization legally and ethically while expanding access to data for a wider audience.

Acceptance Criteria

Screen Reader Navigation for Data Visualization

Given a user utilizing a screen reader, when they navigate through the data visualization elements, then every visual element should be appropriately labeled and readable for complete understanding of the data presented.

Keyboard Navigation for Data Input

Given a user who relies solely on keyboard navigation, when they attempt to input data into any form within the platform, then all interactive fields should be accessible using the tab key, and all functional elements should be reachable without a mouse.

Customizable Color Scheme Application

Given a user who prefers high-contrast color settings for better visibility, when they adjust their color scheme preferences, then the platform should retain and apply their settings across all pages and features without loss of functionality.

Compliance Audit for Existing Features

Given a comprehensive review of all existing features, when the accessibility audit is conducted against WCAG 2.1 standards, then every feature should be evaluated and documented for compliance levels and identified gaps.

Testing with Assistive Technologies

Given a testing session involving various assistive technologies, when functionalities of the platform are assessed, then all functionalities should perform correctly across different assistive devices and software.

Feedback Mechanism for Accessibility Improvements

Given a user providing feedback on accessibility features, when they submit their comments through the designated feedback form, then their feedback should be recorded, acknowledged, and acted upon as part of ongoing improvement efforts.

User Training and Documentation for Accessibility Features

Given new users accessing the platform, when they refer to the available training materials and documentation on accessibility features, then these resources should be comprehensive, clear, and effective in guiding users for optimal use of accessibility tools.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As an accessibility advocate, I want to provide feedback on DataHarmony’s accessibility features so that I can help improve the platform for all users."

Description

The User Feedback Mechanism requirement is designed to collect input from users regarding the accessibility features of DataHarmony to identify areas for improvement. This includes integrating feedback forms, surveys, and usability testing sessions focused on accessibility. The benefit is to create a feedback loop that allows continuous enhancement of the accessibility features, ensuring they meet user needs effectively. By valuing user input, this requirement promotes an inclusive development process, fostering a community-driven approach to accessibility enhancements.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully submits feedback on accessibility features through an integrated feedback form within the DataHarmony platform.

Given the user has navigated to the accessibility feedback section, when they fill out the feedback form and click submit, then a confirmation message should appear confirming that their response has been recorded successfully.

Users complete a survey on the accessibility features and their experiences while using DataHarmony.

Given a user receives a survey notification after using accessibility features, when they complete the survey and submit it, then their responses are accurately recorded in the system for analysis.

Conduct usability testing sessions focused on the accessibility features of the DataHarmony platform with diverse users.

Given that a group of users participates in usability testing, when they engage with accessibility features and provide feedback, then a report summarizing the findings should be generated for review by the development team.

Admin users analyze the collected feedback on accessibility features to identify trends and areas for improvement.

Given that feedback has been collected from users, when an admin accesses the accessibility feedback dashboard, then they can view summarized insights and trends over the last month.

Users with visual impairments access the feedback mechanism using screen reader technology.

Given a visually impaired user is using a screen reader, when they navigate to the feedback form, then all form fields and instructions are read aloud correctly and they can submit their feedback without assistance.

Accessibility features are tested for compatibility with keyboard navigation.

Given a user is navigating the accessibility feedback section using only a keyboard, when they interact with all available elements, then they should be able to reach and submit the feedback form without using a mouse.

Users receive follow-up communication on actions taken based on their feedback regarding accessibility features.

Given a user has previously submitted feedback, when they log into their DataHarmony account after feedback processing, then they should see a notification or email indicating how their feedback was used to improve accessibility features.

Accessibility Training Resources

"As a new user, I want access to training resources on DataHarmony’s accessibility features so that I can use them effectively and advocate for inclusive practices within my organization."

Description

The Accessibility Training Resources requirement involves creating educational materials and training programs for users and developers on the importance of accessibility, best practices, and how to utilize the accessibility features of DataHarmony. This includes creating documentation, video tutorials, and hosting workshops. The benefit is to raise awareness and competence among users and developers, leading to a more inclusive culture within the organization. By equipping users with knowledge, this requirement aims to ensure that accessibility considerations are integrated into everyday use and feature development across the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Development of Accessibility Training Materials

Given that the training materials have been created, When users access the training resources, Then users should be able to understand the importance of accessibility and how to utilize features effectively.

Video Tutorial Accessibility

Given that the video tutorials are available, When a user with a visual impairment uses a screen reader, Then the screen reader must accurately navigate and provide audio descriptions for all elements in the video tutorial.

Workshop Implementation

Given that a workshop is scheduled, When users attend the workshop, Then at least 80% of participants should report increased knowledge about accessibility best practices through post-workshop surveys.

Documentation Completeness

Given that documentation for accessibility features has been developed, When a user searches for accessibility help on the platform, Then the documentation should return relevant results within 3 seconds.

User Feedback Collection

Given that the accessibility training resources have been released, When users provide feedback, Then at least 70% of users should indicate that the training materials are helpful and easy to understand.

Accessibility Resource Updates

Given that feedback has been collected, When updates to the training resources are made, Then the updates should reflect user suggestions and improve the overall quality of the materials based on feedback analysis.

Data Exploration Wizard

The Data Exploration Wizard guides users through the process of discovering and analyzing datasets step-by-step. This interactive tool uses intuitive prompts and easy-to-understand language, making it accessible even for users with minimal data experience. By simplifying the exploration process, this feature encourages greater engagement with data across the organization.

Requirements

Interactive Dataset Discovery

"As a business analyst, I want to easily navigate and explore datasets so that I can quickly identify relevant data points and create actionable insights for our strategy."

Description

The Interactive Dataset Discovery requirement involves implementing a guided workflow that presents users with a step-by-step approach to exploring available datasets. This feature will utilize intuitive prompts and visuals to lead users through filtering options, data previews, and key statistics, enabling better understanding and engagement with the data. By simplifying data access and interpretation, this requirement will enhance user confidence and encourage broader utilization of the platform's capabilities, ultimately facilitating informed decision-making based on comprehensive data insights. Integration with existing datasets and the user interface will be essential to ensure a seamless experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Data Exploration Wizard to discover datasets relevant to a specific business question.

Given the user is on the Data Harmony platform, when they access the Data Exploration Wizard, then they should be guided through a set of prompts that lead them to select datasets relevant to their query.

User filters datasets using the criteria provided by the Data Exploration Wizard.

Given the user selects a filtering option in the Data Exploration Wizard, when they apply the filter, then the displayed datasets should update in real-time to reflect only those datasets that meet the filter criteria.

User views a preview of a selected dataset in the Data Exploration Wizard.

Given the user has selected a dataset, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then they should see a summary of the dataset that includes key statistics and visual representation within 5 seconds.

User completes the dataset selection process in the Data Exploration Wizard.

Given the user has gone through the entire guided process, when they click 'Finish', then their selected datasets should be saved in their account for future access.

User interacts with tooltips during the Data Exploration Wizard process for additional information.

Given the user hovers over any icon or field in the Data Exploration Wizard, when they do this, then a tooltip should appear that provides context or detailed information about that element.

User exits the Data Exploration Wizard before completing the data discovery process.

Given the user navigates away from the Data Exploration Wizard, when they return, then they should be brought back to the last uncompleted step of the wizard without losing any prior selections or progress.

User accesses the help section of the Data Exploration Wizard for assistance.

Given the user is on any step of the Data Exploration Wizard, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then a pop-up should display contextual help relevant to the current step.

Visual Analytics Tooltips

"As a data analyst, I want to access tooltips on charts so that I can better understand the significance of specific data points and make informed analyses without external references."

Description

The Visual Analytics Tooltips requirement aims to provide contextual information through interactive tooltips across charts and visuals within the platform. When users hover over data points or segments in graphs and charts, detailed explanations, definitions, and additional insights will be displayed. This feature enhances user understanding and enables them to derive more value from the visualized data, fostering a deeper engagement with analytics. The tooltips will incorporate best practices for accessibility and clear communication, ensuring that all users, regardless of data literacy, benefit from this feature.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Chart Tooltips

Given a user hovers over a data point in a chart, when the tooltip appears, then it should display contextual information that accurately describes the data point, including definitions and additional insights relevant to that data.

Accessibility Compliance of Tooltips

Given a user with visual impairments uses a screen reader, when the tooltip is activated, then the screen reader should read out the tooltip content clearly and accurately, ensuring compliance with WCAG 2.1 accessibility standards.

Tooltip Performance on Diverse Devices

Given the application is accessed on various devices, when a user hovers over data points or segments, then the tooltip must appear within 200 milliseconds across all tested devices and screen resolutions.

User Engagement Metrics with Tooltips

Given the Visual Analytics Tooltips are implemented, when the user interacts with charts and visuals, then the analytics dashboard should show an increase in tooltip interactions by 30% within the first month after release.

Cross-Browser Compatibility of Tooltips

Given that the platform can be accessed through multiple web browsers, when tooltips are triggered in Chrome, Firefox, and Safari, then they should render correctly without visual glitches or missing information across all browsers.

Tooltip Information Relevance

Given a user interacts with different data visualizations, when they trigger tooltips, then 90% of users should indicate that the information provided within the tooltips is relevant and enhances their understanding of the data.

AI-Driven Recommendations Engine

"As a data scientist, I want personalized recommendations for datasets and analyses so that I can save time and focus on the most relevant data related to my projects."

Description

The AI-Driven Recommendations Engine requirement involves integrating a machine learning algorithm that analyzes user behavior and data usage patterns to provide personalized data exploration recommendations. This engine will suggest datasets, filters, and visualization types based on a user's past interactions and preferences. By offering tailored recommendations, this feature enhances user experience, promotes efficient data exploration, and provides insights that align with the user's objectives, ultimately leading to better decision-making and data-driven outcomes for the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives personalized recommendations based on their previous interactions with the Data Exploration Wizard.

Given a user has prior experience using the Data Exploration Wizard, when they log in, then they should see a list of recommended datasets and visualization types that align with their previous choices.

A user interacts with the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine and applies a dataset recommendation.

Given a user is presented with a dataset recommendation, when they click on the recommendation, then the dataset should load in the Data Exploration Wizard without errors and maintain user preferences for filter settings.

The AI-Driven Recommendations Engine provides multiple recommendations for different roles within the organization.

Given users from different roles (e.g., data analyst, marketing manager) access the Data Exploration Wizard, when they view their recommendations, then each user should receive tailored suggestions based on their specific data usage patterns and objectives.

The Recommendations Engine updates in real-time based on user interactions.

Given a user interacts with suggested datasets, when they perform any data exploration or visualization, then the engine should update recommendations immediately to reflect these new interactions.

The AI-Driven Recommendations Engine presents recommendations that lead to successful data insights.

Given a user follows the recommendations provided by the engine, when they act on these recommendations, then at least 75% of the users should report finding valuable insights from the suggested datasets.

User feedback is collected on the effectiveness of the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine.

Given a user has used the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine, when prompted for feedback, then they should be able to rate the recommendations on a scale from 1 to 5 and provide qualitative feedback, with a target average rating of at least 4.

The Recommendations Engine's performance is evaluated based on user engagement metrics.

Given a specific time period has elapsed since the introduction of the AI-Driven Recommendations Engine, when engagement metrics are analyzed, then there should be at least a 20% increase in the average time users spend exploring data compared to before the engine was implemented.

Collaborative Annotation Features

"As a team member, I want to add comments and annotations on visualizations so that my colleagues can understand my insights and collaborate more effectively on data analysis."

Description

The Collaborative Annotation Features requirement seeks to enable users to leave comments, annotations, and feedback directly on datasets and visualizations within the platform. This functionality will allow teams to collaborate effectively by sharing insights, asking questions, and making clarifications within the context of the data. By supporting collaborative efforts, this feature will lead to enhanced teamwork, clearer communication, and more productive discussions around data analytics, thereby enhancing the overall effectiveness of business intelligence activities.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves comments on a specific dataset within the Data Exploration Wizard to discuss data discrepancies with team members.

Given a user is viewing a dataset in the Data Exploration Wizard, when they click on the 'Add Comment' button, then they should be able to enter text, and upon submission, the comment should appear visibly below the dataset for other users to view and respond to.

A user retrieves historical comments made on a dataset to understand previous discussions and insights shared by team members.

Given a user is viewing a dataset page where comments have been made, when they click on the 'View Comments' section, then they should see a chronological list of all past comments with timestamps and user names.

Multiple users collaborate in real-time by adding annotations on a live data visualization during a team meeting.

Given multiple users are viewing the same live data visualization, when one user adds an annotation, then all other users should see the annotation appear immediately on their screens without needing to refresh.

A user wants to edit their previous comment to clarify their feedback on a dataset after receiving new information.

Given a user has added a comment on a dataset, when they click the 'Edit' option next to their comment, then they should be able to modify the existing comment and save the changes, with the updated comment immediately reflected in the comment section.

Users utilize the collaborative annotation feature to ask questions and obtain clarifications directly on visualizations during a data analysis session.

Given a user is viewing a data visualization with an annotation tool active, when they click on the 'Ask Question' button, then they should be able to submit a question that is linked and visible next to the relevant section of the visualization for others to answer.

A user receives notifications for new comments or responses to their annotations on datasets they are following.

Given a user is subscribed to a dataset, when another user adds a new comment or replies to their existing comment, then the user should receive a notification in their 'Alerts' section within the platform that indicates the new activity.

Users can filter comments and annotations by keywords to find relevant discussions quickly.

Given a user is viewing a dataset with existing annotations and comments, when they enter a keyword in the search filter, then the system should display only those comments or annotations that contain the keyword, enhancing searchability.

User-Friendly Data Filtering Options

"As a non-technical user, I want to filter datasets easily so that I can quickly find the information I need without feeling overwhelmed or confused by complex options."

Description

The User-Friendly Data Filtering Options requirement focuses on implementing an intuitive filtering system that allows users to easily refine datasets based on specific criteria such as dates, categories, and metrics. This feature will enhance the user experience by providing a seamless interface for filtering and sorting data, enabling users to quickly identify relevant subsets of data without needing technical expertise. This improvement will contribute to faster data analysis and empower users to draw meaningful insights efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

User Filtering Datasets by Date Range

Given the user is on the Data Exploration Wizard interface, when the user selects a date range filter, then the dataset is updated to reflect only the records that fall within the selected date range with no errors in loading or display.

User Filtering Datasets by Category

Given the user is on the Data Exploration Wizard interface, when the user selects a category filter, then the dataset is updated to display only entries that match the chosen category and the filtering interface is responsive and intuitive.

User Sorting Datasets by Metric Value

Given the user is on the Data Exploration Wizard interface, when the user selects sorting by a specific metric, then the dataset is sorted correctly in either ascending or descending order based on the metric chosen and all entries remain accessible without data loss.

User Applying Multiple Filters Simultaneously

Given the user has applied a date range filter and a category filter, when the user clicks 'Apply Filters', then the dataset updates to show results that meet both filter criteria without any performance lag or error messages.

User Experience with Filter Reset Functionality

Given the user has applied one or more filters, when the user clicks on the 'Reset' button, then all applied filters are cleared and the user is returned to the original dataset view without any technical issues.

User Accessibility for Data Filtering Options

Given the user is a person with disabilities using a screen reader, when they navigate to the Data Exploration Wizard interface, then all filtering options are clearly labeled and accessible, ensuring usability for all users.

User Confirmation on Filter Application

Given the user has selected specific filters, when they apply these filters, then a confirmation message appears indicating the filters have been successfully applied, enhancing user reassurance.

Simplified Query Builder

The Simplified Query Builder allows users to create complex data queries using a drag-and-drop interface. This feature demystifies the query-building process by presenting users with options in a visual format, thus reducing the dependency on technical skills. Users can easily retrieve the insights they need without navigating complicated syntax or programming.

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Interface

"As a business analyst, I want to build data queries using a drag-and-drop interface so that I can create insights without needing to learn complex coding or SQL syntax."

Description

The Drag-and-Drop Interface allows users to easily build queries visually by dragging fields, filters, and conditions into a designated area, simplifying complex query construction. This requirement eliminates the need for users to understand coding or SQL syntax, making the process more accessible to non-technical users and empowering them to generate insights quickly. The interface must support resizing and rearranging of components, thereby enhancing usability. It integrates seamlessly with existing data sources within DataHarmony, ensuring that users can work with real-time data while constructing their queries.

Acceptance Criteria

User integrates multiple data sources using the Drag-and-Drop Interface to build a complex query for analysis.

Given the user has access to DataHarmony, when they open the Drag-and-Drop Interface and drag fields from three different data sources into the query area, then the system should allow them to create a valid query that consolidates data from all selected sources.

User attempts to create a query with filters and conditions using the Drag-and-Drop Interface.

Given the user is using the Drag-and-Drop Interface, when they drag a filter condition into the designated area alongside selected fields, then the system should correctly apply the filter to the query and display the expected results.

User resizes and rearranges components within the Drag-and-Drop Interface while building a query.

Given the user is building a query in the Drag-and-Drop Interface, when they attempt to resize or rearrange the components (filters, fields, conditions), then the interface should allow these actions without losing any settings or configurations made.

User saves a query created using the Drag-and-Drop Interface for future use.

Given the user has built a query using the Drag-and-Drop Interface, when they select the option to save the query, then the system should prompt for a name and successfully save the query in the user's account for future retrieval.

User retrieves a previously saved query from the Drag-and-Drop Interface.

Given the user has previously saved a query, when they access the Drag-and-Drop Interface and select the option to load saved queries, then the system should display the saved query options, allowing the user to load and edit the selected query.

User utilizes help functionality within the Drag-and-Drop Interface for assistance.

Given the user is using the Drag-and-Drop Interface, when they click on the help icon, then the system should display contextual help options related to building queries, including tutorials and FAQs.

System performance during complex query construction with large datasets.

Given the user is building a query using the Drag-and-Drop Interface with large datasets, when they drag and drop fields, then the system should respond within 2 seconds for each action without lag or errors.

Query Validation Feedback

"As a data analyst, I want instant feedback on my query construction so that I can identify and correct errors before running the query."

Description

The Query Validation Feedback provides users with immediate feedback on the correctness of their constructed queries. This requirement includes real-time error detection, highlighting errors or potential issues clearly, and offering suggestions on how to resolve them. By ensuring that users are informed of any syntax or logical mistakes before they attempt to execute the query, it minimizes frustration and time wasted on fixing errors after execution. This feature is crucial for the effectiveness of the Simplified Query Builder, enabling users to learn from mistakes and gain confidence in their query-building skills.

Acceptance Criteria

User builds a query using the Simplified Query Builder and receives real-time feedback on any errors made in the query construction process before execution.

Given a user has constructed a query with one or more errors, When the user finishes building the query, Then the system should highlight the errors in red and provide a tooltip suggestion for each error.

User constructs a query that is syntactically correct and executes it successfully, receiving the corresponding results from the query.

Given a user has constructed a syntactically correct query, When the user executes the query, Then the system should return the expected results without any errors.

User attempts to build a complex query but includes logical errors, receiving appropriate feedback to correct them before execution.

Given a user has built a complex query with logical errors, When they complete their query, Then the system should indicate the logical mistakes and suggest possible corrections based on the query context.

User interacts with the visual components of the query builder to create a query and seeks confirmation that their selections are valid.

Given a user utilizes the drag-and-drop interface to create a query, When the user finalizes their selections, Then the system should provide a summary of the selections indicating if they are valid for execution.

User modifies their query based on previous feedback and wants to ensure that the previous errors have been resolved.

Given a user has previously received feedback on errors in their query, When the user modifies the query, Then the system should re-evaluate the query and provide updated feedback on any remaining or new errors.

User engages with the Query Validation Feedback by intentionally inserting errors to test the feature's responsiveness and helpfulness.

Given a user intentionally introduces errors into a query, When they complete the query construction, Then the system should correctly identify and indicate all errors with actionable suggestions for correction.

Customizable Query Templates

"As a user, I want to save and customize my query templates so that I can quickly adjust them for future use and improve my productivity."

Description

Customizable Query Templates allow users to create and save frequently used query structures that they can easily modify for different datasets. This requirement facilitates the reuse of established query frameworks, saving time for users who regularly analyze similar data. Templates will be categorized by common use cases, enabling more efficient access. Users can share these templates with team members, promoting collaborative work and enhancing consistency in data reporting. This feature ensures that users maximize efficiency and maintain best practices in their analytical processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates and saves a customizable query template for sales data analysis.

Given a user is on the Simplified Query Builder interface, when they select the necessary fields for sales data, then they should be able to save this structure as a template for future use.

User modifies an existing query template to analyze marketing data.

Given a user has an existing sales query template, when they open the template and replace the fields with marketing data fields, then the modified template should save correctly and be accessible in the templates library.

User shares a customizable query template with team members.

Given a user has created a query template, when they opt to share this template with a specific team member, then the shared team member should receive a notification and be able to access the template with read/edit privileges.

User categorizes templates based on common use cases.

Given a user is managing their query templates, when they categorize a template under a specific label such as 'Sales' or 'Marketing', then the template should be easily retrievable under the selected category in the templates library.

User deletes a customizable query template they no longer need.

Given a user is viewing their list of saved templates, when they select a template and choose to delete it, then the selected template should be removed from the templates library and no longer available for use.

User searches for a specific query template within their saved templates.

Given a user has multiple saved query templates, when they enter a search term related to a template's name or category in the search bar, then the relevant templates should appear in the search results promptly.

User previews a customizable query template before making modifications.

Given a user selects a saved query template, when they choose the option to preview it, then a pop-up should display the query structure and fields without the ability to edit until they open it for editing.

Dynamic Field Suggestions

"As a new user, I want to receive dynamic suggestions for fields while constructing my query so that I can understand the data better and build effective queries quickly."

Description

The Dynamic Field Suggestions feature provides users with context-aware suggestions for data fields and filters as they build their queries. This requirement utilizes machine learning algorithms to analyze the user’s query context and previous activities, presenting relevant suggestions that streamline the query-building process. The functionality should include the ability to filter suggestions based on data types or categories. This not only enhances user experience but also accelerates the learning curve for new users by guiding them toward best practices in data queries.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the Simplified Query Builder to create a new query using the Dynamic Field Suggestions feature to retrieve sales data for a specific product category.

Given the user is using the Simplified Query Builder, when they start typing in the query, then a list of relevant data fields and filters should be displayed dynamically based on the current input and previous queries.

A user wants to refine their query further by applying multiple filters using the Dynamic Field Suggestions feature.

Given the user has selected an initial data field, when they choose to filter the suggestions by data types or categories, then only relevant fields should be displayed in the suggestion dropdown.

A novice user is building a query for the first time and requires assistance with query structure and best practices.

Given the user is new to the platform, when they hover over the suggested fields, then helpful tooltips or descriptions should appear, guiding them with examples of how to use the fields in different query scenarios.

A user frequently queries sales data and has generated several queries over the past week.

Given that the machine learning algorithm tracks user activity, when the user begins constructing a new query for sales data, then previously used data fields and filters should be prioritized in the suggestion list.

The user is building a complex query involving multiple datasets and wants to ensure their selections are valid and relevant.

Given the user is composing a multi-field query, when they select a field, then the system should visually indicate which fields are compatible or relevant to the query being built.

A business analyst is reviewing the accuracy of the Dynamic Field Suggestions while creating a report.

Given the user has built a query using suggestions, when they execute the query, then the output data should reflect the expected results based on the selected filters and fields, confirming that the field suggestions were accurate and relevant.

A user revisits a saved query and wants to enhance it by adding more filters using the suggestion feature.

Given the user is loading a previously saved query, when they attempt to add a new filter through the Dynamic Field Suggestions, then the suggestions should adapt based on the context of the existing query, ensuring seamless integration of new filters.

Export Query Results

"As a business analyst, I want to export the results of my queries to multiple formats so that I can share them with my team and stakeholders effectively."

Description

The Export Query Results functionality enables users to export the results of their queries into various formats, including CSV, Excel, and PDF. This requirement ensures that users can easily share insights with stakeholders or integrate them into reports. The export process must be simple, allowing users to select the format and any specific parameters for the data they wish to include. This capability is essential for business intelligence teams that require flexible and straightforward reporting options from their data analyses.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a query built in the Simplified Query Builder and chooses to export the results.

Given a valid query created using the Simplified Query Builder, when the user selects 'Export' and chooses a format (CSV, Excel, or PDF), then the application must successfully initiate the export process without errors.

User specifies export parameters for the selected query results.

Given the user is on the export page, when they select the specific parameters (such as date range or data fields to include), then the exported file should contain only the data according to the specified parameters.

User encounters an error during the exporting process.

Given the user attempts to export query results but runs into an error, when the error occurs, then the application must display an informative error message explaining the issue and suggesting possible solutions.

User exports query results to a CSV format and opens the file.

Given the user has successfully exported the query results to CSV format, when they open the CSV file, then the content should match the query results displayed in DataHarmony, without data loss or corruption.

User wants to export data in multiple formats sequentially without re-creating the query.

Given the user has created a query and completed an export, when they select to export the same results in another format, then the application must allow this without prompting the user to rebuild the query.

User attempts to export results while not logged in.

Given the user is not logged into DataHarmony, when they attempt to export query results, then the application must redirect them to the login page to authenticate before allowing the export process.

User needs to share exported results with stakeholders via email.

Given the user has successfully exported results, when they select the option to share via email, then the application must automatically attach the exported file and provide a confirmation message that the email has been sent.

Customizable Insight Alerts

Customizable Insight Alerts enable users to set notifications based on key metrics or changes in datasets that matter most to them. By delivering relevant insights via email or app notifications, this feature ensures that even non-technical users are kept informed of critical developments that require their attention, enhancing proactive decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Notification Settings

"As a business analyst, I want to receive real-time alerts on key performance metrics so that I can promptly respond to any significant changes and make data-driven decisions that impact our projects."

Description

This requirement enables users to customize their notification preferences for Insight Alerts, allowing them to receive real-time updates based on specific metrics or triggers they define. Users can select which datasets to monitor, set thresholds for notifications, and choose their preferred method of delivery (email or app notification). This personalized approach enhances user engagement and ensures that users are informed about critical changes relevant to their roles, fostering timely and informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a new real-time notification for a specific dataset to be alerted when a key metric surpasses a defined threshold.

Given that the user selects a dataset and a key metric, when they set the threshold for notifications and save the settings, then the notification for that dataset should trigger correctly when the metric exceeds the threshold.

User modifies an existing notification setting to change the delivery method from email to app notification.

Given that the user has access to their notification settings, when they change the delivery method for a specific notification from email to app notification, then the changes should be saved and applied without errors.

User enables notifications for multiple datasets and configures different thresholds for each dataset.

Given that the user selects multiple datasets and defines distinct thresholds for each, when they save the notification preferences, then all datasets should reflect the correct notification settings without conflicts.

User receives a notification via their selected delivery method when a specified dataset meets the triggering criteria.

Given that the user has defined a dataset monitoring threshold, when the dataset's key metric meets the specified condition, then the user should receive a notification via their chosen delivery method within 5 minutes of the condition being met.

User tests the notification system to ensure alerts are working as intended.

Given that the user has configured notification settings, when they initiate a test alert, then the user should receive a test notification according to their set preferences to confirm functionality.

User can disable notifications for a specific dataset if they choose to stop receiving alerts.

Given that the user selects a dataset for which they no longer want notifications, when they disable the notifications and save the changes, then alerts for that dataset should stop being sent immediately upon saving.

User accesses a history log of received notifications related to their insight alerts.

Given that the user has been receiving notifications, when they view the notification history, then they should see a complete and accurate log of all alerts sent within the past 30 days.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a data scientist, I want to analyze historical trends in my datasets to better understand the context of current alerts so that I can provide informed recommendations based on historical patterns."

Description

This requirement includes the capability to analyze historical data trends as part of the Insight Alerts feature. Users can set alerts not just for real-time changes, but also for shifts in historical data patterns, allowing them to understand long-term trends and forecast potential changes. By incorporating historical analysis, users can contextualize incoming data alerts, thus enhancing the strategic decision-making process based on both current and past data insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a new Insight Alert based on a historical data trend analysis of sales performance over the past year to track seasonal variations.

Given a user has access to the Customizable Insight Alerts feature, When they configure an alert for the historical data trend over the past year, Then the user should receive notifications for any significant deviation from average sales during the past year.

A user receives an email notification based on their customized alert for changes in customer churn rate after analyzing historical data patterns.

Given that the user has set an Insight Alert for historical churn rates, When the churn rate exceeds the predefined threshold based on historical data, Then the user should receive an email notification detailing the change and its significance.

An administrator reviews the effectiveness of the Insight Alerts for users who based their alerts on historical data trends, analyzing their interaction with the notifications.

Given an administrator is assessing user engagement, When they analyze the reports on user interactions with the alerts generated from historical data, Then they should find that at least 80% of users opened and acted upon the notifications received.

A user uses historical data insights to adjust their alert settings in order to refine the notifications they receive regarding inventory levels.

Given a user has set up alerts based on historical data trends, When the user accesses their alert settings to adjust thresholds after reviewing past notifications, Then the changes should be saved successfully, and the confirmation message is displayed, confirming the update of their alert preferences.

A user seeks to understand the impact of historical data on their customized alerts by accessing a comprehensive report generated by the system.

Given the user is authorized to view Insight Alerts reports, When they request a report on the influence of historical data trends on their alerts, Then the system should produce a report outlining the correlations and impacts of past data trends on current alert configurations.

An organization evaluates the overall satisfaction of users with the Customizable Insight Alerts feature after integrating historical data analysis.

Given that user feedback is collected post-implementation of the historical data analysis feature, When surveys are conducted with the users, Then at least 85% of users should report satisfaction with the relevance and accuracy of the alerts provided.

Category-Based Alert Filtering

"As a product manager, I want to filter alerts based on categories relevant to my team so that I can concentrate on the most critical updates and ensure swift action where necessary."

Description

This feature allows users to categorize alerts based on different dimensions such as business units, data types, or urgency levels. Users can filter and prioritize alerts according to specific categories that matter most to them. This contextual filtering will ensure that users are not overwhelmed with alerts and can focus on the most pertinent information, making it easier to manage and respond to important updates.

Acceptance Criteria

User categorizes alerts based on urgency and receives notifications relevant to high-priority categories.

Given a user has defined categories for alerts, when an alert is triggered in a high-priority category, then the user receives an immediate notification via their preferred channel.

A user wants to filter alerts based on specific data types to receive only relevant information.

Given a user sets filters for data types in the alert settings, when an alert is triggered for a non-selected data type, then the user does not receive that alert.

An admin user creates and assigns categories to multiple alerts to organize them effectively.

Given an admin user has access to the category management feature, when they create new categories and assign them to existing alerts, then the alerts should display the assigned category in the user interface.

Users get overwhelmed by too many alerts and need to prioritize them based on business units.

Given a user has set prioritization filters for alerts by business units, when an alert is triggered, then only alerts from prioritized business units are displayed, minimizing clutter.

Users wish to edit alert categories to adjust to changing business needs.

Given a user accesses their alert category settings, when they modify an existing category or create a new one, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the alert notifications immediately.

User wants to review a history of triggered alerts filtered by categories for better analysis.

Given a user navigates to the alert history page, when they apply category filters, then the displayed alerts should match the selected categories accurately.

Integration with External Tools

"As a project coordinator, I want to receive important alerts in my team's communication tool so that everyone stays informed and can act quickly on critical data changes without switching platforms."

Description

This requirement addresses the integration of Customizable Insight Alerts with external project management and communication tools. By allowing users to send alerts to platforms like Slack, Microsoft Teams, or Trello, the feature enhances collaborative efforts and ensures that critical alerts are shared with teams in real-time, regardless of their preferred communication channels. This will streamline workflows and ensure that teams stay informed and coordinated.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Customizable Insight Alerts with Slack for real-time notifications to team members.

Given that a user has set up an alert for a crucial key metric in DataHarmony, when the metric changes, then the alert is sent to the designated Slack channel with the correct alert message and relevant data included.

Implementation of Customizable Insight Alerts with Microsoft Teams to inform users of crucial updates.

Given that a user has configured a metric alert in DataHarmony, when that metric exceeds a predefined threshold, then a notification is posted to the specified Microsoft Teams channel, including analysis of the metric.

Integration of Customizable Insight Alerts with Trello to facilitate project management updates.

Given that a user has activated an Insight Alert for project milestones in DataHarmony, when a milestone is achieved, then a new Trello card is automatically created in the selected board detailing the achievement.

Testing the delivery of notifications through email for Customizable Insight Alerts.

Given that a user has configured a key insight alert, when the alert condition is met, then an email notification is sent to the user's registered email address containing specific details of the alert.

Verification of user settings for alert preferences in DataHarmony.

Given that a user is on the alert settings page, when they update their notification preferences for Slack, Microsoft Teams, or Trello, then the changes are successfully saved and reflected in the user's alert dashboard.

Ensuring alerts are dynamically updated across multiple integrated tools.

Given that a user has set a customizable alert in DataHarmony, when the alert is triggered, then the alert status should synchronize across all connected tools (Slack, Microsoft Teams, Trello) in real-time, without delay.

Assessing the user-friendliness of setting up customizable alert notifications.

Given that a user accesses the alert setup process, when they navigate through the steps to create a new alert, then the interface should be intuitive and guide the user through configuration without needing external support or documentation.

User-Friendly Alert Creation Wizard

"As a non-technical user, I want an easy-to-use wizard for setting up alerts so that I can quickly create notifications without needing advanced technical knowledge."

Description

This requirement introduces a user-friendly wizard for setting up Customizable Insight Alerts. The wizard guides users through the steps of creating alerts, including selecting metrics, defining thresholds, and choosing notification methods in an intuitive manner. By simplifying the alert creation process, it empowers users of all technical skill levels to leverage the alert feature effectively, driving greater adoption and utilization of the Insights functionality.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the User-Friendly Alert Creation Wizard to set up a new alert for a decreasing sales metric.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on 'Create Alert', then the User-Friendly Alert Creation Wizard opens and displays the available metrics for selection.

User selects a specific metric and defines a threshold within the wizard for minimum sales.

Given the User-Friendly Alert Creation Wizard is open, when the user selects the 'Sales' metric and sets the threshold to a specific value, then the selected metric and threshold are accurately reflected in the wizard's preview section.

User chooses the notification method in the alert creation wizard.

Given the user has set a metric and threshold, when they navigate to the notification options, then they should be able to select either email or app notifications, and the selected method should be saved after confirming the alert.

User completes the alert creation process and saves the configuration.

Given the user has completed all steps in the wizard, when they click on 'Save Alert', then the alert should be successfully created and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User revisits the alert settings to modify an existing alert.

Given the user has previously created alerts, when they access the alert management section, then they should see a list of their alerts with options to edit or delete each alert.

User receives a notification based on the set alert conditions.

Given that the conditions for a created alert have been met, when the specified threshold is crossed, then the user should receive the appropriate notification via the selected method within 5 minutes.

User attempts to create an alert without filling in all required fields in the wizard.

Given the User-Friendly Alert Creation Wizard is open, when they attempt to save the alert without setting all mandatory fields, then an error message should display, indicating which fields are required to complete the process.

Guided Data Tutorials

Guided Data Tutorials offer interactive, step-by-step instructions on how to use DataHarmony effectively. These tutorials cover everything from basic navigation to advanced analytics techniques, catering to users of all skill levels. By providing a supportive learning environment, this feature boosts user confidence and promotes greater engagement with the platform.

Requirements

Interactive Tutorial Interface

"As a new user of DataHarmony, I want an interactive tutorial interface so that I can learn how to effectively use the platform and feel confident in my abilities."

Description

The Interactive Tutorial Interface requirement involves creating a user-friendly, visually appealing platform where users can access guided data tutorials. This interface will allow users to navigate through tutorials easily, utilize interactive elements such as quizzes and practice datasets, and see real-time feedback on their progress. The goal is to enhance user comprehension and retention of the material, ultimately leading to improved usage of the DataHarmony platform and increased user satisfaction. The integration with existing user accounts and progress tracking systems must be ensured for a seamless experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Successfully Navigates the Interactive Tutorial Interface

Given a logged-in user, when they access the Interactive Tutorial Interface, then they should see a clear menu of available tutorials categorized by skill level, with each tutorial offering an estimated completion time.

User Completes an Interactive Tutorial

Given a user is currently engaged in an interactive tutorial, when they complete all steps and quizzes, then their progress should be accurately recorded and reflected in their user account as 100% completion for that tutorial.

User Receives Real-Time Feedback on Quiz Performance During the Tutorial

Given a user is taking a quiz within a tutorial, when they submit their answers, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including correct answers and explanations for any incorrect responses.

User Accesses Additional Resources Within the Tutorial

Given a user is navigating through a tutorial, when they click on the 'Additional Resources' link, then they should be directed to relevant articles and videos that enhance the tutorial content.

User Progress is saved and retrievable across sessions

Given that a user is in the middle of a tutorial, when they log out and log back in, then their progress should be restored to the exact point where they left off.

User Interacts with Practice Datasets within the Tutorial

Given a user is on a tutorial that includes practice datasets, when they access these datasets, then they can run analytics or visualizations with real-time processing through the platform.

Progress Tracking System

"As a user taking tutorials, I want a progress tracking system so that I can monitor my learning path and identify areas where I need improvement."

Description

The Progress Tracking System requirement entails building a robust mechanism that tracks users' completion of tutorials, including metrics on time spent, questions answered, and content mastered. This system will provide users with insights into their learning journey, highlight areas for improvement, and offer recommendations for additional tutorials that align with their progress. The information captured will also facilitate personalized learning experiences, empowering users to advance in their understanding of the DataHarmony platform effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a tutorial and completes it within the estimated time frame, then navigates to the Progress Tracking System to view their progress.

Given a user completes a tutorial, when they access the Progress Tracking System, then they should see a record of the tutorial completion, including metrics for time spent, questions answered, and content mastered.

User reviews their progress in a tutorial series they are currently engaged with, wanting to see specific areas for improvement.

Given a user is engaged in a tutorial series, when they check their progress dashboard, then they should see a breakdown of tutorial completion status, areas needing improvement, and recommended additional tutorials based on their performance.

User has completed multiple tutorials and wishes to track their overall progress and identify skills acquired over time.

Given a user has completed multiple tutorials, when they access their overall progress report in the Progress Tracking System, then they should see a cumulative overview of all tutorials completed, skills acquired, and trends in learning progress over time.

User interacts with the recommendation system after completing a tutorial, seeking personalized learning paths.

Given a user has just completed a tutorial, when they click on the recommended tutorials section, then they should receive personalized suggestions based on their previous tutorial performance and learning interests.

An admin reviews user engagement metrics to evaluate the effectiveness of the Guided Data Tutorials feature.

Given an admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they review the user engagement metrics, then they should see detailed statistics covering completion rates, average time spent on tutorials, and user feedback ratings.

User seeks help while getting started with a tutorial and uses the Progress Tracking System to find relevant resources.

Given a user is struggling with a tutorial, when they access the help resources from the Progress Tracking System, then they should see contextual suggestions and links to additional support materials relevant to the tutorial content.

Feedback and Rating Mechanism

"As a user, I want to rate and provide feedback on the tutorials I complete so that I can contribute to improving the tutorials and help other users in their learning journey."

Description

The Feedback and Rating Mechanism requirement involves enabling users to provide feedback on each tutorial they complete, including ratings and comments. This feature will allow users to share their experiences, highlight useful content, and suggest areas for enhancement. The collected data will be invaluable for future tutorial improvements and for creating a community-driven learning environment. This feature aims to engage users further by giving them a voice in shaping their learning experiences on the DataHarmony platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on a completed tutorial.

Given a user completes a tutorial, When they navigate to the feedback section, Then they should be able to rate the tutorial from 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments.

User views their submitted feedback history.

Given a user has submitted feedback, When they access the feedback history section, Then they should see a list of their feedback submissions with corresponding ratings and comments.

Admin reviews feedback for tutorial improvements.

Given an admin accesses the feedback management dashboard, When they view the feedback for a specific tutorial, Then they should see a summary of ratings, comments, and suggestions for that tutorial.

User receives a confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given a user has successfully submitted feedback, When the submission is completed, Then they should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been recorded.

Feedback form displays error for incomplete submission.

Given a user attempts to submit feedback with missing ratings or comments, When they submit the form, Then they should see an error message prompting them to complete all required fields.

User accesses tutorials with high ratings.

Given a user is browsing tutorials, When they filter for tutorials by rating, Then only tutorials with a rating of 4 stars or higher should be displayed.

Multi-format Content Delivery

"As a user with different learning preferences, I want tutorial content to be available in multiple formats so that I can learn in a way that suits me best."

Description

The Multi-format Content Delivery requirement focuses on the ability to deliver tutorial content in various formats, such as text, video, and interactive simulations. This approach ensures that diverse learning styles are catered to, promoting enhanced user engagement and knowledge retention. Additionally, it allows users to choose their preferred learning method, increasing their comfort and effectiveness with the DataHarmony platform. Ensuring that all formats are accessible and usable on both desktop and mobile devices is also a key consideration.

Acceptance Criteria

Tutorial Content Displays Appropriately on Device

Given a user accesses a tutorial on DataHarmony, when they select text, video, or interactive simulation, then the content should render correctly without distortion on both desktop and mobile devices.

Variety of Formats Available for Each Topic

Given a specific tutorial topic in DataHarmony, when a user accesses that topic, then they should have the option to choose from at least three formats: text, video, and interactive simulation.

User Engagement Metrics for Tutorials

Given the release of a new tutorial, when users complete the tutorial, then at least 75% of users should report an increase in confidence and understanding through feedback surveys immediately following the tutorial.

Accessibility Compliance for Content Formats

Given the delivery of tutorial content in multiple formats, when the content is accessed on any device, then it must meet WCAG 2.1 Level AA accessibility standards for all users.

Seamless Transition Between Content Formats

Given a user is engaged with a tutorial in one format, when they choose to switch to another format, then they should transition seamlessly without loss of progress or data.

Interactive Simulations Functionality

Given a user is participating in an interactive simulation tutorial, when they complete all steps, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance and understanding of the material.

User Preferences for Content Format

Given that users have different learning styles, when a user sets their content preferences in their profile, then tutorials should automatically present in their preferred format whenever available.

Search and Filter Functionality

"As a user, I want to search and filter tutorial content so that I can easily find tutorials that match my specific learning needs."

Description

The Search and Filter Functionality requirement is designed to allow users to quickly locate specific tutorials or topics within the guided data tutorials. This feature will enable efficient browsing by applying filters such as skill level, tutorial length, and topic categories, thereby reducing the time spent searching for pertinent content. Enhancing the discoverability of tutorials will encourage users to engage more with the platform and enhance their learning experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for tutorials using the search bar with specific keywords related to a topic.

Given a user enters a keyword into the search bar, when they click the search button, then the system returns a list of tutorials that match the specified keyword, displayed in order of relevance.

User applies multiple filters to narrow down the search results for tutorials.

Given a user selects multiple filters for skill level and topic categories, when they apply these filters, then the system displays only the tutorials that match all selected criteria and updates the total number of results accordingly.

User wants to reset search and filter options to start a new search.

Given a user has applied search keywords and filters, when they click the 'Reset' button, then the system clears all search fields and filter selections, displaying the default view of all available tutorials.

User browses through the filter options to learn their available selections.

Given a user clicks on the filter section, when the filter menu expands, then all available filter options (skill level, tutorial length, topic categories) are displayed clearly and are selectable.

User interacts with the tutorial list after applying filters to ensure usability.

Given a user has applied filters, when they scroll through the displayed tutorials, then each tutorial item contains a title, a brief description, and a clear call-to-action button to start the tutorial.

User accesses the help section to understand how to use the search and filter functionality.

Given a user navigates to the help section, when they search for 'search and filter tutorial', then the system displays a comprehensive FAQ and how-to guide on utilizing the search and filter features effectively.

User looks for tutorials of a specific length range.

Given a user specifies a range of tutorial lengths using the filter option, when they apply this filter, then the system exclusively displays tutorials that fall within the selected length range.

One-Click Sample Reports

One-Click Sample Reports enable users to generate pre-configured reports with relevant metrics at the touch of a button. This feature streamlines access to insights without the need for complex setup, allowing users to quickly access information tailored to their roles. It makes data analysis a hassle-free experience for everyone.

Requirements

Dynamic Report Customization

"As a business analyst, I want to customize my sample reports dynamically so that the insights I receive are directly relevant to my current analysis needs."

Description

The Dynamic Report Customization requirement allows users to tailor the content and layout of sample reports according to their individual preferences. Users can select specific metrics and visualizations to include in their reports, enhancing the relevance of the data presented. This customization enhances user engagement by ensuring that each report provides meaningful insights aligned with user roles and responsibilities. The requirement ensures that reports can be easily adjusted on-the-fly without technical expertise, thus improving the overall user experience and satisfaction with the DataHarmony platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Dynamic Report Customization feature from their dashboard to generate a sample report tailored to their needs.

Given the user is on their dashboard, when they select 'Dynamic Report Customization,' then they should see an option to select specific metrics and visualizations for their report.

User selects multiple metrics and visualizations to include in their report using the Dynamic Report Customization feature.

Given the user has accessed the 'Dynamic Report Customization,' when they select specific metrics and visualizations, then the report preview should update in real-time to reflect those selections.

User is able to save their customized report preferences for future use.

Given the user has customized a report, when they select the 'Save Preferences' option, then their customization selections should be saved and available the next time they access the report.

User generates a sample report using their customized settings and verifies the report content.

Given the user has saved their customization settings, when they generate a report, then the content of the report should include only the selected metrics and visualizations as specified by the user.

User receives a prompt indicating successful report generation after customizing their report.

Given the user has finished customizing their report, when they click the 'Generate Report' button, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that the report has been successfully generated.

User accesses a completed report and can edit their customization choices without starting over from scratch.

Given the user views a previously generated report, when they select the 'Edit Report' option, then they should be able to modify their previous customization choices seamlessly.

Multi-User Collaboration on Reports

"As a project manager, I want to collaborate with my team on sample reports so that we can combine our insights and make better decisions together."

Description

The Multi-User Collaboration on Reports requirement facilitates real-time collaboration among team members when generating and reviewing sample reports. This feature allows multiple users to access a report simultaneously, make edits, and leave comments, fostering teamwork and enhancing communication. The capability encourages shared insights and collaborative decision-making, ultimately leading to richer and more informed analyses based on diverse perspectives. By integrating collaboration tools such as chat or comment threads, the feature aims to streamline the feedback loop and reduce the time spent on report iterations.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborative Editing of Sample Reports

Given that multiple users access a sample report, when one user makes an edit, then all other users should see the change in real-time without needing to refresh their browsers.

Real-Time Commenting and Notifications

Given that a user leaves a comment on a report, when other users access the report, then they should receive a notification about the new comment to facilitate discussions.

Report Locking During Editing

Given that a user is editing a sample report, when another user attempts to access the report for editing, then they should receive a notification that the report is currently being edited by another user.

Version History Tracking

Given that multiple edits are made to a sample report, when a user views the report's history, then they should see a detailed log of changes made, including timestamps and user names.

Role-Based Access Control in Collaboration

Given that different users have different roles, when a user with limited permissions attempts to edit a report, then they should only be able to comment and not make any changes to the content.

Integration of Chat Feature within Reports

Given that multiple users are collaborating on a report, when they want to discuss changes, then they should be able to initiate a chat within the report interface without switching applications.

Automated Report Scheduling

"As a data administrator, I want to schedule sample reports automatically so that our team receives regular updates without manual intervention."

Description

The Automated Report Scheduling requirement enables users to schedule the generation and distribution of sample reports at specified intervals, such as daily, weekly, or monthly. This automation minimizes manual efforts and ensures stakeholders receive timely updates based on the latest data. Users can define parameters for the report content, distribution list, and frequency, allowing for greater flexibility and enhanced operational efficiency. This feature is crucial for maintaining consistent communication and providing necessary insights without requiring users to constantly monitor report generation.

Acceptance Criteria

Scheduling a daily automated report for the sales team to receive updated metrics every morning at 8 AM.

Given a user has access to the report scheduling feature, when they select a daily schedule for the sales report, then the report should be generated and emailed to the sales team at 8 AM each day without manual intervention.

Enabling a user to modify an existing scheduled report to change its frequency from weekly to monthly.

Given a user has an existing weekly scheduled report, when they select the option to edit the schedule and change it to monthly, then the report should update its schedule to be sent out on the first Monday of each month.

A user needs to create a new schedule for an automated report that includes specific filters for customer segments.

Given a user is setting up a new automated report, when they apply filters for customer segments and define the distribution list, then the report should be generated according to the specified filters and sent to the correct distribution list according to the frequency chosen.

Testing the extent of notifications sent to stakeholders upon report generation failure.

Given a scheduled report is set to auto-generate, when the report generation fails due to a data source issue, then an email notification should be sent to the user and the defined stakeholders informing them of the failure immediately.

Assessing whether users can cancel scheduled reports at any given time without issues.

Given a user has scheduled an automated report, when they choose to cancel the report scheduling, then the scheduled report should be removed from the system without generating any further reports.

Verifying that changes to report parameters are correctly reflected in the next scheduled report generation.

Given a user updates the parameters of a scheduled report, when the next report is generated, then the new parameters should be applied, and the output should reflect the changes made.

Checking whether users can view a history log of previously generated automated reports.

Given a user accesses the report scheduling interface, when they select the option to view the history log, then the system should display all previously generated reports, including date, time, and recipients.

Interactive Data Visualization Integration

"As a data scientist, I want to include interactive visualizations in my sample reports so that I can analyze trends dynamically and present insights effectively during meetings."

Description

The Interactive Data Visualization Integration requirement allows users to include interactive visualizations within their sample reports. Users can apply filters, zoom features, and other interactive elements that enable them to explore the data more comprehensively. This engagement with the data promotes a deeper understanding and allows for on-the-spot analysis of important trends and metrics. Integrating visually appealing dashboards and charts based on user-selected metrics greatly enhances report usability and effectiveness, making it easier to present data during meetings and discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the One-Click Sample Reports page and selects a report that includes interactive data visualizations relevant to their role.

Given the user has selected a predefined sample report, When the report loads, Then the report should display interactive visualizations that allow filtering and zooming on specific data points without errors.

A user needs to customize a report using interactive visualizations to present key insights during a team meeting.

Given the user is on the report customization screen, When the user applies filters and selects visual elements, Then the interactive visualizations should update in real-time to reflect the selected metrics and filters accurately.

A user generates a One-Click Sample Report containing multiple interactive visualizations for data analysis.

Given the user clicks on the One-Click Sample Reports button, When the report is generated, Then it should include at least three different interactive visualizations that are responsive to user interactions such as filtering or hovering.

The user wants to save their customized report with interactive visualizations for future reference.

Given the user has applied changes to the interactive visualizations, When the user clicks on the save button, Then the system should save the report including all applied filters and visualizations successfully, confirming with a success message.

A user tries to use interactive features on visualizations in a browser that is not supported by DataHarmony.

Given a user accesses the One-Click Sample Reports in an unsupported browser, When they attempt to use interactive features, Then the system should display a clear error message informing the user about browser incompatibility without crashing.

User needs to share a report containing interactive visualizations with colleagues via email.

Given the user has completed a report with interactive visualizations, When the user selects the share option, Then the system should send an email with a link to the interactive version of the report that retains functionality for the recipient.

Mobile Accessibility for Sample Reports

"As a sales executive, I want to access my sample reports on my mobile device so that I can review key metrics and make decisions while on the road."

Description

The Mobile Accessibility for Sample Reports requirement ensures that users can generate and access sample reports via mobile devices. Leveraging responsive design principles, reports should be easily navigable and readable on smaller screens, providing a seamless user experience regardless of the device used. This feature is crucial for users who require flexibility and the ability to stay informed while on the go, thereby enhancing the usability of the DataHarmony platform across different user contexts, improving engagement, and supporting remote work environments.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access and generate One-Click Sample Reports on their mobile devices while attending a remote team meeting.

Given a user is logged into the DataHarmony app on a mobile device, When they tap the 'Generate Sample Report' button, Then the report is generated and displayed within 3 seconds.

Users can read generated One-Click Sample Reports seamlessly on different mobile devices with varying screen sizes.

Given a user has generated a One-Click Sample Report, When they access it on any mobile device, Then the report should render correctly without horizontal scrolling and maintain readability.

Users can navigate through the mobile interface to access One-Click Sample Reports without assistance.

Given a user is accessing the DataHarmony platform on their mobile device, When they look for One-Click Sample Reports, Then they can find and navigate to the reports section intuitively without additional help.

Users receive a notification upon successful generation of a One-Click Sample Report on their mobile devices.

Given a user generates a One-Click Sample Report on a mobile device, When the report is successfully created, Then the user receives a push notification indicating the report is available for viewing.

Users can share One-Click Sample Reports directly from their mobile device via email or messaging apps.

Given a user is viewing a generated One-Click Sample Report on their mobile device, When they select the 'Share Report' option, Then the report can be shared via email or messaging apps seamlessly without errors.

On-Demand Tutorials

On-Demand Tutorials provide users with the ability to access a library of instructional videos and guides whenever they need assistance. This feature caters to different learning styles, ensuring that users can learn at their own pace and focus on specific topics relevant to their needs. By offering readily available material, users can quickly enhance their understanding and utilize DataHarmony’s capabilities more effectively.

Requirements

Video Library Access

"As a user of DataHarmony, I want to access a library of on-demand tutorials so that I can learn at my own pace and focus on the topics that are most relevant to my work."

Description

The On-Demand Tutorials feature must provide a comprehensive library of video tutorials and instructional guides that users can access at any time. This library should be organized by topics, difficulty levels, and user roles, making it easy for users to find relevant material. The functionality should allow users to filter and search for specific topics to streamline their learning process. The integration with the DataHarmony platform should ensure that users can access tutorials without leaving the application interface, thus creating a seamless learning experience. This feature enhances user capability and fosters a deeper understanding of the platform’s functions, resulting in improved usability and increased user satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Video Library from the DataHarmony dashboard to search for tutorials regarding data analysis techniques.

Given the user is logged into DataHarmony, when they navigate to the Video Library section, then they should see a well-organized list of video tutorials categorized by topics, difficulty levels, and user roles.

A user searches for a specific video tutorial on 'Data Visualization' within the library.

Given the user is in the Video Library section, when they enter 'Data Visualization' in the search bar, then they should see a list of relevant video tutorials related to 'Data Visualization' with the ability to filter further.

A user selects a tutorial video and watches it without any interruptions.

Given the user has selected a video tutorial from the Video Library, when they click 'Play', then the video should start playing seamlessly within the DataHarmony interface without redirecting to another application.

A user wants to filter tutorials by difficulty level.

Given the user is in the Video Library, when they select the 'Difficulty Level' filter option, then they should be presented with a list of tutorials that match their selected difficulty level.

A user finishes watching a video tutorial and wants to access another recommended tutorial based on their interest.

Given the user has completed a video tutorial, when the video ends, then they should see a list of recommended tutorials based on the topic of the previously watched tutorial, displayed on the same screen.

An administrator updates the Video Library with new tutorials.

Given the administrator is logged into DataHarmony, when they upload a new video tutorial to the Video Library, then the new tutorial should be immediately available for users to access and appears correctly within the categorized list.

Interactive Learning Features

"As a user, I want to engage with interactive materials while watching tutorials so that I can actively learn and better retain the information being presented."

Description

The On-Demand Tutorials should incorporate interactive learning elements, such as quizzes, assessments, and interactive scenarios that actively engage users in the learning process. These elements will allow users to apply what they’ve learned, receive immediate feedback, and reinforce their understanding of the material. The interaction should be designed to assess knowledge retention and encourage active participation, thus facilitating a more effective learning experience. Integrating these interactive elements will distinguish DataHarmony's tutorials from standard video content, adding value and appeal to the educational experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates On-Demand Tutorials and interacts with the quizzes provided after each instructional video, aiming to reinforce their understanding of the material.

Given the user has completed a tutorial video, when they access the quiz section, then they can attempt the quiz and receive immediate feedback on their answers with explanations for any incorrect responses.

A user seeks to assess their understanding of a specific topic and accesses an interactive scenario that requires them to apply what they've learned in a practical context.

Given the user is engaging with an interactive scenario, when they complete the scenario, then they must be able to view their performance results and receive personalized suggestions for further learning based on their outcomes.

An administrator wants to track the effectiveness of the On-Demand Tutorials by analyzing user engagement and quiz performance metrics over a specific period.

Given that the tutorial feature is in use, when the administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view metrics such as average quiz scores, completion rates, and user feedback by topic.

A new user is accessing the On-Demand Tutorials for the first time and wants to know how to navigate the interactive features effectively.

Given the user is on the tutorial introduction page, when they click on the 'How to Use' guide, then they should see a step-by-step interactive tutorial that demonstrates how to access and utilize quizzes and assessments.

Users want to revisit previous tutorials and check their quiz scores as part of their ongoing learning process.

Given the user has previously completed tutorials, when they navigate to their learning history, then they should be able to view all previous tutorial completions along with associated quiz scores and feedback for each tutorial.

A user is completing a tutorial on data visualization and engages with an interactive assessment that requires application of theory to a practical problem.

Given the user is interacting with the data visualization assessment, when they submit their answers, then they receive instant feedback and explanations for the correct answers, enabling them to understand their strengths and areas for improvement.

Progress Tracking and Analytics

"As a user, I want to track my progress in learning through on-demand tutorials so that I can see my improvements and identify areas where I need further development."

Description

The On-Demand Tutorials feature must include a progress tracking system that allows users to monitor their learning journey. This system should provide insights into which tutorials have been completed, the time spent on each tutorial, and performance outcomes on any assessments. Additionally, analytics should be available to users to highlight their strengths and areas for improvement. This feature will empower users to take control of their learning process and make informed decisions about their educational paths within DataHarmony.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the On-Demand Tutorials feature and selects a specific tutorial to start learning.

Given the user has logged into DataHarmony, when they navigate to the On-Demand Tutorials and select a tutorial, then the progress tracking system should indicate that this tutorial is in progress and begin recording the time spent.

User completes a tutorial and reviews their progress report.

Given the user has completed a tutorial, when they view their progress report, then the report should accurately reflect the completed status of the tutorial, total time spent, and any assessment scores achieved.

User wants to view their learning performance over a week.

Given that the user has accessed multiple tutorials throughout the week, when they check their analytics dashboard, then it should display their performance metrics for the week, including strengths and areas needing improvement based on tutorial completion and assessment results.

User has completed several tutorials and wants to track their overall progress.

Given the user has finished multiple tutorials, when they go to the progress tracking section, then they should see a cumulative percentage of tutorials completed, as well as a list of completed tutorials and time spent on each.

User takes an assessment after completing a tutorial and views their score.

Given the user has taken an assessment following a tutorial, when they view the assessment results, then it should display their score, the time taken to complete the assessment, and the correct answers for any questions answered incorrectly.

User has a question about a specific tutorial and seeks help.

Given the user is viewing a tutorial, when they click on the help option, then they should be provided with relevant FAQs or a link to contact support for further assistance.

Mobile Optimization

"As a user, I want to access on-demand tutorials on my mobile device so that I can learn whenever and wherever it suits me best."

Description

The On-Demand Tutorials must be optimized for mobile devices to ensure users can access tutorials anytime and anywhere. This feature should provide a responsive design that offers an engaging and user-friendly experience on smartphones and tablets. Users should be able to watch videos and complete interactive elements seamlessly on their preferred devices, thus providing greater flexibility in their learning process. This optimization is essential to accommodate the diverse styles and preferences of users who may not always have access to a desktop environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile User Access to On-Demand Tutorials

Given a mobile user accessing the On-Demand Tutorials section, when they select a tutorial video, then the video should load and play without buffering within 3 seconds.

Responsive Design Functionality on Various Devices

Given a user accessing the On-Demand Tutorials on a smartphone and a tablet, when they navigate through the tutorial library, then the interface should adjust seamlessly to different screen sizes and orientations.

Interactive Elements Usability on Mobile Devices

Given a mobile user interacting with an interactive tutorial element, when they touch and engage with that element, then it should respond promptly and accurately without lag.

Quality of Video Playback on Mobile Networks

Given a mobile user on a 4G network accessing tutorial videos, when they play the video, then the video should play in high quality without significant lag or interruptions under average network conditions.

User Experience Feedback on Mobile Optimization

Given a group of mobile users after they complete a tutorial session, when they are prompted for feedback, then at least 85% of users should report a satisfactory experience navigating and viewing tutorials on their devices.

Accessibility Features for Mobile Users

Given a mobile user accessing the On-Demand Tutorials, when they use built-in accessibility features (like screen readers), then the tutorials should be fully navigable and understandable with these features enabled.

Offline Access to On-Demand Tutorials

Given a mobile user who has previously opened a tutorial, when they lose internet connectivity, then they should still be able to access the last viewed tutorial content without issues.

Live Webinar Series

The Live Webinar Series offers regular interactive sessions led by industry experts and DataHarmony professionals. Users can participate in discussions, ask questions in real-time, and gain insights into advanced analytics techniques and best practices. This live interaction not only fosters community engagement but also provides users with up-to-date knowledge that addresses emerging trends and deeper functionalities of the platform.

Requirements

Webinar Registration System

"As a user, I want to register for webinars easily so that I can participate in live discussions without missing out on valuable insights."

Description

The Webinar Registration System allows users to easily register for the live sessions offered in the Webinar Series. It includes features for user authentication, automated email confirmations, reminders, and updates about upcoming webinars. This requirement is crucial for managing user participation, reducing drop-off rates, and ensuring that users are informed and prepared for the sessions. It streamlines the registration process and enhances overall user experience by integrating seamlessly with the existing user account management system.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully registers for a webinar through the registration system.

Given a user is authenticated, when they fill out the registration form for a webinar and submit it, then they should receive an email confirmation within 5 minutes.

User receives reminders for upcoming webinars they have registered for.

Given a user has registered for a webinar, when the webinar date is approaching, then the user should receive reminder emails 24 hours and 1 hour prior to the event.

User can easily manage their webinar registrations within their account settings.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the webinar settings section, then they should see a list of all webcasts they have registered for along with options to cancel or modify the registration.

The system handles expected peak loads during registration periods.

Given a webinar is scheduled, when the registration opens, then the system should handle at least 1000 simultaneous registrations without performance degradation.

Users receive notifications for changes in webinar schedules.

Given a webinar has a change in schedule, when the update is made, then all registered users should receive an email notification about the change within 10 minutes.

User registration data is accurately tracked and stored in the database.

Given a user has registered for a webinar, when their details are captured by the registration system, then the registration data should reflect accurate user information and be retrievable for reporting purposes.

The system provides clear error messages for invalid registrations.

Given a user attempts to register with missing or incorrect information, when they submit the registration form, then the system should display clear error messages indicating what fields need correction.

Real-time Q&A Platform

"As a participant, I want to ask questions during the webinar in real-time so that I can clarify my doubts and engage more effectively with the content."

Description

The Real-time Q&A Platform enables users to ask questions during the webinars and receive immediate responses from presenters or other participants. This requirement includes a user-friendly interface that displays questions in real-time, moderation options, and the capability to upvote questions. This feature is essential for fostering interactive discussions and ensuring that users can engage deeply with the content being presented, enhancing their learning experience and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are able to submit questions during a live webinar session without any technical difficulties.

Given a user is participating in a live webinar, when they type a question in the Q&A interface and submit it, then their question should appear in the real-time feed within 5 seconds and be visible to all participants.

Moderators can effectively manage questions submitted by users during the webinar.

Given a moderator is logged into the platform during a webinar, when they receive questions from users, then they should be able to hide, delete, or mark questions as answered using simple interface buttons without any lag.

Users can engage with questions submitted by others during the webinar by upvoting them.

Given a user sees a list of questions asked during the webinar, when they click the upvote button next to a question, then the total upvote count for that question should increase immediately by one and reflect the new count to all participants in real time.

The Q&A platform is accessible on both desktop and mobile devices during live webinars.

Given a user is participating in a webinar on a mobile device, when they submit a question via the mobile Q&A interface, then the question should be displayed in the same manner as on the desktop interface without any layout or functionality issues.

Participants can easily navigate through previously asked questions during the webinar.

Given there are multiple questions asked during the webinar, when a user clicks on a 'view previous questions' button, then they should be able to see a list of all previous questions sorted by the number of upvotes, along with the ability to upvote or expand each question for answers.

Post-Webinar Feedback Survey

"As a webinar attendee, I want to provide feedback after the session so that my input can help improve future webinars."

Description

The Post-Webinar Feedback Survey collects insights from participants after each session regarding content quality, presenter effectiveness, and suggestions for future topics. This requirement involves creating an automated survey distributed via email to all attendees. The collected feedback is critical for continuous improvement of the Webinar Series, providing valuable data that can guide content curation and enhance user satisfaction. It also helps gauge the overall impact of the webinars.

Acceptance Criteria

Post-Webinar Feedback Survey Distribution

Given a list of attendees from the live webinar, when the survey is generated, then each attendee should receive an email containing the survey link within 24 hours after the webinar ends.

Completeness of Feedback Survey

Given the feedback survey is designed, when a participant completes the survey, then all mandatory fields must be filled before submission is allowed.

Survey Response Time Tracking

Given the survey is sent out to attendees, when responses are collected, then the average time taken by participants to complete the survey should not exceed 5 minutes.

Feedback Data Compilation

Given all responses are submitted, when the feedback data is compiled, then the system should generate a report summarizing key metrics including average rating for content quality and presenter effectiveness.

Survey Feedback Utilization

Given the feedback has been collected, when a review meeting is held for the Webinar Series, then data from the feedback should be presented and discussed to inform future webinar topics and improvements.

User Satisfaction with Survey Process

Given the feedback from the survey process, when participants are asked about their experience with the survey, then at least 80% of respondents should indicate that the survey was easy to understand and complete.

Survey Accessibility for Attendees

Given the diverse user base, when creating the survey, then it must be mobile-friendly and accessible to users with disabilities, conforming to WCAG standards.

Webinar Topic Recommendation Engine

"As a user, I want to receive personalized topic recommendations for upcoming webinars so that I can attend sessions that match my interests and needs."

Description

The Webinar Topic Recommendation Engine uses user data and preferences to suggest relevant webinar topics to attendees based on their interests and past participation. This requirement aims to personalize the user experience, improving engagement and participation rates. It will leverage machine learning algorithms to analyze user behavior and preferences, enhancing the value of the Webinar Series and ensuring that users find content that resonates with them.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user who frequently attends webinars, I want to receive personalized topic recommendations based on my interests and previous participation history.

Given a user with recorded interests and past webinar participation, when the user logs into DataHarmony, then the system should display a list of at least three recommended webinar topics tailored to the user's preferences.

As a user interested in analytics, I want the recommended topics to include at least one new subject area I have not attended before.

Given a user with a current interest profile, when the topic recommendation engine generates suggestions, then at least one recommended topic must be outside the user's previous attendance scope.

As a system administrator, I need to validate that the algorithm used for recommendations can learn from user feedback to improve its accuracy over time.

Given a user who rates a recommended topic, when the user provides feedback, then the system should store this feedback and incorporate it into future recommendations for that user.

As a webinar coordinator, I want to ensure that the recommendation engine updates recommendations based on real-time user engagement metrics such as clicks and attendance rates.

Given a set of user engagement metrics, when the user interacts with the recommended topics, then the system should adjust future recommendations based on this engagement data within 24 hours.

As a user, I want to see my recommended topics in a visually appealing format that is easy to navigate and understand.

Given the user's personalized list of recommended webinar topics, when the user accesses the recommendations, then the topics should be displayed in a grid format with clear titles, descriptions, and registration buttons.

As a user planning my schedule, I want to receive alerts for upcoming webinars related to my recommended topics.

Given a user with upcoming recommended webinars, when the webinar is scheduled, then the user should receive a notification alert via email 48 hours before the webinar starts.

As a data analyst using the platform, I want to access historical data on recommendations to assess the engine’s effectiveness and user satisfaction.

Given the recommendation system's data logs, when I request a report on past recommendations and user feedback, then the system should provide a detailed report showing metrics such as recommendation success rates and user engagement levels.

Webinar Archive Access

"As a user, I want to access past webinars so that I can catch up on sessions I missed or revisit content for better understanding."

Description

The Webinar Archive Access provides users with the ability to view recorded sessions of past webinars at their convenience. This requirement ensures that users who cannot attend live sessions are not left out and can access valuable content anytime. The storage solution must be integrated into the current platform, providing easy navigation, search functionality, and categorization of past sessions for user convenience.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Webinar Archive for the first time to view a recorded session after missing a live webinar.

Given the user is logged into the DataHarmony platform, when they navigate to the Webinar Archive section, then they should see a list of all previously recorded webinars, categorized by topics and dates.

User searches for a specific past webinar by keyword to quickly find relevant content.

Given the user is in the Webinar Archive section, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click the search button, then the system should display a list of webinars that match the keyword, with the most relevant results appearing at the top.

User wants to filter past webinars by date range to view the most recent sessions.

Given the user has selected the filter option in the Webinar Archive, when they set a date range and apply the filter, then the system should display only those recorded webinars that fall within the specified date range.

User attempts to play a recorded webinar and expects a seamless viewing experience.

Given the user selects a recorded webinar to play, when they click the play button, then the video should start immediately without buffering, and the user should have control options to pause, rewind, and adjust volume.

User wishes to share a specific webinar link with colleagues for collaborative viewing.

Given a user is viewing a recorded webinar, when they click the share button, then the system should provide a direct link to the webinar that can be copied and shared externally.

User accesses the Webinar Archive from a mobile device to ensure compatibility and usability on various devices.

Given the user is using a mobile device to access the DataHarmony platform, when they navigate to the Webinar Archive, then the layout should be responsive, allowing for easy navigation and video playback on smaller screens.

Skill Assessment Quizzes

Skill Assessment Quizzes enable users to evaluate their knowledge of the DataHarmony platform through interactive quizzes. Users can gain immediate feedback on their understanding of various features, which assists in identifying areas that require more focus. This personalized learning experience supports continuous improvement and encourages users to explore advanced functionalities, ensuring they maximize their data analysis skills.

Requirements

Interactive Quiz Creation

"As a training administrator, I want to create and manage interactive skill assessment quizzes so that users can evaluate their knowledge of DataHarmony and identify areas for improvement."

Description

This requirement enables administrators to create, customize, and manage skill assessment quizzes tailored to various DataHarmony features. Administrators can define quiz questions, set scoring criteria, and organize quizzes into categories to align with user training tracks. By equipping users with the ability to assess their knowledge in specific areas, this feature fosters a continuous learning environment and ensures users can effectively utilize DataHarmony's full range of functionalities. The quizzes will provide immediate feedback on users' performance, enhancing user engagement and learning outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Quiz Creation by Administrators

Given an authorized administrator, when they access the quiz management interface and input the required fields (title, questions, categories), then the quiz should be successfully saved and available for users to take.

Custom Question Types in Quizzes

Given an administrator creating a new quiz, when they select custom question types (multiple choice, true/false, short answer), then the quiz should allow these formats to be used and scored appropriately.

Feedback Provision after Quiz Completion

Given a user who has completed a quiz, when they click the 'Submit' button, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including the score and correct answers.

Scoring Criteria Setup

Given an administrator in the quiz setup section, when they define scoring criteria (points for each question, pass/fail thresholds), then the criteria should be applied correctly when users complete the quiz.

Quiz Category Organization

Given an administrator, when they categorize quizzes for training tracks, then users should be able to filter and access quizzes by these categories in the quiz selection interface.

User Progress Tracking

Given a logged-in user, when they complete skill assessment quizzes, then their completion history and scores should be recorded and retrievable from their account dashboard.

Quiz Availability Settings

Given an administrator, when they set availability dates for a quiz, then the quiz should be visible or hidden to users based on the specified dates.

Immediate Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to receive immediate feedback on my quiz performance so that I can identify my strengths and areas for improvement promptly and effectively."

Description

The immediate feedback mechanism will provide users with instant results and performance analysis after completing each skill assessment quiz. This feature will help users understand their strengths and weaknesses in real-time, allowing them to focus on specific areas requiring improvement. The feedback will include overall scores, detailed question analysis, and suggested resources for further learning, thereby enhancing user engagement and promoting a more targeted learning approach.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a skill assessment quiz and expects to receive immediate feedback on their performance.

Given the user has completed a quiz, when they submit their answers, then they should receive an immediate result showing their overall score, question correctness, and suggestions for further learning.

A user finishes a quiz and wishes to understand which questions they answered incorrectly and why.

Given the user has submitted their quiz answers, when they view the feedback, then they should see a detailed analysis of each question, including the correct answer and an explanation of why it is correct.

A learner finishes multiple quizzes and wants to track their overall performance and improvement areas over time.

Given the user has taken multiple quizzes, when they access their performance dashboard, then they should see a cumulative score report and visual indicators of their strengths and weaknesses over the quizzes taken.

An administrator wants to ensure the immediate feedback feature works seamlessly for all users across different devices.

Given that the immediate feedback mechanism is implemented, when a user takes a quiz on any supported device, then they should receive the same detailed feedback consistently across all devices without errors.

A user wants to verify that results are stored accurately for their future reference and analysis.

Given the user has completed a quiz, when they check their quiz history, then the results and feedback should be accurately stored and retrievable for each quiz taken.

A user desires to receive actionable resources based on their quiz performance to support their learning process.

Given the user has completed a quiz, when they view the feedback, then they should see specific resource recommendations tailored to the topics where they scored below a predefined threshold.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a user, I want to track my progress in skill assessment quizzes over time so that I can stay motivated and ensure I'm improving my data analysis skills."

Description

The progress tracking dashboard will visualize and track each user's performance across various skill assessment quizzes over time. Users can access their quiz history, scores, and progress in a graphical format, which encourages continued engagement with the learning material. This requirement also includes the ability to set learning goals and receive recommendations based on past quiz results, facilitating personal accountability and ongoing skill enhancement.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing several skill assessment quizzes to monitor their performance over time.

Given the user has completed multiple quizzes, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of their scores and progress over time, including quiz dates and results.

User sets a learning goal within the Progress Tracking Dashboard to improve their quiz scores specifically on data integration topics.

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they set a learning goal, then they should be able to specify the goal details and receive confirmation that the goal has been saved successfully.

User receives personalized recommendations based on their past quiz performance when accessing the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user has completed quizzes, when they access the recommendations section of the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a list of suggested learning materials tailored to their performance in previous quizzes.

User tracks their improvement over time by comparing their most recent quiz scores with their earlier scores on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user has completed several quizzes, when they view their score comparison on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see their latest quiz score and how it compares to their average score over the previous quizzes displayed visually.

User logs into the Progress Tracking Dashboard for the first time after registering to view their quiz history and performance stats.

Given the user has just registered and is logging into the Progress Tracking Dashboard for the first time, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see a welcome message and an overview of their initial quiz performance, which indicates that there is no previous quiz history.

Admin monitors overall user engagement and quiz completion rates through the Progress Tracking Dashboard's admin view.

Given the admin accesses the Admin view of the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they navigate to the user engagement section, then they should see statistics on quiz completion rates and user participation in a graphical format.

User tries to modify a previously set learning goal on the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user has set a learning goal previously, when they attempt to edit or delete that goal from the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be able to modify goal details and see confirmation of the changes made.

Interactive Learning Pathways

Interactive Learning Pathways curate customized learning journeys based on user roles and proficiency levels. By tailoring the content to individual needs, users can follow structured paths, progressing efficiently from foundational knowledge to advanced techniques. This feature optimizes the learning experience, guiding users to become more proficient in using DataHarmony effectively.

Requirements

Role-based Learning Path Customization

"As a new user of DataHarmony, I want a personalized learning pathway that aligns with my specific job role so that I can efficiently develop the skills necessary to use the platform effectively and enhance my contributions to my team."

Description

The Role-based Learning Path Customization requirement allows users to receive personalized learning pathways tailored to their specific roles within the organization. It involves assessing individual user needs and proficiency levels to deliver curated content that gradually builds their knowledge and skills. This feature will integrate with user profiles to automatically adjust learning paths as users advance, ensuring continuous development and mastery of the DataHarmony platform. By enhancing user engagement and understanding of the software, this requirement significantly contributes to improving overall productivity and data-informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

New user logs into DataHarmony for the first time and sets up their profile, selecting their role and proficiency level to receive tailored learning pathways.

Given a new user with no prior experience, when they select their role and proficiency level, then they should receive a customized learning pathway that includes foundational tutorials and resources.

An existing user logs into DataHarmony and completes the foundational learning pathway, updating their profile to reflect gained skills and advancing to the next level.

Given an existing user who completed the foundational learning pathway, when they update their profile, then their learning pathway should automatically shift to advanced content relevant to their new proficiency level.

A user wants to review their progress on the learning pathway and see recommendations for the next steps based on their current proficiency level.

Given a user checking their learning progress, when they access their profile, then they should see a clear overview of completed modules, current status, and recommendations for the next pathway steps.

A team manager assigns new roles to users, necessitating an immediate adjustment in their learning pathways to match their new responsibilities.

Given a manager who updates user roles, when those users log in, then their learning pathways should be recalibrated to reflect the new roles and necessary learning materials.

A user provides feedback on their learning pathway experience, impacting future pathway customization for users with similar roles.

Given a user submits feedback on their learning pathway, when the feedback is analyzed, then it should result in actionable adjustments to the curated content for other users in the same role.

A user reaches the end of their designated learning pathway and needs to assess their overall progress before pursuing additional learning opportunities.

Given a user at the end of a learning pathway, when they request an assessment summary, then the system should generate a detailed report of their learning achievements, skills acquired, and suggested next steps.

Progress Tracking and Feedback Mechanism

"As a user progressing through a learning pathway, I want to track my progress and receive constructive feedback so that I can identify areas where I need to improve and ensure that I am developing the required skills effectively."

Description

The Progress Tracking and Feedback Mechanism enables users to monitor their advancement through the interactive learning pathways. This requirement involves implementing features that allow users to view their completed modules, receive feedback on performance, and gain insights on areas needing improvement. Integrating analytics and reporting functionalities will help users track their learning progress, while automated notifications can remind them of pending tasks. This feature will foster motivation and accountability by providing clear benchmarks and support, ensuring users stay on track to achieve their learning goals within DataHarmony.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their progress through the Interactive Learning Pathways after completing several modules and is able to see their completion percentage and the modules that are pending.

Given the user has completed modules, when they access the Progress Tracking section, then they should see a completion percentage displayed along with a list of completed and pending modules.

User receives feedback on their performance after completing a module within the Interactive Learning Pathways.

Given the user has finished a module, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should receive detailed feedback including strengths, weaknesses, and recommendations for improvement.

User accesses the analytics and reporting functionality to evaluate their learning progress over the past month.

Given the user is in the analytics section, when they select the 'Last Month' report, then the report should display a summary of modules completed, scores achieved, and areas needing improvement for that month.

User sets automated notifications to remind them of pending tasks within their learning path.

Given the user is on the settings page, when they enable notifications for pending tasks, then they should receive reminders at their chosen frequency for any modules that are still uncompleted.

User views a dashboard that shows their overall progress and achievements in the Interactive Learning Pathways.

Given the user accesses their dashboard, when the page loads, then they should see visual indicators of overall progress, completed milestones, and badges earned for accomplishments.

Interactive Learning Module Integration

"As a user following a learning pathway, I want access to interactive learning modules such as quizzes and simulations so that I can engage with the content in a dynamic way that enhances my retention and practical application of the material."

Description

Interactive Learning Module Integration entails the development of various engaging formats, such as quizzes, videos, and simulations, within the learning pathways. This requirement focuses on enhancing the educational experience by incorporating diverse, interactive content that can address different learning styles. By integrating multimedia within the platform, users will be better equipped to retain information and apply newly acquired knowledge in practical scenarios. This feature greatly enriches the overall learning experience and allows for a more comprehensive understanding of DataHarmony’s capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User selecting an interactive learning module based on their proficiency level and role in the organization.

Given a user accesses the Interactive Learning Pathways, when they select their role and proficiency level, then a list of relevant interactive learning modules must be displayed.

User engaging with different interactive formats within a learning module to enhance understanding.

Given a user is on a selected learning module, when they interact with quizzes, videos, and simulations, then each format should load without errors and allow the user to complete the activity.

User receiving feedback on their performance after completing an interactive quiz.

Given a user finishes an interactive quiz, when they submit their answers, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including correct answers and explanations.

User tracking their progress through the Interactive Learning Pathways.

Given a user completes a learning module, when they return to the pathway, then their progress must be accurately reflected with a completion status update.

User accessing on-demand help resources while using interactive modules.

Given a user is engaged in an interactive module, when they click on the help icon, then relevant help resources must be displayed without delay.

Multiple users accessing the platform simultaneously without degradation of performance.

Given multiple users are accessing different interactive learning modules, when they engage with the content, then the platform performance must remain stable, with no noticeable lag or disruption.

Gamification Elements for Engagement

"As a user of DataHarmony, I want to earn badges and points for completing learning milestones so that I feel recognized and motivated to continue advancing my skills through the learning pathways."

Description

Gamification Elements for Engagement introduces game-like features such as badges, points, and leaderboards to motivate users as they navigate through their learning pathways. This requirement aims to enhance user participation and commitment by providing tangible rewards and recognition for achieving milestones. The integration of these gamification elements will encourage healthy competition among users and promote a culture of continuous learning within DataHarmony. By recognizing user accomplishments, this feature is expected to significantly boost user engagement and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User earns a badge after completing the first module of the Interactive Learning Pathways.

Given a user has completed the first module, when they navigate to the achievements section, then they should see a badge awarded for the module completion.

Users can view their points earned through completing modules and activities on their profile dashboard.

Given a user has completed multiple activities, when they view their profile dashboard, then their total points should be accurately displayed with a breakdown of points per activity.

A leaderboard displays the top users based on points collected through the Interactive Learning Pathways.

Given users have completed various activities, when a user accesses the leaderboard feature, then it should display a ranked list of users based on their accumulated points, updating in real-time.

Users receive notification alerts when they achieve a milestone in their learning pathway.

Given a user completes a significant achievement (e.g., completing a level), when this happens, then they should receive a push notification congratulating them on their achievement.

Users can easily share their achievements on social media platforms.

Given a user has earned a badge or reached a milestone, when they choose the share option, then they should be able to post their achievement on at least two social media platforms.

The system tracks user engagement metrics regarding gamification elements.

Given that users participate in certain gamification features, when the data is analyzed, then it should report metrics such as total badges earned, average points per user, and leaderboard activity weekly.

Feedback Loop for Content Improvement

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the learning content offered in DataHarmony so that I can influence improvements and ensure that future users have an even better learning experience."

Description

The Feedback Loop for Content Improvement enables users to provide insights and suggestions on the learning pathways and modules. This requirement involves building a user-friendly interface for feedback submission, such as surveys or rating systems, to gather user opinions on content relevance, clarity, and effectiveness. The collected data will be analyzed to refine and enhance the learning experience continually, ensuring that the pathways remain current and effective in meeting user needs. This feature is essential for fostering an adaptive learning environment within DataHarmony.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on interactive learning pathways after completing a module.

Given the user has completed a learning module, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit a survey rating their experience from 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments.

User accesses feedback history to view previous submissions.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they access the feedback history section, then they should see a list of all their previous feedback submissions with timestamps and submitted comments.

Admin reviews collected feedback for content improvement.

Given the admin user is logged in, when they access the feedback analysis dashboard, then they should see aggregated metrics such as average ratings and common themes from user comments for each module.

User receives confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given the user has submitted feedback, when the submission is successful, then they should see a confirmation message notifying them of the successful feedback submission.

User submits feedback anonymously without creating an account.

Given the user is on the feedback page, when they fill in the feedback form without logging in, then they should be able to submit their feedback and receive a confirmation without needing to create an account.

System performs regular analysis of all feedback data for insights.

Given the feedback data has been collected over a month, when an automated analysis is triggered, then it should generate a report summarizing trends and actionable insights based on user feedback.

Certification Tracking and Rewards

"As a professional enhancing my skills through DataHarmony, I want to receive certification upon completing learning pathways so that I can validate my skills and enhance my professional credentials."

Description

Certification Tracking and Rewards is a requirement that entails the implementation of mechanisms to recognize and track certifications earned through completed learning pathways. Users will be able to receive digital certificates upon completion of specific learning modules, which can be showcased in their profiles. This requirement fosters a sense of achievement and motivates users to further their education on the DataHarmony platform. Additionally, developing a reward system tied to certification accomplishments will incentivize users to deeply engage with the material, further enhancing their skill sets and professional profiles.

Acceptance Criteria

Certification Achievement Display for User Profiles

Given a user who has completed a learning pathway and earned a certification, when they navigate to their profile, then the certification should be displayed along with the date achieved and relevant details.

Digital Certificate Generation for Completed Paths

Given a user who completes a learning module within a pathway, when the module is marked as completed, then a digital certificate should be automatically generated and sent via email to the user.

Certification Rewards System Activation

Given a user who has achieved a certain number of certifications, when they reach the threshold, then the reward system should activate and provide the user with a specified reward such as points or badges.

Certification Tracking Progress Overview

Given a user logged into their account, when they access the certification tracking feature, then they should see a clear overview of their progress, including completed modules, certifications earned, and certifications pending completion.

User Notification for Certification Milestones

Given a user who has just completed a learning pathway, when the certification is awarded, then the user should receive a notification both via the platform and email confirming their achievement.

Report Generation for Certification Achievements

Given a manager accessing the reporting feature, when they generate a report, then it should include data on user certifications, including the number of certifications earned by each user and overall completion rates.

Integration of Certifications in External Profiles

Given a user who has completed and received a certification, when they choose to integrate their DataHarmony profile with LinkedIn, then the certification should automatically be displayed on their LinkedIn profile.

User Community Forum

The User Community Forum serves as an interactive platform where users can engage with each other, share experiences, and discuss challenges related to DataHarmony. Users can post questions, share solutions, and collaborate on best practices. This community-driven feature enhances the learning experience through peer-to-peer support, fostering a sense of belonging while promoting knowledge sharing.

Requirements

User Registration and Authentication

"As a new user, I want to register for the User Community Forum so that I can participate in discussions and access personalized content."

Description

The User Registration and Authentication requirement will enable new users to create an account within the User Community Forum. This feature includes email verification, password creation, and secure login mechanisms. Users will benefit from personalized experiences as content, discussions, and notifications will be tailored to their interests. This functionality is critical for ensuring authenticated access to the forum, promoting user engagement, and maintaining a secure environment for all members. Implementing these features will enhance the trust and safety aspect of community interactions within DataHarmony.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new account on the User Community Forum and receives email verification to complete the registration process.

Given the user has filled out the registration form with valid details, when they submit the form, then they should receive an email with a verification link.

User successfully logs in using their registered email and password after verifying their account.

Given the user has verified their email, when they enter their registered email and correct password, then they should be logged into their account and redirected to the forum homepage.

User attempts to log in with an incorrect password and receives an appropriate error message.

Given the user enters their registered email and an incorrect password, when they submit the login form, then they should see an error message indicating that the password is incorrect.

User resets their password through the password recovery process.

Given the user has forgotten their password, when they request a password reset link, then they should receive an email with a link to reset their password.

User updates their profile information in their account settings after logging in.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the account settings and update their profile information, then the changes should be saved and displayed on their profile.

User's session times out after a period of inactivity, requiring reauthentication upon return.

Given the user has been inactive for 15 minutes, when they return to the forum, then they should be prompted to log in again to continue accessing their account.

User is successfully logged out from the User Community Forum.

Given the user is logged in, when they click the logout button, then they should be logged out and redirected to the forum's landing page with a confirmation message.

Discussion Threads and Commenting System

"As a user, I want to create discussion threads and comment on posts so that I can share my experiences and seek help from the community."

Description

The Discussion Threads and Commenting System requirement allows users to create topics and engage in conversations within the forum. Users will be able to post questions, share solutions, and comment on existing threads, enhancing peer-to-peer support and collaboration. This feature is essential for fostering an active and vibrant community where users can learn from each other's experiences. Additionally, the commenting system will allow for threaded conversations, making it easy to follow discussions and contributing to a more organized and informative platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new discussion thread in the community forum.

Given a registered user is logged into the forum, when they click on the 'Create Thread' button, then they should be able to enter a title and content for their thread and submit it successfully, resulting in the new thread being visible in the forum.

User comments on an existing discussion thread.

Given a user is viewing an existing discussion thread, when they enter a comment in the comment box and click 'Post', then their comment should appear in the thread's comment section, and the user should receive confirmation of their post.

User replies to a comment in a discussion thread, creating a threaded discussion.

Given a user is viewing a comment in a discussion thread, when they click on the 'Reply' link, enter their response, and submit it, then their reply should appear nested under the original comment, maintaining the thread structure.

User searches for a discussion thread by keywords.

Given a user accesses the community forum, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then all relevant discussion threads containing that keyword should be displayed in the results.

User edits their own comment in a discussion thread.

Given a user sees their comment in a discussion thread, when they click on 'Edit' next to their comment, make changes, and save, then the updated comment should be reflected in the thread in real-time.

User receives notifications for new comments on threads they follow.

Given a user has subscribed to a discussion thread, when a new comment is posted, then the user should receive a notification via email or app alert informing them of the new comment.

User flags inappropriate content in a discussion thread.

Given a user finds a comment that violates community guidelines, when they click on the 'Flag' option, then the comment should be reported to moderators for review, and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

Search and Filter Functionality

"As a user, I want to search and filter topics in the User Community Forum so that I can easily find relevant discussions and solutions."

Description

The Search and Filter Functionality requirement will enable users to efficiently find discussions, topics, and resources within the User Community Forum. Users will be able to search by keywords, categories, and tags, streamlining navigation and enhancing the user experience. This feature is vital for helping users quickly locate relevant information or contribute to specific areas of interest, ultimately improving engagement and the value derived from the community. Effective search capabilities ensure that knowledge sharing is optimized and that users can easily find answers to their queries.

Acceptance Criteria

Searching for a specific discussion topic in the User Community Forum by entering keywords in the search bar.

Given the User Community Forum is displayed, when the user enters a keyword in the search bar and clicks submit, then the relevant discussion topics containing that keyword should be displayed in the results.

Filtering discussions by categories to find specific topics related to 'Data Integration'.

Given the User Community Forum is on screen, when the user selects the 'Data Integration' category from the filter options, then only discussions related to 'Data Integration' should be shown in the forum.

Utilizing tags to narrow down search results for topics that are complex and technical.

Given the User Community Forum is active, when the user selects one or more tags (e.g., 'Machine Learning', 'Data Visualization') and applies the filter, then the displayed results should only include discussions tagged with the selected terms.

Implementing a search with no matching results to check the user experience.

Given the User Community Forum is active, when the user enters a keyword that does not match any discussion topics and clicks submit, then a message indicating 'No results found' should appear, along with suggestions to broaden the search.

Searching with a partial keyword in the User Community Forum to test the functionality of wildcard searches.

Given the User Community Forum is displayed, when the user inputs a partial keyword (e.g., 'data') in the search bar, then results should include discussions that contain 'data' as part of words or phrases.

Testing the sorting options available after search results are displayed.

Given the search results are shown on the User Community Forum, when the user selects a sorting option (e.g., 'Most Recent', 'Most Relevant'), then the displayed results should be reordered according to the selected criteria.

Verifying that users can clear their search filters and return to the full list of discussions.

Given the User Community Forum is displayed with active search filters, when the user clicks the 'Clear' button, then the search filters should be removed and the user should see the full list of discussions available in the forum.

User Profiles and Badges

"As a user, I want to have a profile where I can showcase my contributions and achievements in the forum so that I can feel recognized and connected with others."

Description

The User Profiles and Badges requirement will provide users with personal profiles showcasing their contributions, expertise, and community involvement. Users will earn badges for participation, such as answering questions or receiving likes on their posts, enhancing motivation and community spirit. This social recognition will encourage users to be more active participants and help establish authority within the forum. Profiles will foster a sense of belonging and provide users with a way to connect based on shared interests and accomplishments.

Acceptance Criteria

User Profile Creation and Customization

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the User Profile section, then they should be able to enter personal information, upload a profile picture, and save the changes successfully, resulting in the updated profile being displayed correctly on the forum.

Badge Assignment on Participation

Given a user who answers a question in the forum, when their answer is liked by at least three other users, then the system should automatically award the 'Top Contributor' badge to the user, and the badge should be visible on their profile.

Visibility of User Profiles

Given a user browsing the User Community Forum, when they click on another user's profile, then they should see a detailed profile page that includes the user's contributions, earned badges, and activity history without any errors.

Notifications for Badge Earned

Given a user who earns a new badge, when the badge is awarded, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new achievement, which should be displayed in their notifications section without delay.

Search Functionality in User Profiles

Given a user in the User Community Forum, when they use the search feature to look for a specific user by name, then the system should return relevant results including profiles that match the search term within three seconds.

Community Engagement Metrics

Given an admin reviewing the User Community Forum, when they analyze the user engagement metrics, then they should be able to see how many badges have been awarded and the overall activity levels of users by profile type.

Profile Privacy Settings

Given a user accessing their User Profile settings, when they adjust their privacy settings for their profile, then the changes should take effect immediately, allowing aspects of their profile to be shown or hidden based on their preference.

Moderation and Reporting Tools

"As a moderator, I want to have tools to manage discussions and address inappropriate content so that the User Community Forum remains a safe space for everyone."

Description

The Moderation and Reporting Tools requirement will equip forum moderators with the necessary functionalities to manage content, identify inappropriate posts, and ensure a safe and welcoming environment. Moderators will have the ability to edit, delete, and reassign threads as necessary, as well as manage user reports of misconduct. This feature is significant for maintaining community standards and promoting respectful interactions among users. Establishing robust moderation capabilities strengthens the overall integrity of the User Community Forum and enhances user trust.

Acceptance Criteria

Moderators should be able to identify and manage inappropriate content in the User Community Forum effectively.

Given a forum post marked for review, When the moderator accesses the moderation tools, Then they should be able to view the report details, edit the post, delete the post, or reassign it to another moderator with a single click.

Users should be able to report misconduct easily when they encounter inappropriate content in the forum.

Given a forum post, When a user clicks the 'Report' button, Then a prompt should appear asking for the reason for the report, and upon submission, a notification should be sent to moderators.

The moderation dashboard should provide statistics on user reports to help moderators track trends in inappropriate behavior.

Given the moderation dashboard, When a moderator views the reports section, Then they should see a summarized view of total reports, categorized by type (e.g., spam, harassment) over a defined period.

Moderators should be able to engage with users who report misconduct for clarification if needed.

Given a user report submitted, When a moderator reviews the report, Then they should have the ability to send a direct message to the reporting user for additional information.

The User Community Forum should notify moderators when a user has submitted a report for immediate action.

Given a report has been submitted, When the report is created, Then an alert notification should be sent to all moderators in real time.

Moderators should be able to view and manage their pending moderation tasks in a centralized location.

Given the moderation dashboard, When a moderator accesses their pending tasks, Then they should be able to see a list of all posts requiring action, sorted by priority and time submitted.

The system should maintain an audit log of all moderation actions taken for accountability.

Given a moderation action has been taken, When a moderator edits or deletes a post, Then an entry should be created in the audit log detailing the action taken, the moderator's ID, and the timestamp.

Notifications and Alerts System

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for replies and mentions so that I can stay updated on discussions I'm involved in."

Description

The Notifications and Alerts System requirement will enhance user engagement by keeping users informed about activities related to their interactions in the forum. Users will receive notifications for replies to their posts, mentions, private messages, and important announcements. This system is essential for fostering ongoing participation and ensuring users are up-to-date with the latest conversations and developments. Implementing a robust notification system promotes user retention and encourages frequent visits to the community forum.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when someone replies to their post in the User Community Forum.

Given a user has posted a question in the forum, when another user replies to that post, then the original user should receive a notification indicating there has been a reply.

User is notified when they are mentioned in a post or comment within the forum.

Given a user has been mentioned in a comment or post, when the mention occurs, then the mentioned user should receive a notification highlighting the mention.

Users receive alerts for important announcements made in the User Community Forum.

Given an administrator makes an important announcement in the forum, when the announcement is posted, then all users should receive a notification about the announcement.

Users can view their notification history within the forum interface.

Given a user navigates to the notification section, when they open it, then they should see a list of their recent notifications with timestamps and types of notifications.

Users receive notifications for private messages sent to them in the forum.

Given a user receives a private message from another user, when the message is sent, then the recipient user should receive a notification indicating they have a new private message.

The notification system is tested for performance during high-load periods.

Given the system is under high-load, when 1000 notifications are triggered simultaneously, then 95% of users should receive their notifications within 2 minutes.

Users can customize their notification preferences in the forum settings.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they change their notification preferences, then those changes should be saved and reflected in their user profile immediately.

Gamified Learning Modules

Gamified Learning Modules incorporate elements of gaming into the learning experience, encouraging users to complete tutorials and quizzes for rewards. Users earn points and badges as they progress, creating a fun and motivating environment for skill development. This feature increases user engagement and retention of knowledge, transforming the learning process into an enjoyable journey.

Requirements

Progress Tracking System

"As a user, I want to track my progress in learning modules so that I can stay motivated and see how much I have achieved."

Description

The Progress Tracking System provides users with an overview of their learning achievements within the Gamified Learning Modules. It visually displays points earned, badges obtained, and levels completed, allowing users to see their advancement at a glance. This system enhances user engagement by fostering a sense of accomplishment and competition among peers. The visual representation also integrates seamlessly with the overall user interface of DataHarmony, ensuring a cohesive experience that motivates users to complete more modules and quizzes.

Acceptance Criteria

User views their progress towards earning a new badge after completing multiple learning modules and quizzes.

Given the user has completed at least three learning modules, When the user navigates to the Progress Tracking System, Then the system should display the total points earned, badges earned, and levels completed.

User accesses the Progress Tracking System to view a visual representation of their current achievements over a set period.

Given the user has logged in to DataHarmony, When the user selects the Progress Tracking System, Then the system should graphically display points, badges, and levels for the last 30 days.

User interacts with the Progress Tracking System to track their achievements and compare with peers.

Given the user has friends also using the Progress Tracking System, When the user views the comparison feature, Then the system should show a leaderboard displaying the user's rank, points, badges, and levels compared to friends.

Admin monitors the overall engagement levels of users through the Progress Tracking System.

Given the admin has access to the analytics dashboard, When the admin views the engagement report, Then the report should include statistics on the total number of users, average points earned, and average badges obtained by all users.

User logs in and experiences seamless integration of the Progress Tracking System with the overall user interface.

Given the user is on the home screen of DataHarmony, When the user clicks on the Progress Tracking System, Then the transition to the Progress Tracking interface should be smooth with no loading delays.

User seeks motivation to complete more modules through the visibility of achieved rewards in the Progress Tracking System.

Given the user has earned at least one badge, When the user checks the Progress Tracking System, Then the earned badges should be prominently displayed to motivate further participation.

Reward System Implementation

"As a user, I want to earn rewards for completing learning activities so that I feel motivated to continue my learning journey."

Description

Implement a Reward System that incentivizes users to participate actively in the Gamified Learning Modules. Users earn points for completing tutorials, quizzes, and challenges, which can be redeemed for additional content, discounts, or exclusive features. This system not only encourages users to engage with the platform more but also enhances their learning experience by making it more enjoyable. The rewards are customizable based on user feedback and can adapt to different learning paths, ensuring relevance and motivation for all users.

Acceptance Criteria

User completes a tutorial in the Gamified Learning Module and expects to receive points for their achievement.

Given a user completes a tutorial, when the tutorial completion confirmation is displayed, then the user should receive the appropriate points according to the predefined point system for that tutorial on their profile.

User finishes a quiz in the Gamified Learning Module and aims to earn a badge for their accomplishment.

Given a user finishes a quiz, when the quiz results page is presented, then the system should award the user the corresponding badge for passing the quiz and the badge should be visible in their profile.

User participates in a challenge and wants to redeem their earned points for exclusive content.

Given a user has accumulated points from various tutorials and quizzes, when the user navigates to the rewards redemption page and selects exclusive content, then the system should allow the user to redeem the specified number of points for that content, and update their point balance accordingly.

Admin customizes the reward system based on user feedback to improve engagement.

Given the admin accesses the reward system management interface, when they make changes to the rewards structure based on collected user feedback, then those changes should be reflected in the user interface and should not disrupt existing point totals for users.

User views their points and earnings within their profile.

Given a user logs into their account, when they access their profile page, then the user should see an accurate display of their total points earned, badges earned, and any rewards currently available for redemption.

User receives regular notifications about their progress and rewards available to them.

Given a user has participated in tutorials and quizzes, when they check their notifications, then they should receive updates on their progress, any new badges they have earned, and reminders of available rewards for redemption.

User achieves a new level within the Gamified Learning Module that unlocks additional rewards.

Given a user has completed a certain number of quizzes and tutorials, when they reach the threshold for a new level, then the system should automatically upgrade the user to the new level and unlock any associated benefits or rewards for that level.

Dynamic Quiz Generation

"As a user, I want quizzes that adapt to my learning pace so that I can improve my skills more effectively without getting overwhelmed or bored."

Description

Dynamic Quiz Generation allows the system to create personalized quizzes based on user performance and learning speed. This ensures that users are challenged appropriately, enhancing their learning experience and retention. The algorithm will analyze previous quiz results and tutorials completed to generate quizzes that address knowledge gaps while ensuring engagement. This adds a layer of adaptability to the learning process, making it more effective and tailored to individual user needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a personalized quiz that adapts to their learning pace after completing a set of tutorials, aiming to assess knowledge retention and fill in gaps.

Given a user completes a set of tutorials, When the system analyzes their performance data, Then it should generate a quiz with questions tailored to address identified knowledge gaps, ensuring a difficulty level suitable for the user's learning speed.

A user takes a dynamic quiz and earns points and badges that contribute to their learning profile, rewarding their progress and achievements.

Given a user completes a dynamic quiz, When the quiz is submitted for scoring, Then it should automatically calculate points based on correct answers and update the user's profile to reflect earned badges and total points.

The system logs and tracks a user’s interactions with dynamic quizzes, including completion rates and scores to refine future quiz generation.

Given a user has taken multiple dynamic quizzes, When the system reviews the user's quiz performance data, Then it should store each interaction's score and completion status for use in generating future quizzes.

Users can access a history of their quiz results, allowing them to review previous performances and track their learning journey.

Given a user navigates to their learning profile, When they view the quiz history section, Then it should display a chronological list of past quizzes taken, scores achieved, and badges earned.

Administrators can adjust the parameters for dynamic quiz generation, influencing factors like question difficulty and the number of questions.

Given an administrator accesses the quiz generation settings, When they modify difficulty parameters and number of questions, Then the changes should be saved and reflected in the next set of quizzes generated for users.

The system provides feedback to users immediately after quiz completion to enhance the learning experience.

Given a user completes a dynamic quiz, When the user submits their answers, Then the system should provide immediate feedback on correct and incorrect responses, along with explanations for incorrect answers.

Social Sharing Features

"As a user, I want to share my achievements on social media so that I can showcase my progress and encourage my friends to join."

Description

Introduce Social Sharing Features to enable users to share their achievements (points and badges) on social media platforms. This not only allows users to celebrate their successes but also serves as a marketing tool for DataHarmony by attracting new users through social proof. This feature will integrate with major social media platforms and provide customizable sharing options to fit the users' preferences, increasing the community aspect of the learning modules and reinforcing user engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares their achievements on social media after completing a module in DataHarmony, showcasing their points and badges to their social network.

Given a user has completed a tutorial and earned points and badges, When they select the 'Share' option, Then they should be able to share their achievements on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn with customizable messages and visuals.

During a user session, a user wants to preview how their achievement post will look before sharing on social media.

Given a user has clicked on the 'Share' button, When they select a social media platform, Then they should see a preview of their post including their points, badges, and a customizable message before posting.

A user wants to easily connect their social media accounts to DataHarmony for sharing achievements.

Given a user navigates to the settings page, When they select 'Connect Social Media Accounts', Then they should be able to link their Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn accounts securely within the app.

After sharing, a user wants to receive confirmation of successful posting on their selected social media platform.

Given a user has shared their achievement, When the sharing process is complete, Then the user should receive a notification confirming that their post was successfully shared.

A user wants to view a leaderboard within the learning modules that reflects social sharing activity as part of their engagement score.

Given a user is participating in the learning modules, When they navigate to the leaderboard section, Then they should see their ranking influenced by the number of social shares they have made, alongside other engagement metrics.

A user is interested in exploring how other users are sharing their achievements to foster community interaction.

Given a user accesses a community feed, When they view shared posts by other users, Then they should see a feed displaying their achievements, comments, and likes, promoting community engagement.

A user encounters issues while sharing their achievements on social media and wants help.

Given a user tries to share their achievements and encounters an error, When they access the help section, Then they should find detailed troubleshooting steps specifically related to social sharing features of DataHarmony.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the learning modules so that my input can help improve the experience for myself and others."

Description

Implement a User Feedback Mechanism that allows users to provide insights and suggestions about the Gamified Learning Modules. This feedback will be crucial for continuous improvement and will guide future updates and enhancements. Users can submit their experiences on module usability, content relevance, and potential challenges they face while learning. This two-way communication will help ensure the learning modules remain relevant and user-centric, significantly enhancing user satisfaction and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on Gamified Learning Modules after completing a tutorial.

Given a user has finished a tutorial, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit feedback with options related to usability, content relevance, and challenges faced.

Admin reviews user feedback submitted for Gamified Learning Modules.

Given feedback has been submitted by users, when an admin accesses the feedback management dashboard, then they should see all submitted feedback categorized by module and type.

User receives confirmation after submitting feedback on Gamified Learning Modules.

Given a user submits their feedback, when the submission is successful, then they should receive a confirmation message on the screen and an email notification detailing their submission.

User can edit their feedback on Gamified Learning Modules.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they choose to edit their feedback within a specified time frame, then they should be able to modify their feedback and submit it again successfully.

Users can view feedback collectively to inform their learning.

Given feedback has been collected, when a user views the feedback section for Gamified Learning Modules, then they should see a summary of overall feedback trends along with anonymized user comments.

System tracks feedback submission metrics for Gamified Learning Modules.

Given multiple users submit feedback, when the system compiles data, then it should generate a report indicating the number of feedback submissions, the type of feedback received, and average ratings on usability and content.

User can suggest new features or improvements for Gamified Learning Modules.

Given a user wants to provide suggestions, when they access the feedback mechanism, then they should have an option to submit suggestions specifically for new features or enhancements alongside their general feedback.

Feedback-Based Content Updates

Feedback-Based Content Updates allow users to provide insights on learning materials, enabling DataHarmony to continuously improve the training resources. By analyzing user feedback, the platform can identify popular topics and areas where users struggle, ensuring that the content remains relevant and effective. This feature fosters a culture of growth and collaboration, enhancing the overall educational experience.

Requirements

User Feedback Collection

"As a user, I want to easily provide feedback on training materials so that I can contribute to the improvement of the content and ensure it meets my learning needs."

Description

This requirement involves creating a user-friendly interface for collecting feedback on training materials. It allows users to provide insights, rate the content, and suggest improvements. By integrating this feature with DataHarmony's existing user interface, administrators can easily access and analyze feedback. This requirement is essential for cultivating a culture of continuous improvement, ensuring that the training resources evolve based on user needs and preferences. The anticipated outcome is a more engaging educational experience, leading to higher user satisfaction and effectiveness of the learning materials.

Acceptance Criteria

User visits the user feedback section after a training session to provide feedback on the learning materials they just completed.

Given the user is on the feedback section, when they select a training module, then they should see an input field for comments, a rating scale of 1-5, and a submit button.

An administrator wants to review user feedback collected over the past month for content analysis.

Given the administrator is on the feedback overview page, when they access the feedback report, then they should see a compiled list of feedback categorized by training module along with user ratings and comments.

A user submits their feedback after completing a training module.

Given the user has filled out the feedback form, when they click the submit button, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback was successfully submitted.

A user accesses the feedback page to view previous feedback they've given on training materials.

Given the user is on their profile page, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should see a list of all feedback submissions they have made, including the date and time of submission.

An administrator needs to analyze the feedback trends for product improvement.

Given the administrator is on the analytics dashboard, when they select the feedback report, then they should be able to see visual representations (charts or graphs) of user feedback ratings over time for different content modules.

A user wants to suggest specific improvements for a training module they found lacking.

Given the user is on the feedback form, when they enter suggestions in the comments box and submit the form, then the suggestions should be stored and linked to that specific training module for review by administrators.

An administrator edits the existing feedback response for clarity or correctness.

Given the administrator is in the feedback management panel, when they select a feedback entry and edit the response, then the changes should be saved and updated in the user feedback report.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a content manager, I want to analyze user feedback data through a visual dashboard so that I can make informed decisions on which training materials need updates."

Description

The Feedback Analytics Dashboard requirement entails the development of a dedicated analytics tool that summarizes and visualizes user feedback received on training materials. This dashboard will display insights such as common topics raised in feedback, trends over time, and ratings for each content piece. By integrating advanced data visualization techniques, stakeholders can quickly assess the quality of training materials and identify areas for enhancement. The purpose of this requirement is to facilitate data-driven decision-making for content updates, ensuring that the educational resources are continuously aligned with user expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard after receiving user feedback on training materials.

Given the user has submitted feedback for training materials, when they access the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should display a summary of feedback insights with visualizations of ratings and common topics.

System processes and populates the dashboard with user feedback data over the past quarter.

Given the feedback data is collected, when the user opens the dashboard, then it should reflect user feedback trends over time, including a comparison of the last three months.

User utilizes the dashboard to identify the top three content pieces needing improvement based on user feedback.

Given the user is viewing the feedback analytics, when they look for content improvement suggestions, then they should see a clearly marked list of the top three content items based on user ratings and feedback comments.

User filters feedback by specific content types (e.g., videos, articles) on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they apply a filter for content type, then the dashboard should dynamically update to show feedback only for the selected content type.

Stakeholder downloads the report of user feedback insights from the dashboard.

Given the stakeholder is viewing the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they click the download report button, then a report in CSV format containing the summarized feedback data should be generated and available for download.

User navigates to historical feedback data for a specific training material.

Given the user is analyzing a particular training material, when they select that material in the dashboard, then the historical feedback data should be displayed alongside the latest feedback received.

User views a visual representation of the average ratings for each content piece.

Given the user is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when the dashboard is loaded, then a visual graph should show the average ratings for all content pieces based on collected user feedback.

Automated Content Update Recommendations

"As a content manager, I want to receive automated recommendations for content updates based on user feedback so that I can prioritize revisions effectively and keep the training materials relevant."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing a machine learning algorithm that analyzes user feedback and usage data to generate automated content update recommendations. The system will identify patterns and priorities for content revisions based on user engagement and pain points. By integrating this functionality within DataHarmony’s existing architecture, the platform can proactively suggest updates, ensuring that the content remains relevant and effective. The expected outcome is a streamlined process for content managers to prioritize updates, enhancing the responsiveness of the training resources to user needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Data analysts log into DataHarmony to access the feedback section where they can review automated content update recommendations generated by the machine learning algorithm.

Given that an analyst is logged in to the DataHarmony platform, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should see a list of automated content update recommendations generated based on user feedback and engagement metrics.

Training content managers are reviewing the suggested content updates to determine the priority of each recommendation based on user needs.

Given a list of automated content update recommendations, when a training content manager assesses the priority based on user feedback data, then they should be able to categorize each recommendation as High, Medium, or Low priority based on defined criteria.

The machine learning algorithm receives new user feedback data and usage statistics for analysis.

Given that new user feedback and usage data are available, when the machine learning algorithm processes the data, then it should successfully update the content update recommendations reflecting the latest insights for the users.

DataHarmony generates a report summarizing the impact of the automated content update recommendations on user engagement.

Given that the automated content update recommendations have been implemented, when a report is generated, then it should display metrics indicating a measurable improvement in user engagement and satisfaction levels based on pre- and post-implementation feedback.

Administrators want to ensure that the machine learning algorithm is continuously improving the accuracy of its recommendations over time.

Given that the algorithm has operated for a defined period, when the administrators review the accuracy metrics, then the algorithm should show a consistent improvement in the precision of content update recommendations based on user outcomes.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Insightful Innovator

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Creative Data Storyteller

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Data Security Guardian

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Operational Efficiency Advocate

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Customer Engagement Specialist

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Dynamic Visualization Adjuster

Requirements

User Preference Learning

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Adaptive Visualization Engine

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Customizable Visualization Settings

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Feedback Mechanism

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Visualization Performance Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Intelligent Preset Options

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Contextual Insights Generator

Requirements

Natural Language Processing Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Adaptive Learning Mechanism

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Data Analysis

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-Friendly Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Collaboration Tools Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Predictive Data Trends